summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
path: root/old/65656-0.txt
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
Diffstat (limited to 'old/65656-0.txt')
-rw-r--r--old/65656-0.txt10040
1 files changed, 0 insertions, 10040 deletions
diff --git a/old/65656-0.txt b/old/65656-0.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 65043a0..0000000
--- a/old/65656-0.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,10040 +0,0 @@
-The Project Gutenberg eBook of Roughriders of the Pampas, by F. S. Brereton
-
-This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and
-most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions
-whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms
-of the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online at
-www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the United States, you
-will have to check the laws of the country where you are located before
-using this eBook.
-
-Title: Roughriders of the Pampas
- A Tale of Ranch Life in South America
-
-Author: F. S. Brereton
-
-Release Date: June 20, 2021 [eBook #65656]
-
-Language: English
-
-Character set encoding: UTF-8
-
-Produced by: Al Haines
-
-*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK ROUGHRIDERS OF THE PAMPAS ***
-
-
-
-
-
-
-[Frontispiece: DUDLEY ESCAPES WITH HIS PRISONER]
-
-
-
-
- Roughriders of the Pampas
-
- A Tale of Ranch Life in South America
-
-
- By
-
- Captain F. S. Brereton
-
- Author of "How Canada Was Won," "With Wolseley to Kumasi,"
- "Jones of the 64th," "With Roberts to Candahar,"
- "Roger the Bold," etc., etc.
-
-
-
- Illustrated by
- Stanley L. Wood
-
-
-
- H. M. Caldwell Co., Publishers
- New York and Boston
-
-
-
-
- _Copyright, 1908_
- BY H. M. CALDWELL Co.
-
- _Published simultaneously in the United States, Great Britain,
- Canada, and British Possessions_
-
- Electrotyped and Printed at
- THE COLONIAL PRESS:
- C. H. Simonds & Co., Boston, U.S.A.
-
-
-
-
- Contents
-
- CHAPTER
-
- I. Outward Bound
- II. A Confidential Friend
- III. The Home on the Pampas
- IV. An English Gringo
- V. Showing his Mettle
- VI. Our on the Rancho
- VII. An Indian Invasion
- VIII. Dudley Leads the Gauchos
- IX. Fighting the Enemy
- X. An Important Discussion
- XI. White Brigands
- XII. An Unexpected Meeting
- XIII. In a Tight Corner
- XIV. Back to the Rancho
- XV. Dudley Makes a Discovery
- XVI. Hemmed in on Every Side
- XVII. Fighting in the Forest
- XVIII. A Dash for the Pampas
- XIX. Antonio Sarvisti is Surprised
- XX. Brought to Book
-
-
-
-
-List of Illustrations
-
-
-Dudley Escapes with his Prisoner (_See_ page 342) _Frontispiece_
-
-"Its hoofs fouled the top, and in a second horse and man went
-headlong"
-
-"All the while the gaucho clung like a leech to it"
-
-"Dudley's revolver snapped sharply"
-
-"Dudley looked incredulously at the stranger, and then uttered a cry
-of astonishment"
-
-"He stood to his full height on the saddle, one hand over his eyes to
-shade them from the light"
-
-
-
-
-Roughriders of the Pampas
-
-
-
-CHAPTER I
-
-OUTWARD BOUND
-
-"One moment please, steward!"
-
-"Yes, sir."
-
-"Bring a little soup and a piece of bread at once, please."
-
-"Soup, sir. Yes, sir."
-
-The steward bustled off, and returned within a minute with a steaming
-bowl of pea soup.
-
-"Thank you,".said the tall passenger who had called for it, nodding
-pleasantly, and with a knowing wink. "Not for me, steward. For this
-young gentleman here. Now, sir, tackle that. You will feel a man
-again. There, don't think me interfering and presumptuous. We are
-fellow passengers, and you are in want of a little help and advice.
-Come, set to work at it and you will feel yourself again. You've
-been feeling very ill. Everyone does that at first, and we have had
-a dusting in the bay. But that soup, believe me, will do a world of
-good to you."
-
-The tall stranger leaned on the edge of the saloon table and spoke
-kindly to the pale-faced youth sitting exactly opposite him. He had
-noticed Dudley Compton on the day of sailing, for there was something
-striking about the young fellow. Then he had lost sight of him for
-three days, for outside the mouth of the Mersey the brig had run into
-a nasty sea, and had held on right into the Bay of Biscay, lashed all
-the way by a stiff gale, which had caused her to flounder and roll,
-and had kept her decks incessantly washed by the spray and the
-rollers which broke aboard. Of the twenty or more passengers aboard
-but two had put in an appearance at meals in the saloon, and for
-them, hardy travellers though they were, eating had been a matter of
-difficulty, for the table was decked with fiddles, and every scrap of
-crockery and glassware was secured. To eat soup one had to cling to
-the basin with one hand and to the spoon with the other, while one
-balanced oneself in his seat as skilfully as the elements allowed.
-
-Dudley had been utterly miserable. He had not been five miles to sea
-before, and he had succumbed to nausea within two hours. For three
-days he had lain in his bunk, tossed this way and that, utterly
-prostrate, and careless of the many bruises he received, for he was
-thrown out of his berth on several occasions. Now his natural
-courage had forced him to get up, for he was not the lad to lie and
-sulk at any time, and not the one to be easily beaten.
-
-"I feel horribly ill and giddy," he said to himself that morning,
-"and I really shouldn't mind much if I heard we were sinking or had
-run on a rock. But a fellow can't stand more of this kind of thing.
-They'll think I'm shamming. I'll make an effort to get up."
-
-He crawled from his bunk and struggled into his clothing, a process
-accomplished by dint of clinging to the bunk, and very often
-interrupted by a pitch and a roll which sent him into the corner of
-the narrow box which went by the name of cabin. He clambered to the
-deck and was promptly requested to retire by a bandy-legged seaman,
-clad in shining oilskins.
-
-"Can't come out here, sir," he said politely, helping the passenger
-into the saloon entrance. "There's still seas a-sweepin' her decks,
-and yer don't want ter go overboard, now do yer?"
-
-"I don't know. I hardly care what happens," answered Dudley
-desperately. "I shall be ill again if I go down to the saloon."
-
-"Ill! You've been that this three days. Pull yerself together, sir.
-Never say die! Why, Nelson hisself was always that sick the first
-two or three days at sea that he wasn't fit to fight his own shadder,
-much less the Frenchies. But he pulled hisself up. He wasn't the
-lad to go under without a struggle. Jest you slip down to the saloon
-and call for food. It'll set yer up, sir."
-
-The kindly sailor assisted Dudley to the door of the saloon, and left
-him there with an encouraging nod. Dudley struggled across the
-narrow saloon, a cosy enough place as accommodation went in those
-days, but a wretched enough saloon when compared with those provided
-on modern-day leviathans. A roll of the ship sent him with a lurch
-against the table; he grabbed at the fiddles, almost tore them from
-their place, and was flung into a seat immediately opposite the only
-other occupant of the saloon. He was giddy. The hot atmosphere
-choked him after the breath of pure air which he had inhaled on deck.
-He felt faint, wondered whether he should struggle back to his cabin
-and give himself up to despair, and then the voice of the passenger
-broke on his ears.
-
-"Now tackle the soup, and you'll see," he heard. "There's a spoon.
-Hold on to the bowl, wedge yourself into the seat, and enjoy your
-meal. Bravo! I see that you will be the very first of our invalids
-to get over this little trouble. Steward!"
-
-"Sir?"
-
-"A cup of coffee, black and strong, and a few biscuits, for this
-gentleman."
-
-Dudley felt better already. The very fact of having someone to talk
-to was a relief, and it took his attention from himself for the
-moment. He found that the soup tasted as no other soup had done
-before. Wonderful to relate, he suddenly discovered that he had an
-appetite, and recollected that he had starved for three whole days, a
-sacrifice in which he had never before indulged.
-
-"Like it?" asked the stranger shortly.
-
-"The best I've ever tasted," answered our young hero, a thin smile
-wreathing his lips. "I'm hungry."
-
-"And so you ought to be. Steward, just bring along a plate of beef,
-and see that there is nothing but lean. This young gentleman is
-hungry."
-
-There was a broad smile on Dudley's face now, for the hot soup had
-warmed him right through, and seemed as if by magic to have driven
-his giddiness and nausea away, such is the rallying power of youth.
-He took a closer look at the passenger sitting opposite, and found
-something attractive in his face. He sat high in his chair, and had
-every appearance of being tall. He was remarkably thin and wiry, as
-if he were trained to the very last ounce, for no one could suggest
-that illness had anything to do with his condition. His powerful
-bronzed face, with its fair, flowing moustache, its prominent nose
-and cheek bones and piercing, kindly eyes, discouraged that idea,
-while there was no sign of frailty about the broad shoulders, the
-deep chest, and the powerful, sun-tanned fingers which were clasped
-upon the table. This was a man who was engaged in an active,
-strenuous life, and, inexperienced though Dudley was, something told
-him intuitively that his new friend had gone through many an ordeal,
-had faced death, and had battled often for existence.
-
-"Wondering who I am, eh?"
-
-The question was asked abruptly and not unkindly, for there was the
-suspicion of a smile on the stranger's face. Dudley blushed, and
-stammered.
-
-"Yes, sir," he admitted, "I was. You see----"
-
-"There's something different about me from the men you have been in
-the habit of coming across."
-
-There was undoubtedly. Why, even the clothes which this stranger
-wore were strange to Dudley. They were of a smooth, dark cloth,
-probably of foreign manufacture, while the cut was decidedly
-different from that in vogue in England. There was a soft, white
-shirt beneath the coat, a soft collar attached, and a
-brilliant-coloured tie of very ample dimensions issued from beneath
-the collar and fell in soft folds over his shirt and the lapels of
-his coat. Added to all this, a wide-brimmed felt hat, with an
-ostrich plume thrust into the band, lay on the seat beside him, the
-sort of article which one would hardly have expected to have come
-across at sea, and certainly not in England in those prim days.
-
-"Well? Am I right? Speak out, lad, and don't fear to offend me. My
-name's Blunt. Harvey Blunt, at your service. Blunt by name and
-blunt also by nature, I fear."
-
-Dudley smiled, for the stranger beamed on him as he spoke, his kindly
-face and eyes belying his words. He might be blunt in speech, and
-perhaps for all Dudley knew had cultivated the habit for some special
-reason. He might be a man who commanded many workers, and short,
-sharp orders were appreciated and quickly obeyed. But he was
-certainly not offensively blunt, and there was a kind heart under his
-jacket. Dudley reckoned all that out swiftly, while he noticed that
-Mr. Blunt spoke English perfectly, but sometimes with the faintest
-foreign accent, while later, as they conversed, he heard many strange
-exclamations issue from his lips, and he was at a loss to understand
-what they meant or in what language they were uttered.
-
-"A lad who thinks and notices," Mr. Blunt was saying to himself, as
-he watched the young passenger opposite. "I like his looks. He is a
-fine sample of the English boy, well set up, manly, with a lot of
-character and determination about him, and yet with manners. Ah, I
-like a lad who is always polite! Well, sir?"
-
-Dudley laughed outright now. He had finished his soup, and was now
-discussing a big plate of beef, while a steaming cup of coffee was
-wedged into the corner of the fiddle just at his elbow.
-
-"I must admit that you are a little different, sir," he said. "To
-begin with, your clothes are not like those we wear, and then, well,
-you look to me as if you had always lived in the open, and had slept
-there, too. You look, what we call at school, 'as hard as nails, and
-awfully fit.'"
-
-"English or not?" was the next question, flashed at him without a
-second's intermission.
-
-"Yes, undoubtedly, but accustomed to use another language."
-
-"Right! Right, all the way through! A lad who thinks, who uses his
-headpiece! Good!"
-
-The stranger brought a big bony fist down on to the edge of the
-fiddle with such force that had Dudley attempted to do the same he
-would have suffered considerable pain. But Mr. Blunt did not seem to
-notice any. He smiled at Dudley while he repeated the words. As for
-the young fellow opposite him, he went red to the roots of his hair,
-while his thoughts flew away back to the school which he had so
-recently quitted. Had anyone there given him credit for keen
-perception, or even taken the trouble to imagine that Dudley Compton
-ever had a serious thought?
-
-"He is hopeless where work or thought is concerned," the headmaster
-had said to Dudley's guardian, only a year before. "You will do
-nothing with him in an office. Send him abroad. He is a jolly lad,
-good-tempered, steady, and with plenty of pluck, but little head."
-
-And here was a stranger praising Dudley for the very thing which his
-late master had never imagined him to possess. Straightway he
-resolved to cultivate a habit which evidently gave pleasure to this
-tall gentleman.
-
-"Going out to join your parents?" was the next question, fired at
-Dudley as he devoured his meal. "Where do you disembark? Don't
-answer if you wish to keep such matters to yourself. I'm not
-inquisitive, but we seem to have struck up a pleasant acquaintance,
-and, after all, there are few enough English over in South America,
-and it's always nice to meet one and exchange views. I'm getting off
-at Montevideo, where I transship, and make up the River Paraná. Ever
-been out before?"
-
-"Never. And I am not going to join my parents, sir, for they are
-dead. I'm an orphan, and have been so for the past ten years."
-
-"Dear, dear! You're about seventeen, I take it. Eh?"
-
-"I shall be in a month, sir."
-
-"Then you have nothing to complain of with regard to English feeding.
-You are five feet nine, I should reckon."
-
-"And a half," exclaimed Dudley, his nausea and sickness now entirely
-forgotten, while the blush of robust health was fast returning to his
-cheeks. "Five feet nine and a half inches, in my socks, sir."
-
-"And your name?"
-
-"Dudley Compton, sir. I'm going out to Montevideo, where I have to
-make enquiries for a Mr. Bradshaw. He was a great friend of my
-guardian, and wrote a year ago to say that I was to come out to his
-ranch and he would give me work. Later I shall buy a farm for
-myself."
-
-"Humph! You will do well to serve an apprenticeship first, and get
-to know the country. Besides, until the Indians are settled, and
-civil war has come to an end, it is not over safe to be in the
-neighborhood of Montevideo, much less to expend good money on a farm.
-So you are going out to join a Mr. Bradshaw, Mr. James Bradshaw, a
-short, wiry gentleman, who came out twenty years ago?"
-
-"That is the description," agreed Dudley, "but I have never seen him.
-It is a year since he wrote to my guardian."
-
-"Humph! Then there is disappointment for the boy," Mr. Blunt
-exclaimed beneath his breath. "I will not tell him now. I'll wait
-till he has got his sea legs and has overcome his homesickness.
-Anyone could see with half an eye that the lad was feeling lonely and
-forsaken. Come, we will make for a little nook I know of," he said
-aloud, seeing that Dudley had finished his meal. "It is just outside
-the saloon entrance, and the captain has rigged an awning so as to
-keep off the worst of the spray. Get a good overcoat on and join me
-here."
-
-Dudley felt a different creature as he rose from his seat, and
-staggered out of the saloon, clinging to the edge of the table, to
-the back of the fixed seats, and to the walls as he made his way
-towards his cabin. And what a different aspect it presented now.
-Before, it seemed but a dismal hole, black and forbidding. Now, the
-white paint, and the fact that he looked at it with an eye which was
-no longer jaundiced, gave it a home-like appearance. He wedged his
-body into a corner, reached for the rough topcoat which he had
-purchased before sailing, and, cramming a hat on to his head, he
-returned to the saloon. Mr. Blunt was already there, his sombrero
-pulled down over his eyes and secured by a cord beneath his chin,
-while a cloak of ample proportions and of foreign appearance covered
-his shoulders and fell to his knees.
-
-"The class of thing you will wear soon," he said, noticing Dudley
-look at it. "This is a poncho, and many a time have I been grateful
-for its services. It is the cloak generally used in South America.
-Now, up we go. Hang on to the rail, and follow me across the deck."
-
-He ran up the companion, stopped for a few moments at the exit from
-the saloon to the deck, and then darted out, a gust of wind sweeping
-under the wide flap of his sombrero as he did so and turning it back
-over the top. Dudley followed swiftly, and in a few seconds he was
-ensconced with his new friend under a canvas awning rigged between
-the mizzen mast and the end of the companion. It was but a flimsy
-shelter, it is true, but it kept the clouds of spray from drenching
-them, while it was seldom that a wave of any proportions broke over
-the rail. Dudley sat well back on a roll of rope and watched the sea
-breaking about the vessel, thoroughly enjoying this magnificent
-sight, and forgetful of the fact that barely two hours ago all his
-misery and discomfort, not to say desperation, was due to the waves
-which he was now watching. It seemed wonderful to him that any ship
-could live in such a sea, and he was more than half surprised to note
-how placid and obviously content the two men at the wheel were.
-
-"Settling down to a nice blow, with the wind right aft, and therefore
-carrying us fast to the end of our journey," sang out Mr. Blunt, for
-the ordinary tones of the voice were swallowed in the roar of the
-wind, in the rattle and scream of the rigging. "We are running out
-of the Bay, and shall be setting our course for Lisbon before the
-night falls. Then we touch at Cape St. Vincent, and at once set our
-bows west and south, making for Rio de Janeiro. A week from there
-will take us to Montevideo, and then the old life again!"
-
-Between the gusts of wind he told Dudley how he had gone to South
-America, to the province of Entre Rios, many years before, and how he
-had acquired an estancia. Then he charmed him with a description of
-his life, mounted on the finest horse at the first streak of day,
-rounding up cattle which were more than half wild, or galloping over
-the wide plains in the effort to secure some of the numerous herds of
-fine horses which roamed the country, utterly wild and untamed.
-There were Indians, too, and outlaws to be contended with, and a
-thousand other dangers which made a man a man, and brought out all
-that was fine in him.
-
-Dudley listened with wide-open ears, enraptured with the tale, and
-glowing at the thought that this was to be his life once he arrived
-at Mr. Bradshaw's farm, never dreaming that the kindly friend beside
-him had sad news to convey. For Mr. Blunt was aware that this same
-Mr. Bradshaw had been killed six months before in an Indian raid, and
-that Dudley could therefore no longer count upon his help. Then Mr.
-Blunt demanded more news of himself, and Dudley told that he had been
-left an orphan when very young, that a guardian had taken care of him
-till he was nine, and had then sent him to a school at Blackheath.
-
-"He was a bachelor, and always very kind," he said; "but he was such
-a very busy man that he had very little time to devote to me, and, in
-fact, we were almost strangers. I seldom saw him in term time, while
-during the holidays we saw little of each other, as he did not return
-from London till late every evening, and left early on the following
-day. I think he had an idea that I should go into his office,
-but----"
-
-"You hardly looked on that with favor," interposed Mr. Blunt with a
-knowing smile. "An office stool was not as attractive, perhaps, as
-the life which Mr. Bradshaw lived?"
-
-"Hardly, sir. I had heard my guardian often speak of him, and of the
-life which he lived, and I own I longed to try it. But then, too,
-the headmaster seemed to think that I should be useless at a desk.
-He said as much openly."
-
-"Which only proves him to be somewhat lacking in perception," was the
-short answer. "A youth with average intelligence never knows what he
-can do till he tries, so why discourage him beforehand? However,
-here you are, and I am sure you will like the life out in Entre Rios.
-It is rough, full of difficulty and danger, but one is a man there,
-as free as the air, and engaged in work far more natural to human
-beings than is that of the clerk, cooped in a stuffy office and
-poring over figures. Can you ride, lad?"
-
-Dudley owned that he could, just a little. "I have often mounted a
-horse on the heath, and have even galloped and stuck on over a few
-jumps."
-
-"And fallen off on other occasions. Then here's a word of advice.
-If you are asked if you can ride, don't be anxious to admit to any
-proficiency. You will be a 'gringo' out there, a foreigner, newly
-arrived, what is sometimes called a greenhorn, and the gauchos are
-fond of making fun. Can you shoot? Never fired a gun or a revolver!
-Time you commenced to learn, then. We'll have a little practice as
-soon as the sea calms down. You'll want to know the business end of
-a gun before you reach South America, for ruffians abound there. You
-see that block in the rigging? Well, before you consider you can
-shoot you must be able to hit it a score of times running, turning on
-it swiftly, and firing without a pause. It can be done. I could do
-it now, even with all this movement. It is simply custom, a knack of
-hand and eye, a useful knack which has saved my life on more than one
-occasion. Do you smoke, lad?"
-
-The questions were fired at Dudley with surprising shortness, which
-almost made him gasp.
-
-"Sometimes," he admitted guiltily. "Not very often."
-
-"Good again. The fellow who commences to smoke too soon upsets his
-digestion, and therefore his development. A cigar is a fine thing,
-and helps a man when he's troubled. The weed soothes, somehow.
-You'll start some day and admit the same."
-
-The very mention of a smoke caused Mr. Blunt to feel in the pocket
-beneath his poncho, and to extract a long cigar and a match of
-brilliant hue. Dudley watched him as he dexterously struck the match
-and kept it alight in spite of the wind, while his nostrils detected
-the rank fumes which came from the match. His new friend drew at the
-weed, and every line of his fine open face denoted enjoyment. Then
-the eyes, which had for a second or more looked somewhat dreamy,
-fixed themselves on Dudley's face, and scrutinized every feature.
-
-"Hum!" thought Mr. Blunt, "not a bad-looking youngster either, now
-that the food he has had and this keen air have brought the color to
-his face. I expect he was a good fellow at school; popular and all
-that. Perhaps he left to the regret of all, masters as well as boys.
-Eh?"
-
-"Pardon!" demanded Dudley.
-
-"Not at all," was the answer. "I was thinking aloud, I fear. It is
-a foolish habit. But tell me, Dudley, are you not somewhat young to
-be sent out to South America? You tell me you are not quite
-seventeen. Most youngsters are older than that when they come out.
-Was there any special reason for your leaving home early?"
-
-He asked the question in his usual manner, his eyes all the time
-fixed on the face of the young fellow before him. He saw the color
-rise on Dudley's cheeks. He could almost have declared that he saw
-tears welling up into the eyes, but he could not be sure, for with
-such a wind blowing any one might have tears in his eyes. The lad
-faced his questioner unflinchingly, coughed huskily as if something
-obstructed his throat, and then answered boldly.
-
-"Yes, sir," he said, "there was a reason. I was to have come out
-here when I was seventeen and a half but something occurred to send
-me earlier."
-
-"Something occurred. Exactly so! Just as I thought. And that
-was----? But there, I am too inquisitive. Your pardon, Dudley. Do
-not even mention the matter further unless you wish to do so."
-
-"I do wish it, sir," said Dudley with decision, and in such altered
-tones that Mr. Blunt's attention was again attracted. "I will give
-you my confidence, knowing that you will not divulge a word. I was
-expelled."
-
-"Expelled! Sent away from the school! Gracious! For what?"
-
-There was a startled look in Mr. Blunt's eyes. He swung round on his
-young friend again, for he had turned his head away a moment before,
-and sat there staring incredulously at him.
-
-"For what? The crime?" he demanded. "It was not a serious one, that
-I'll be bound."
-
-"I was expelled for theft. When I left the school I was branded
-forever as a mean and despicable thief."
-
-There was a strange tremor in Dudley's voice. Mr. Blunt was certain
-now that those were tears in the corner of the eyes. But still the
-lad faced him without a waver. He made his admission boldly,
-decidedly, with no attempt to lessen the significance of his words,
-and as he spoke, despite the tears in his eyes, and the tremor in his
-voice, Dudley Compton's head went higher, while there was a look on
-his face which spoke of pride, and of full consciousness of his own
-innocence.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER II
-
-A CONFIDENTIAL FRIEND
-
-"A thief! Expelled from his school for theft, and sent out to South
-America to get him out of the way! Impossible! The boy is not
-lying. I swear he is honest, or ever after this I cease to believe
-that I am even the poorest judge of men."
-
-Quite unconsciously Mr. Blunt uttered the words aloud, while he
-looked searchingly at Dudley. As for the latter, he had made his
-admission, he had told this new friend of his bluntly that he had
-just recently been expelled from his school for theft, and now he
-still regarded him without flinching, and in a manner which went far
-to persuade this tall man from the pampas that he was innocent. Mr.
-Blunt had not been meeting all manner of men during his life without
-encountering many rogues as well as honest men. The experience he
-had gained in various parts of the world was always proving
-serviceable, and now more than ever before perhaps. He prided
-himself on his judgment. That judgment told him without error that
-Dudley Compton was not a thief, despite the fact that the lad had
-just admitted that it was for theft that he had been expelled from
-his school. It was just like the kind-hearted fellow he was for the
-tall, raw-boned stranger at once to stretch out a huge brown paw and
-snatch hold of Dudley's hand.
-
-"Tell me all about it," he said simply. "Tell me how it all
-occurred, and why you were selected as the culprit. Come, it may
-help you to talk. This matter has been weighing on your mind for
-some time and making you miserable. You will be happier and easier
-when you have given your confidences to me. Speak out, and do not
-fear that I shall not listen with sympathy."
-
-He pressed Dudley's hand very gently, and looked away over the rail
-of the tossing ship. For his words, his sympathy, his openly
-expressed belief in his young friend had had their effect. Dudley
-Compton had for many a day now bravely borne the trouble which was on
-his mind, and had been there ever since the hour that he was
-expelled. His guardian, a busy man whose time was so occupied that
-he had little opportunity of going into outside matters, was
-possessed of very little sympathy. He was, in fact, not the best
-guardian for a lad, for he did not understand boys, and his mind was
-so wrapped up in business matters, so encompassed as it were by
-office affairs, that he could only look at outside questions
-superficially. He was disgusted that his charge should have been
-accused of thieving, and he thought it only natural that, when asked
-as to his guilt, Dudley should make the best of a bad matter and
-declare his innocence.
-
-"Strange! Strange!" he had said, when their interview was over. "I
-have seen very little of the boy; too little in fact. But all have
-been fond of him and have given him a good character. I would not
-have thought him capable of such an act. But there----"
-
-It never occurred to him to go deeply into the matter. He took it
-for granted that the evidence against his ward was convincing, and,
-that being so, he at once arranged to send him out to Montevideo,
-where in any case he would have gone after the next term. That done,
-he said good-by to the lad, gave him some excellent and prosaic
-advice, and, having seen him safely aboard, promptly dismissed the
-subject of theft from his mind, and in a short while he had allowed
-even the memory of his ward to be clouded by those business affairs
-which were the main object of his existence. He was not an extremely
-selfish man; but he was one of those business gentlemen who, being
-bachelors, and immersed in city affairs, give themselves up to them
-heart and soul, allowing them to take all the time and attention
-which other men would give to home affairs.
-
-"There! Speak out. I'll listen and tell you what I think," said Mr.
-Blunt. "I've had trouble myself and know what it is. Tell me the
-whole tale."
-
-He still looked away over the rail at the tossing sea, for his words,
-and his sympathy expressed by the gentle grip of his big and powerful
-fingers, had a strange effect upon Dudley. He had been stunned at
-first by the disaster which had befallen him. Then he had closed his
-lips firmly. He had become hard, and had wrapped up his feelings in
-an impenetrable cloak of silence. This tall Englishman, with his
-soft, kindly voice, his openly expressed belief in him, and his
-sympathetic grip, had broken Dudley's hardness and resolution. He
-gulped at the lump which had suddenly risen in his throat, tears
-welled up in his eyes and trickled down his cheeks, while a
-half-suppressed sob escaped him. The sound brought all his manhood
-back. He drew his hand out of Mr. Blunt's, straightened his back,
-and dashed the tears from his eyes.
-
-"I will speak," he said. "I have not told a soul up to this, but now
-I can say safely what I have to say. I am no thief, sir."
-
-"Look at me," came swiftly from his friend. "Look me in the eyes and
-say that again on your honor."
-
-Mr. Blunt swung round, and now, instead of regarding the sea, stared
-at our hero. Dudley met his gaze at once, returned his glances
-without a waver, and spoke with the utmost deliberation.
-
-"I swear on my honor as a gentleman that I am not a thief," he said
-solemnly. "If you care to hear the tale, I shall be glad to tell it
-to you. It will help me immensely, for it has been weighing on my
-mind."
-
-"Then fire away, lad. I'll listen carefully, and let you know what I
-think at the end. But I say now, too, that you are no thief. I am
-sure of it. No youngster of your stamp could look me in the eyes las
-you have done and not be truthful. Fire away, and let me have the
-whole story."
-
-His cigar was going again by now, and he sent big clouds rushing from
-his mouth, clouds which were caught at once by the wind and whisked
-away out over the sea.
-
-"I was at Blackheath, at a school where there were one hundred and
-eighty boys," said Dudley slowly. "I had been there for five years,
-and as I have told you it was arranged that I should leave after the
-next term, and go out to South America. I lived at home, at my
-guardian's, and saw very little of him. I suppose he paid all my
-bills, and made provision for pocket money. He was fairly liberal,
-so that I often had a shilling, and sometimes many, in my pocket to
-use as I liked. I was a prefect."
-
-"A prefect!" interrupted Mr. Blunt. "Then you were not such a dunce?"
-
-"I was in the upper sixth, halfway up the form, sir; but though not a
-dunce I was considered anything but quick. That is why I was not
-selected by my guardian for office work."
-
-"And perhaps you will have occasion to bless the fact to the end of
-your days. Give me a free and open life, where a man may work for
-hours healthily and without fatigue. But I am interrupting. You
-were in the sixth. You were not a dunce, and yet not brilliant.
-Many and many a lad could be described in a similar manner, and of
-those quite a few astonish their parents later when they have
-discovered, perhaps by pure accident, the life for which they are
-suited. They get congenial work and put their backs into it. Set
-their shoulders to the wheel, in fact, and do well. But, there,
-there, I am off again! You were fond of games? You liked cricket?"
-
-"Rather, sir. I always liked the game, and was captain. In fact I
-was captain of the school for all games, and about tenth from the top
-in classwork."
-
-"Then you had friends?" asked Mr. Blunt.
-
-"Plenty, sir, I think," was the answer. "The fellows were very good
-to me when I left."
-
-There was silence for a while, and Mr. Blunt turned away discreetly
-again, for he saw that Dudley was manfully endeavoring to suppress
-his emotion. As for the lad himself, as he mentioned his friends his
-thoughts flew away back to the school, where he had been so happy,
-and so popular if he had not been too modest to say it. He
-remembered with a pang how old school friends and chums had mustered
-round him when the dreadful news was issued to all, and he, Dudley
-Compton, their games captain, was declared a thief. In a hundred
-little ways they had shown their belief in and sympathy for him.
-Indeed, Dudley could have told how with very few exceptions the whole
-school had been in his favor, how for a few hours the question of his
-innocence or guilt was discussed with eagerness and no little warmth,
-and how, as he drove away from the doors of the place he liked so
-well, heads and arms were thrust out of every available window and
-wild cheers were flung after him. Yes, he had had heaps of friends,
-and many and many a time had the memory of their simple belief in him
-comforted the poor fellow's aching heart.
-
-"Captain of the school? Then you were popular, that's clear," said
-Mr. Blunt decisively. "Go on, lad. You had plenty of friends."
-
-"Plenty, sir. I often think of them. In the upper sixth we were a
-happy family, and all got on splendidly together. One fellow, named
-Joyce, was perhaps an exception."
-
-"Ah! Joyce. That was his name. We are coming nearer to the
-matter," exclaimed Mr. Blunt, taking his cigar from his lips. "Yes?"
-
-"Joyce had wealthy parents, who allowed him a liberal amount of
-pocket money. He was one of those fellows who cut a big dash, who
-dress better than the other chaps, wear a lot of linen and scatter
-their money fairly freely. In fact, he was very liberal,
-particularly if he wished to secure the friendship of some particular
-fellow."
-
-"Ah! I've met many similar men in everyday life. A little arrogant,
-conceited, don't you know; inclined to give themselves airs and be
-high and mighty. Often very shallow, and always fond of good things,
-and in particular of scattering their cash so as to make a good
-impression. Yes, they are to be met with here and there, and many
-are excellent fellows at heart. They lose their conceit later and
-settle down. Yes, they are their own enemies. No one takes them
-very seriously. His name was Joyce?"
-
-"Yes, sir," replied Dudley. "He was all you say, and beyond thinking
-him stuck up and foolish I certainly never had a bad word to say
-about him. We were friendly, and often enough when he had run
-through his monthly allowance he would come to me and borrow a
-shilling or two."
-
-"Ah! He overspent his allowance and borrowed. A bad plan!"
-exclaimed Mr. Blunt. "Never borrow and never lend unless under very
-exceptional circumstances. It leads to trouble, and often loses one
-a friend."
-
-There was silence for a little while again, as Dudley pictured the
-lively, smooth-tongued Joyce, with his fine clothes, and his great
-display of collar and cuff, while Mr. Blunt no doubt was occupied
-with his own thoughts. Perhaps he could tell tales of lending and
-borrowing which had led to misery and trouble. He tossed the stump
-of his weed into the air, where the gale caught it and whisked it
-overboard. Then he turned again to Dudley and spoke abruptly.
-
-"Joyce borrowed once too often," he said with decision. "He asked
-you to lend him something, and in some manner implicated you in this
-theft. He was the culprit."
-
-"Without a doubt, sir," answered Dudley promptly. "I can say it to
-you safely, I know. Joyce was the thief. It was he who stole the
-money, and he it was who should have been expelled."
-
-"Humph! You know that now. Did you know it then? Did you shield
-him?"
-
-The questions were fired at our hero one after another, while the
-answers were awaited with eagerness, for Mr. Blunt was more than a
-little interested in the tale his young friend had to tell him.
-
-"I am sure of it now. I am as certain that Joyce stole the money as
-I am that you and I are seated here. I guessed it at the time.
-There was scarcely any possibility that it could be anyone else. But
-I could not speak. If he was the thief he was there to admit it. He
-heard me accused, and if he was the culprit it was his duty to come
-forward."
-
-"Duty! Of course it was, lad. But it isn't every boy, or man for
-the matter of that, who has the moral pluck to confess to a theft
-even when he sees a friend accused of the act of which he himself is
-guilty. You relied on his honor and pluck. You were too proud to
-speak. Go on. I am interested."
-
-"There is little more to tell you, sir," continued Dudley. "It seems
-that there had been robberies from one of the masters' rooms. I was
-warned of the fact, and indeed did what I could to put a stop to the
-matter, for such things are exceedingly disagreeable in a school.
-But they still continued, and as a result a trap was set for the
-thief. Money had been disappearing from one of the masters' rooms,
-and it was hard to say who could take it, for several of the upper
-school had occasion to go to that room during the day. I was often
-there, and so were Joyce and other members of the sixth. But you can
-guess what happened. Some silver was placed in a drawer, the one
-from which other sums had been taken, and that silver was marked. It
-disappeared, and promptly the whole school was mustered in its
-various rooms, and each one ordered to bring out his purse or show
-the money he possessed. Seven shillings had been stolen, all marked
-coins. Six of those shillings were found in my purse."
-
-He stopped abruptly, all the bitterness of the old scene returning at
-once. He recollected how he had produced his little wealth, how he
-had rolled the silver on to the desk, and how, all of a sudden, the
-face of the headmaster had changed. He had looked incredulous, then
-as if deeply pained. A second later he was questioning Dudley in icy
-tones.
-
-"This is your money?" he asked. "You are sure that it is yours?"
-
-"Quite," was Dudley's easy answer. "It is all that I possess, sir."
-
-"Then it is not yours, sir. Those shillings were stolen from the
-very drawer from which many thefts have taken place. See for
-yourself. They are marked. They have been stolen. I am grieved to
-have to call you a thief. Go to your room at once, sir."
-
-The whole dreadful scene flashed before his eyes. He remembered his
-own amazement, how the accusation had stunned his senses so that he
-could not even protest his innocence, and how, without a word, he had
-gone to his room. And there, what agony of mind he had suffered till
-the school was assembled, and he was declared the culprit before them
-all. It was then that Dudley had recovered his courage and found
-power to speak. Very quietly, and with an earnestness which would
-have impressed anyone, he declared his innocence.
-
-"I swear that those marked shillings were given me scarcely two hours
-before my purse was examined. They were given me by one of the boys
-of this school who owed me six shillings."
-
-"His name?" the headmaster had demanded icily.
-
-"I cannot give it. I am not here to accuse a comrade," Dudley
-answered firmly.
-
-"Then I will ask the question. Boys," said the headmaster, "a series
-of despicable thefts has been taking place. I was determined to put
-a stop to them, and for that purpose placed seven marked shillings in
-a drawer in Mr. Harland's room. Those shillings were stolen, and
-within two hours six of them were found in the purse of your late
-captain. You have heard what he has to say. Is there any truth in
-it? Is there a boy here who owed him money, and refunded it after
-the theft? I beg of him, if that boy is here, to come forward and
-save the honor of Dudley Compton."
-
-Silence was his only answer. The boys looked askance at one another,
-and two or three of the older ones even glanced across at Joyce. But
-the latter looked as jaunty and cool as ever. His eyes were fixed on
-the headmaster, and he seemed to have forgotten poor Dudley. But his
-heart was beating furiously. His legs would hardly support him, and
-the boy was trying and trying to screw up his courage to declare
-himself the thief, and so save his old friend and comrade. He
-hesitated. Dread of what would follow sealed his lips, and in a
-second or two the opportunity had gone. It was too late to speak.
-Dudley was condemned to be expelled, and was already out of the room.
-Only when Joyce returned to his own cubicle did the enormity of his
-offence fully appeal to him. Then, when it was almost too late, he
-saw what a coward he had been, how dishonorable and despicable had
-been his conduct. For he it was who had actually stolen the coins.
-In fact it was Joyce who had for some time been acting as a common
-thief. He had been tempted. The power to spend money, to be able to
-cut a dash and appear grand before his fellows, possessed a huge
-fascination for him, and he had fallen to the temptation. After that
-he had repeated the offence. And now he groaned when he reflected on
-this last act, to which thieving had led him. He had always had a
-large amount of friendly feeling for Dudley. He had looked up to the
-lad, recognizing in him a stronger nature. And now he had stood
-aside and had seen him condemned, knowing all the while that he was
-innocent.
-
-"I can't bear it. I will go at once and set the matter right," he
-cried.
-
-He rushed to the door of his cubicle, dragged it open, and ran into
-the passage. And there his courage again oozed through his finger
-tips. It was so easy to let matters rest where they were. It was so
-hard to go and make that declaration, and afterwards to be expelled,
-to face all that that meant. He hesitated, returned to the cubicle
-to think it over, and finally did nothing. But for days and weeks
-Dudley's look of anguish haunted him. Joyce became a different
-person. He no longer displayed such an amount of linen. His clothes
-were less conspicuous, and the cash which he had freely spent before
-was now kept in his pocket. Remorse was steadily altering the boy.
-The subject of the theft was never out of his mind in waking hours,
-and when asleep he even dreamed of poor Dudley. For Joyce was not a
-bad fellow at heart. True, he was a thief, a mean contemptible
-thief; but there was a lot of good in the lad if only he could be
-induced to show a little more moral courage. If he had been
-otherwise, if he had been hardened and callous, he would hardly have
-given a thought to his crime, or to the suffering imposed on Dudley.
-At length, tortured by the recollection of what he had done, he
-finally resolved to declare his guilt, and straightway went to the
-headmaster. Later, strong in his purpose, he faced the whole school,
-admitted that he was guilty, and begged earnestly that every boy
-present would recollect that Dudley was innocent. Then he left the
-school, and once at home set about to consider how he was to make
-amends to Dudley.
-
-Dudley finished his portion of the tale while Mr. Blunt listened
-attentively.
-
-"Joyce could have saved me," he said solemnly. "He owed me money,
-and repaid it with the coins which were marked. How did he become
-possessed of them? And remember, sir, that scarcely two hours passed
-between the theft and the discovery of the marked coins. To my mind
-there is no doubt that Joyce was the guilty person, and I am sure
-that if he had had more pluck he would have come forward. In any
-case I am sure that life has been unbearable to him since. At heart
-he is a decent fellow, and I am certain that his conscience will have
-been very active."
-
-"And you were expelled? You went out of that house knowing what you
-tell me, and yet you would not speak?"
-
-Mr. Blunt asked the question quietly, while the look in his eyes
-belied his manner and showed plainly that he was not a little excited.
-
-"What else could I do, sir?" came the simple answer. "I was not
-absolutely sure, and even then it was not for me to clear myself at
-the expense of a comrade."
-
-"Tommy rot! False pride, sir! A wrong impression of your duty to
-your comrades! But it was fine! Shake hands!"
-
-Mr. Blunt seized Dudley's hand and shook it eagerly, his eyes
-flashing strangely as he did so.
-
-"I repeat, it was wrong," he said earnestly, "but none the less you
-were a true comrade. You were not certain, and I know how hateful it
-is to have to accuse a friend. Rather than do that you suffered.
-Well, all I have to say is this: If that lad Joyce does not admit his
-guilt very soon, and entirely clear you, he is a cur of the worst
-description. It is bad enough for him to be a thief. It is worse
-when he has so little pluck that he can stand by and see another
-accused and disgraced, whom he knows to be innocent. No, if he does
-nothing he is a cur. But I shall be surprised if the lad does not
-learn a serious lesson, and I look to this matter to make a man of
-him. I expect that guilty lad to turn over a new leaf, to give up
-thieving and his shallow ways, and to act like a man. There, Dudley,
-you and I understand each other. You at least have behaved with
-honor. You know you are no thief, and you are equally sure that I,
-who have heard the tale, believe implicitly in you. Banish it from
-your mind for a time. Do not brood on it. Let the future set
-matters right, for I look forward to the day when you will return to
-that school to listen to the apologies of your masters. Now let me
-tell you more of Entre Rios, of the Pampas, and of the gauchos and
-the Indians."
-
-They sat chatting for two hours, after which another meal was served,
-when Dudley descended to the saloon boldly, feeling himself again,
-and fresh and hungry. More than that, now that he had unburdened
-himself to this stranger, to whom, boylike, he had taken such a
-sudden fancy, he felt much happier. A huge weight was lifted from
-his mind, and he felt that he could go on without brooding on his
-misfortune, in the hope that something would occur to set the matter
-right. Indeed, thanks to Mr. Blunt's lively chatter, to the vivid
-descriptions he gave of South America, and to the narratives of his
-adventures there, Dudley very soon was taken entirely out of himself.
-A bright prospect was opened up before his eyes, and he longed for
-the hour of their arrival, wishing many a time that he were going to
-Mr. Blunt's estancia.
-
-Two days later the wind went down, the sea became smooth, while the
-passengers put in an appearance one by one, looking pale and
-emaciated after their trying experience. The ship made Cape St.
-Vincent, having called in at Lisbon, and in due course furrowed her
-way across the wide Atlantic to Rio de Janeiro. By that time all the
-passengers were on excellent terms.
-
-Every day Dudley had spent an hour under his friend's tuition with
-gun and revolver, till he had become an expert and an exceedingly
-rapid shot. Bottles and old boxes tossed into the sea had made
-excellent targets.
-
-"You will do well if there is trouble, and it may come when you least
-expect it," said Mr. Blunt. "Remember this, the gauchos, as we call
-the natives of the country, are extremely polite to one another and
-to strangers, but one meets a ruffian now and again, and all are very
-excitable. They are quick to take advantage of one who they think is
-helpless, and more particularly of a gringo. You can hold your own
-at shooting. It now remains for you to learn to ride the wildest
-animal that can be provided."
-
-On the following day the ship dropped her anchor off Rio de Janeiro,
-and the passengers made ready to go ashore. Dudley was to accompany
-his friend, and ran below at the last moment to fetch a stick which
-he had left in his cabin. As he reached the deck again, one of the
-ship's boats was being lowered, two of the sailors standing at the
-slings at the bow and stern of the boat, while Mr. Blunt and another
-passenger sat in the centre.
-
-"A free ride," he sang out to Dudley. "We shall be in the water in a
-moment, when you can join me."
-
-Hardly had he spoken when there was a shout from the deck, the men
-who were lowering the slings gave exclamations of dismay, and in a
-second the swinging boat fell from one of the davits, the slings at
-one end having parted, and hung, bow downwards, with her nose just
-dipping into the water. Her sudden upset was accompanied by four
-loud splashes, as the two passengers and the sailors were thrown into
-the water, and then by loud calls, and by a titter from those on the
-deck above. For all who had been tossed so unceremoniously into the
-sea were able to swim, and as Dudley looked over the side, there they
-were, treading water and looking up to the rail, Mr. Blunt's
-sunburned features unusually jovial, while a broad smile was on his
-lips.
-
-"Spoke too soon and too truly," he sang out, seeing his young friend.
-"Said we should be in the water in a moment, and here we are, very
-wet, too."
-
-Dudley laughed, for the scene was very comical. He clambered on to
-the rail, and leaned over, holding all the while to a halyard. Then,
-of a sudden, he became pale, his eyes opened wide, and he shouted
-with consternation. His eye had caught the flicker of a passing
-shadow down in the depths, a shadow which had rapidly enlarged and
-become brighter, till it developed into a long, silvery streak,
-getting broader every moment as the monster shark, for such it was,
-turned over preparatory to seizing its prey. It swirled across the
-few yards between it and the swimmers, selected one, and rushed
-open-mouthed at him. A second later, while the passengers above
-shrieked in consternation, the cruel beast had seized Mr. Blunt by
-the elbow and was endeavoring to back away, while the victim,
-suddenly realizing his precarious condition, snatched at the hanging
-bow of the boat, and clung there for life.
-
-Dudley did not hesitate. He flung the stick behind him, took one
-swift glance below, and then leaped at the monster, hoping to strike
-him as he fell, or to frighten him by the splash he made. It was
-madness, perhaps, to make such an attempt. It was endangering his
-own life for that of a friend. But he had a warm heart and a brave
-one, and, moreover, he felt that he already owed Mr. Blunt a debt of
-gratitude. He could not stand there and see him dragged down beneath
-the surface. He must make an effort for him, and with that gallant
-resolve he plunged into the water.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER III
-
-THE HOME ON THE PAMPAS
-
-Shouts of excitement, the shrill falsetto of one of the lady
-passengers shrieking in her fright, and loud cries of encouragement
-accompanied Dudley as he sprang into the sea, and were cut off
-abruptly as the water closed over his head. A burly sailor,
-barefooted and with dripping hands, leaped on to the rail, and
-clambered out on to the stern of the dangling boat, from which point
-of vantage he stared down at Mr. Blunt as he struggled with the
-shark, and deep and bitter words escaped his bearded lips in his
-excitement. Then a stout little passenger, with florid countenance
-and remarkably bald head, followed him on to the rail, and for an
-instant appeared as if he would leap after the young fellow. The
-intention was there, the fire of youth was in his eye, and no doubt
-this stout little man had, in his young days, been capable of a
-rescue. But he was too stout now, and he knew it. He paused, held
-back, and then shouted like a maniac. Behind him the other
-passengers crowded, till a voice ordered them to stand aside.
-
-"Stand away, gentlemen, please" came from the captain in stern tones.
-"Allow this man to pass. Now, lads, sling him over, and, Tom, make
-good use of that boat-hook."
-
-Quick as lightning a sailor thrust his way through the throng,
-clambered over the rail, and let himself go, four of his comrades
-lowering him hurriedly by means of a stout rope till he was close to
-the water and within reach of the struggle. Meanwhile Dudley had
-struck out, had reached the surface, and had looked round for Mr.
-Blunt and the shark. Hardly half a minute had passed since he leaped
-from the rail, but in that short space of time he had decided on his
-course of action, though when he plunged into the water he had no
-idea what course to pursue. Then, like a flash, he remembered
-reading in some book about sharks, and of how natives in some odd
-corner of the world were in the habit of attacking them.
-
-"A shark is helpless if you can tear his tail," he said to himself.
-"I recollect the natives did it with their teeth. I'll try."
-
-Treading water for an instant, he saw the long, ugly snout of the
-monster close to Mr. Blunt's shoulder, he noticed the crimson streaks
-which now dyed the sea, and also how the dangling boat swayed as the
-man clung desperately to it. Then he drew in a big breath, dived
-beneath the surface, and struck out for the tail of the giant fish,
-easily seen at that distance. It was still for the moment, the
-monster simply retaining its hold and clinging to Mr. Blunt's arm.
-Dudley darted towards it, seized it between both hands, and pulled
-with all his strength, only to find that his hands slipped from the
-surface, and to receive a blow from the tail which beat him off
-promptly. But he was returning to the attack within an instant, and
-knowing that there was no time to be lost, he gripped at the tail
-again, dug his fingers into the slippery surface, and a second later
-had buried his teeth in the centre of the very extremity. Ah! This
-was different. He had a firm hold this time, and though the beast
-made frantic efforts to throw him off he clung to the tail, and with
-a sudden movement of both arms and of his teeth ripped it from end to
-end. Not till then did he let go his hold, to rise, gasping, to the
-surface a moment later.
-
-What a shout greeted him! Hoarse roars of excitement, bravoes, and
-the hysterical shrieks of the lady passenger fell on his ears.
-
-"Bravely done! A splendid act, and the only effective way to tackle
-him," shouted the captain, now standing on the rail and clinging to a
-halyard. "He has let go his hold! Strike at the brute, Tom. You
-have him within reach. Ah! That should settle the matter."
-
-He leaned over, breathless with excitement, and watched as the
-sailor, dangling over the side, steadied himself against the ship
-with his bare toes, aimed at the floundering fish, and then struck
-with the boat-hook with all his strength, driving the iron end deep
-into the shark's body.
-
-"Hold him, Tom," called out the captain. "Mr. Blunt, trail on to the
-bow of the boat for a moment longer. Another is being lowered from
-the port side, and will be round. You're all right?"
-
-"Never stronger in my life," came the cool answer. "But that brute
-has mauled my shoulder rather badly. Who came after me?"
-
-"Dudley Compton," shouted the stout passenger, now all aquiver with
-excitement. "The brave lad leaped straight in."
-
-"I thought he would. I guessed he would be the one," came the calm
-reply. "Don't fret, Skipper. We're all snug down here for a while
-if there are no more of those brutes. Ha, Dudley, that you?"
-
-He nodded coolly as the young fellow swam to his side and gripped the
-bows.
-
-"Look before you leap," he laughed. "In other words, don't dive into
-a sea where sharks are expected."
-
-The man was made of iron. Dudley watched him closely as they clung,
-waiting for the relief boat, and plainly saw the lines of pain drawn
-on his friend's face, the suffering which this strong settler from
-South America was too proud and too courageous to show. He was
-suffering, anyone could tell that from the red streaks which issued
-from the rents in his coat, and he was shaken, for his lips twitched
-suspiciously.
-
-"You're hurt, sir. Shall I hold you and so take the weight from your
-other arm."
-
-"Hold me! Not a bit of it, Dudley!" came the swift answer. "Hush!
-I'm hurt I know, but a man recovers sooner if he shows pluck about a
-thing of this sort. Lad, if I had a hand to grip yours!"
-
-There was a depth of feeling now in the voice, feeling which he would
-not show before. Mr. Blunt looked at his young deliverer with eyes
-which displayed his gratitude plainly. Then his features hardened,
-and Dudley saw the lines of pain again. At that moment the boat,
-which had been hastily lowered, came round the stern of the vessel,
-and the five who were in the water were lifted into her and conveyed
-to the gangway, which had now been dropped from the rail. They were
-greeted with shouts of delight, and Mr. Blunt was hurried off a
-second later by the captain to have his wounds attended to. For no
-surgeon was carried, and almost every skipper of ocean-going vessels
-in those days had picked up a smattering of surgical and medical
-knowledge from the seaman's hospital at Greenwich or in other ports.
-As for Dudley, he was seized upon by the passengers, hoisted to the
-shoulders of the stout and enthusiastic little man who had seemed on
-the point of following him into the water, and with the help of two
-others he was conveyed down to the saloon.
-
-"There is no fear of his getting a chill out in these waters," cried
-the little man, blowing with his exertions. "Gentlemen----Pardon,
-ladies and gentlemen, for I see that there are two ladies with us, we
-cannot let Mr. Compton go to his cabin without a word of commendation
-for his pluck. He is just fresh from the most gallant rescue that I
-have ever witnessed, and there is no time therefore like the present.
-I speak for all here, my dear lad, for the passengers and crew of
-this vessel. We are proud to have you amongst us, and we thank you
-for letting us see what a young Englishman can do. It was fine, sir!
-Grand! I wish the lad were my son."
-
-He beamed on Dudley, shook his wet hand till our hero winced, and
-then pushed him into the midst of the other passengers. It was, in
-consequence, a very bewildered young fellow who escaped from their
-friendly and enthusiastic attentions at length, and made his way into
-his cabin. Nor did congratulations cease for many an hour, for on
-that very afternoon a select committee of passengers went ashore and
-returned in the evening with a bulky package. That night, after
-supper had been served, for that was the custom in the days of which
-we write, the captain rose from his seat at the table.
-
-"Ladies and gentlemen," he said quietly, "it has fallen to my lot to
-perform a pleasant duty for one and all of us. This morning a member
-of this ship's company, who, if he will excuse my saying so, is
-little more than a boy, behaved like a man, a very gallant man, let
-me add. He showed us in one fearful moment how self can be forgotten
-in the hope of helping others. That he may never forget this noble
-act, that we may show him what we think of his courage, we ask him to
-accept this memento. He needs nothing to stimulate his courage, but
-at times these useful little implements may remind him that he has
-behaved like a man, and can look the bravest in the face without
-flinching."
-
-Short and crisp, and happily turned, the speech drew loud cheers from
-the assembled passengers, from the stewards, and from the sailors
-crowding in the doorway, while from Dudley there came a gasp of
-surprise, and two tears welled up in the corners of his eyes. The
-lad had met with very little kindness during his young life; his had
-been a somewhat lonely existence, and such notice was strange to him.
-He walked with unsteady feet to the captain, and looked at the
-memento with eyes which were blurred. In a splendid leather case,
-housed in suitable compartments, were a double-barrelled shot-gun, a
-rifle of fine workmanship, and a revolver of the latest pattern. No
-wonder his heart swelled with gratitude. He turned to express his
-thanks, strove manfully to steady his lips, and, failing hopelessly,
-stared round at the assembled people. A second later his friend came
-to the rescue. Mr. Blunt sprang to his feet, cool as ever, his face
-just a little paler perhaps, and his arm in a sling.
-
-"Permit me, captain, and you, ladies and gentlemen, to answer for my
-young friend and deliverer," he said. "No one here should appreciate
-the truth of the words which our captain has used more than I, and
-all must know how deeply grateful I am. Mr. Compton saved my life.
-He rescued me from a horrible death, and in doing so performed a
-gallant act. You have presented him with a handsome memento, which I
-know he will always treasure, and for which he is deeply grateful. I
-know that he would tell you that he has done nothing, that Mr. Carter
-there was about to attempt the same thing; but we know--in his own
-heart he knows--that he has done well. Yet this memento seems in his
-eyes too fine a thing. He does not realize that you who looked on
-cannot recognize such gallantry too handsomely, nor that I, if I were
-to present him with a memento of a thousand times its value should
-still be his debtor for life. Ladies and gentlemen, our young friend
-has started his new life well; he has won your unstinted praise, and
-to the end of his life he will remember this day. He thanks you for
-your overwhelming kindness."
-
-There were more cheers at that, while the stout little man who had
-been so unexpectedly referred to flushed to the top of his bald head
-and shook his fist at Mr. Blunt. Dudley, still covered with
-confusion, took up his guncase and rushed to the privacy of his
-cabin, where he threw himself on his bunk and buried his face in his
-hands. He was shaken. He felt more confused and unnerved by far
-than he had done immediately after the rescue.
-
-"If only they would forget all about it," he groaned. "If only Mr.
-Carter had been first, then there would have been no need for me."
-
-"While I should not have lived to thank you," said a voice at his
-elbow. "Come, Dudley, let us look at the guns. My word, you are
-well set up for the new life! You will have to hide this case, or
-the gauchos will think you are a desperate fellow and will leave you
-very severely alone. And, by the way, I have something to say to
-you. You hoped to meet a Mr. Bradshaw?"
-
-Dudley shot up suddenly, ashamed of the emotion he had shown.
-
-"Yes, sir," he said. "I was to disembark at Montevideo, and you told
-me that you would help me when I landed. I suppose I shall have
-little difficulty?"
-
-"None whatever," was the calm answer. "That is, you will have no
-great trouble before you in finding work, for that, I suppose, is
-what you want."
-
-"I will do anything," replied our hero eagerly. "I have fifty pounds
-in my valise, which will keep me going for some time. I hope to
-obtain employment with my guardian's friend. He promised to keep a
-place for me."
-
-"And would keep that promise were he able to. But listen, my lad. I
-have kept the news from you till this. Mr. Bradshaw was killed six
-months ago in one of the frequent Indian raids. His estancia was
-sold up at once, and his successor might not want hands. But I do.
-Will you come? I offer you a fair wage, plain living in my house,
-and plenty of exercise."
-
-Would he come? Would Dudley accept a post than which he could wish
-for nothing better?
-
-Our hero leaped to the floor of the cabin and stared at his friend,
-too much surprised at the news he had just learned to make a reply.
-It was a blow to him to hear that this Mr. Bradshaw was dead, and
-that the friend to whom he was going would not be there to greet and
-help him. But that disappointment was wiped away in an instant by
-the handsome offer made him.
-
-"I am truly sorry about Mr. Bradshaw," he said at last, "and I thank
-you from the bottom of my heart for your offer. Of course I accept
-it. I would come for nothing, for I expect I shall be useless at
-first, and as you offer me a home, I shall be able to look round and
-get to know the country. There is no one with whom I would go so
-gladly as with you."
-
-"Then the matter is settled. You are my employé from this moment,"
-was the swift answer. "Your salary will commence from to-day also,
-as I shall wish to commence your instruction immediately. No, not a
-word of protest, if you please! You are too apt to make little of
-yourself. You say that you will be useless till you know the work
-required on a rancho. That is not so. Any young fellow who is
-willing, and does not fight shy when work is in prospect, can make
-himself of use. A day or two will teach him sufficient, and after
-that he is becoming more efficient every hour. But I want to tell
-you something more. This post that you have accepted is no sinecure.
-You will be about at the first streak of day and galloping over the
-rancho. Often enough you will be sent off on expeditions to round up
-cattle and horses, and on those occasions you will not even have a
-tent. You will sleep with the stars twinkling overhead, and wake
-with the dew lying heavily on you. Maybe, on rare occasions, a frost
-will come, and then your blanket covering will be stiff with cold."
-
-Dudley laughed a gay laugh, which showed that none of these hardships
-had any terrors for him.
-
-"It will be a grand experience, sir," he smiled. "Besides, have you
-not lived that sort of life for years? And look how fit and well you
-are."
-
-"It has made a man of me, lad. When I am away from the house on the
-rancho I feel free as the air. I eat and sleep heartily, and fine
-weather, sunshine, frost, or rain are one and the same to me. Give
-me the gauchos' camp on the plains, or amidst the small forests, the
-crackling fire of thistle tops, a saddle to rest my head on, and a
-thick blanket to cover me. I am happy then. I enjoy every minute of
-the day, and sleep soundly at night. But there is something else.
-Lad, there are Indians. I have been raided twice already, and on
-each occasion I have escaped only by the skin of my teeth. Fifteen
-of my gauchos were killed on the last occasion, and all my stock was
-cleared out."
-
-"And still you are going back to the place, and sighing to get there,
-sir," came Dudley's answer, short and abrupt. "If you can face an
-Indian raid, why, I shall try to do so also."
-
-"Then our compact is settled. Not that I thought that you would
-flinch; but there are some who would. Now for a few words as to
-myself. You have told me who you are. I will let you have a little
-of my own history. You hear me use strange expressions sometimes.
-They are Italian, and though I am an Englishman born and bred, yet I
-have Italian sympathies and interests. My father lived many years in
-Rome, and often had a villa in Sicily, to which I used to go for my
-holidays. I speak Italian like a native, and know the southern
-portions of Italy and the whole of Sicily very well. I married an
-Italian lady, and settled in the island I have mentioned, till one of
-the foulest acts of treachery drove me from it and sent me out here.
-You have heard of the vendetta?"
-
-Dudley had heard of it in some obscure way, and had a faint idea of
-its meaning, but he was not quite sure.
-
-"I fancy it is sometimes a secret society," he said. "Or perhaps it
-is an oath which certain families take, that they will be revenged on
-some individual or even on a whole family. They plot and plan for
-years, if need be, till their revenge is accomplished."
-
-"Just so; the latter is more correct. It is a hateful practice, and
-is one which might be expected in a country such as Italy, where
-secret societies abound, where men are condemned before secret
-tribunals, and assassinated by the poniard of a ruffian who, beyond
-his interest in this society, has no direct animus against the
-condemned man. Dudley, my wife's family had fallen under the ban of
-some secret society the members of which are, to the best of my
-belief, all of one family. These wretches murdered her father, and
-would have done the same by the mother had not a kind providence
-removed her peacefully before their poniards could reach her heart.
-That did not satisfy them. They slew my dear wife, and would have
-assassinated me and my little daughter had I not escaped from the
-country. They drove me out, and I sailed for South America, where
-there are many Italians, a number of whom, however, have now returned
-to their native country with Garibaldi. But that does not concern us
-now. My daughter, a child of your age, is settled in a convent near
-Naples, where she is secure, and where she has been for the past six
-years, passing under an assumed name. For myself, one of these days
-I may be able to return to Italy, where I should like to live, for
-the warmth suits me, and I feel at home. Also I have an estate in
-Sicily. There, I have bored you, I fear."
-
-Dudley shook his head emphatically, for, on the contrary, he had been
-vastly interested. Many a time during the voyage he had wondered
-what there was about his friend which made him so different from
-other men. He was sure that he had a history, and now he had learned
-it.
-
-"It seems terrible that such things should occur," he said aloud.
-"In England we have nothing like it, for the people would not allow
-such revenge and such assassinations. You have found security in
-this country, sir?"
-
-"Would that I had," came the answer. "I thought that by coming here
-I should escape these miscreants, but that is not the case. It is
-true that I have been far more secure, for the simple reason that out
-on the ranchos there are so few men that a stranger is at once
-noticeable. We want to know at once who the man is, where he comes
-from, and what he wants. I have faithful gauchos there who would
-protect me, and who may be relied on to give me instant warning of
-danger. And yet I know that one Indian raid at least was instigated
-by my enemies, and I was once attacked in the streets of Montevideo.
-There is, indeed, no doubt that the ruffians who slew my wife would
-willingly kill me and my child. However, they have a big, strong man
-to deal with, and if I catch them in the act of attacking, why----"
-
-The big, strong fingers of his uninjured hand formed themselves into
-a sturdy fist. The man's stern, sun-tanned face hardened, and there
-came over his features a look which told better than any words that
-Mr. Blunt would deal promptly and with the utmost severity with his
-enemies.
-
-"Yes," he went on, "they shall have little leniency from me, for
-nothing but the severest measures and a stern example will stop their
-practices. However, do not let me trouble you any longer. I have
-told you that many political exiles from Italy have come to South
-America and have settled near Montevideo, and, knowing that, you can
-realize that one or more can send news of me to these people in
-Italy. There are paid spies amongst them, and if I were to take up
-my quarters for long in one of the towns, such as Montevideo or
-Buenos Ayres, why, I should be inviting trouble. There are ruffians
-to be employed in every city. Now, let us take a stroll on deck.
-The city of Rio looks magnificent when seen from the sea."
-
-They clambered up the companion and strolled arm in arm from bow to
-stern, their eyes tracing the city by the numerous lights which
-twinkled from streets and windows. Late that night they turned in,
-Mr. Blunt to fall asleep at once, in spite of his wounded shoulder,
-and Dudley to lie awake and think, and dream of the life before him,
-of camp fires, of a bed beneath the stars, and of a life of freedom
-and hardship out in the open.
-
-"Just what I should like," he said over and over again to himself.
-"I shall do my best to become expert with a horse and to keep up my
-shooting, while I shall try to learn the business of managing a
-rancho. Perhaps some of these days I might become manager for Mr.
-Blunt, or even his partner. At any rate I mean to get on and make a
-living."
-
-He fell into an uneasy slumber at last, and gradually his still
-active brain turned from the pampas, from what he imagined a rancho
-to be, to Italy, to the terrible vendetta which had cast such a cloud
-over his friend's life. Little did he imagine, or even dream, that
-in days soon to come he, Dudley Compton, would become involved in
-that vendetta himself, and stand in fear of his life.
-
-Early on the following morning the anchor was roused, the sails
-hoisted, and the ship set on a course for Montevideo. A week later
-they came to a rest off the town.
-
-"We get off here and transship to a river boat," said Mr. Blunt. "I
-have friends ashore, and we will stay with them for a couple of days,
-while I lay in a stock of stores for the rancho. At the same time we
-will get you a suitable outfit. In those clothes you are at once
-conspicuous, while, if dressed in gaucho costume, no one will know
-you from a native of the place, for you are as brown as any white man
-could be."
-
-Having shaken hands with the officers and the passengers who still
-remained aboard, Dudley clutched his guncase in his hand and went
-over the side into the small boat awaiting them. They were rowed to
-the quay, and soon were at the house of Mr. Blunt's friends. Two
-days later they embarked on a small river boat, a mass of stores
-being placed aboard under Dudley's supervision.
-
-"Check every article carefully," said Mr. Blunt, "for though people
-are for the most part honest, it is as well to remember that a
-ruffian is to be found here and there. How do you like your new
-outfit, lad? You look well in it."
-
-Dudley colored, for he had donned the garments for the first time
-that morning. He wore a shirt of dark-blue flannel, open at the neck
-save where the folds of an ample red scarf surrounded the collar. A
-wide sombrero of black felt covered his head, an ostrich feather
-standing up from the ribbon. His nether garments consisted of a pair
-of trousers of light material; and over these he wore a pair of split
-buckskin leggings, reaching to his waist, fringed with leather
-tassels on either side, and the whole held in position by a strong
-leather belt which encircled his waist, and in which a hunting knife
-was thrust. On his right hip, with the butt protruding from the top
-of the pocket stitched to the leggings, was his revolver, so placed
-that it was always ready to his hand, and yet was out of the way on
-ordinary occasions, and clear of the saddle when riding. A pair of
-enormous spurs, with big rowels, completed his outfit, but he wisely
-refrained from wearing them.
-
-"It takes a little time to get accustomed to such big bits of metal
-on one's heels," laughed Mr. Blunt. "A man looks very foolish if he
-happens to trip; and besides, a rowel can inflict a nasty wound on
-one's foot. Once we are off you can put them on, and practise
-walking with them, and when we reach our port you will feel more at
-home with them. I will see that you have a quiet horse, and can
-leave it to you to swing yourself into the saddle as if you had been
-at it all your life. Your poncho will always be strapped to the back
-of the saddle."
-
-Some ten days later they arrived at the up-country port at which they
-were to disembark, Dudley being amazed at the size of the River
-Paraná. By then he was well accustomed to his new outfit, and was
-able to walk with ease and certainty in spite of his spurs. They
-went ashore, checked their goods, and handed them over to a party of
-gauchos who had come from the rancho to meet their employer.
-
-"They will load them up on pack horses and come through after us,"
-said Mr. Blunt. "Now, Dudley, this horse will suit you, and the
-stirrup leathers are, I should say, of a suitable length. Remember
-to keep your toes in, and your spurs clear of the flanks, or he will
-soon tell you that you are a novice. Pick up your reins, take a grip
-of his mane with the fingers of the same hand, and then tuck your toe
-into the stirrup. A little effort will carry you into the saddle,
-when you will easily get your other stirrup by a little manipulation.
-On no account place it on your toe with your hand."
-
-The group of gauchos, dusky-faced and well-set-up fellows, who had
-come to meet Mr. Blunt, stood watching the two as they mounted.
-Their keen eyes had so far detected nothing about our hero save his
-youth, and perhaps the newness of his costume. They looked on
-critically as he went up to his horse, put his fingers beneath the
-girth to see that it was secure, and then patted the animal. Dudley
-was not going to be hurried, though he felt all those eyes on him.
-He picked up his reins, just as he had been taught to do at home,
-twisted a few locks of the long mane round his finger, and then put
-his toe in the stirrup. After that it was simple work to mount, and
-in less time than it takes to tell of it he was astride the saddle,
-and by good luck his other toe had found its stirrup.
-
-"_Bueno_! He has ridden, but he is a gringo for all that," exclaimed
-one of the gauchos. "What is this tale of the master's?"
-
-"The lad rescued him from a shark. Leaped into the water, and tore
-the brute's tail to shreds. He has pluck!"
-
-"He will suit us, comrades," chimed in another. "I have asked the
-hands aboard, and they say that he has good manners, that he speaks
-politely to all, and that he is no duffer. There is a tale that he
-can shoot."
-
-At that they pricked up their ears, for a gringo might ride fairly
-well, he might have ample pluck, but shoot!--no, that was an art
-learned only on the pampas.
-
-"I will give my rifle to you, Pietro," growled one of their number, a
-rough-looking fellow. "Listen, I will give you my rifle if this
-gringo can hit the pith ball of a bolas placed on a fence thirty
-paces distant. That is, with the revolver. Anyone could do it with
-a rifle."
-
-"And I will return the gift," came the answer. "I know nothing for
-sure, mark you, _amigo_, but the young señor is a good fellow, and he
-will try to win for me. _Bueno!_ We will set to work to pack the
-animals."
-
-Mr. Blunt had been careful to tell a portion of Dudley's tale on
-landing, knowing that his gallant act would win him more friends
-amongst the rough gauchos than would the fact that he was a protégé
-of his.
-
-"He has come with me as a friend and employé," he told the head man
-of the gauchos, "and saved my life from a shark. You will find the
-young señor an excellent fellow."
-
-Little did Dudley know what had happened. But he could see out of
-the tail of his eye as he rode off that the men were not disposed to
-be unfriendly to him. He felt glad that he had been able to mount
-his horse with such ease and dexterity, and he promised himself that
-he would do all he could to become a perfect horseman.
-
-That night they lay down by the camp fire and slept beneath the
-stars. On the following day, having ridden across miles of sweeping
-pampas, they came to a strip of forest country, beside which were
-some buildings.
-
-"Our home for the future," sang out Mr. Blunt. "Welcome to the
-rancho!"
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER IV
-
-AN ENGLISH GRINGO
-
-"We will make the most of our time while the men are absent," said
-Mr. Blunt, as he and Dudley sat outside the door of the principal
-building of the rancho on the night of their arrival. "As you see, I
-have a native servant here, who does the cooking and house duties for
-me. He is a faithful fellow and has been in my employ for many
-years; in fact, he has been at this special work ever since an Indian
-bullet lamed him and made him unable to mount a horse. He will not
-see you during the day, while the twenty odd men I have at the rancho
-will not put in an appearance for many days, as they are out branding
-the cattle."
-
-"So that I shall have some time to look about me and pick up my
-duties," suddenly exclaimed Dudley, stretching his legs out and
-rubbing the back of his knees. Two days in the saddle had stiffened
-his limbs, and the unaccustomed exercise had chafed the skin from his
-legs. He felt sore and uncomfortable, and many a time on this last
-day he would have dismounted had he not been determined to master his
-horse and do exactly what Mr. Blunt did.
-
-"Stiff and sore?" asked his employer with a laugh. "Yes, I have seen
-that. You managed to get across your horse at the landing stage in a
-very creditable manner. Not that you deceived the gauchos. They are
-too knowing for that. They saw, of course, that you had been in a
-saddle before. But even if they had been children they would have
-guessed that you had had very little practice. You see, once a
-horseman always one. Nearly six months later I return to this
-country and fall into its ways as if I had been away for only a day.
-My saddle comes as easy to me as a chair does to you, no doubt. My
-feet find the stirrups at once, and if there were need I could ride
-without them. Watch the gauchos when they return with our pack
-animals. They are amongst the finest horsemen. I have known, and
-there are few of the rough beasts that we capture from the pampas
-that they cannot ride after some little difficulty has been got over.
-They scarcely touch the stirrup, but place a hand on the neck of the
-beast and vault into the saddle. That's what I want you to practise,
-Dudley. The men will hardly reach here for a week, for they have a
-large amount of stuff to bring, and will come very slowly. Take your
-horse at dawn and make a wide circle round the rancho. Don't be
-afraid of riding off the place, for the land for fifteen miles round
-here belongs to me, though there is not a fence or a boundary stone
-to show where the property comes to an end. Get some food from
-Francia, the cook, take a shotgun with you, and spend the whole day
-in the saddle. Yes, yes, I know that you are sore," he went on,
-indulging in another smile at Dudley's expense, as the latter stroked
-his knees again. "I will give you something which will harden the
-skin, and to-morrow night you will be quite comfortable. Now, lad,
-how do you think you will like the life?"
-
-"Immensely!" came the prompt reply. "Of course I am more or less
-ignorant of it at present, and perhaps I ought to have kept my
-opinion till I have seen and experienced more. But who could not
-like this open-air existence. It is so warm out on these plains, so,
-so----"
-
-"Exhilarating," suggested Mr. Blunt. "Yes, a man feels fit and keen
-here. The air is a tonic to those who are weaklings when they come
-to the pampas, and many a delicate man have I seen get strong and
-healthy after a few months. Look at the sky! That is the sort of
-ceiling we have at night for the greater part of the year. The stars
-are brilliant, and that crescent of the moon makes the place almost
-as light as during the day."
-
-Dudley stretched a little farther out in the bent-wood chair in which
-he was seated, and stared up at the glittering sky above, admiring
-the myriad stars, and the gleaming crescent floating in the heavens.
-The air was beautifully warm and balmy, so much so that a man might
-sleep out in the open without a covering and still not risk catching
-a chill. A soft breeze fanned his cheek and brought with it the
-sweet scent of the trees which grew thickly near the rancho. He
-could see their tops swaying gently in the moon rays, and as he
-glanced about him he could distinguish the low roof of the rancho,
-the building which had been Mr. Blunt's home for many years. It was
-a long, straggling affair, with timber sides, and a shingle roof, and
-so many doors that Dudley felt bewildered. Some two hundred yards
-from it was another building, of smaller proportions, while to the
-left of that was a fenced enclosure, surrounded by huge posts and
-beams.
-
-"The corral," explained Mr. Blunt. "That is where we rope in our
-wild cattle and horses, and where the most fractious of the latter
-are trained to take a saddle. You will see all that work in good
-time. I notice that the doors of the house amuse you."
-
-They were seated in their chairs some thirty yards from the building,
-and beneath a clump of trees at the foot of which was a shallow well,
-where the house supply was obtained. Dudley had, indeed, noticed the
-fact to which his employer referred, and waited for an explanation.
-
-"They are put in with a purpose," said Mr. Blunt. "When I offered to
-bring you here I told you that there were certain drawbacks. Well,
-Indians and an ever-threatening raid are amongst those drawbacks.
-Now, supposing the Indians appeared at this moment, you and I should
-run for the nearest door, which happens to be the one in general use.
-We should bolt and bar it once we were in, and then our guns would
-speak from the openings left for that special purpose. But our men
-are still out on the rancho, and unless they were warned of the
-coming of the Indians they would be slaughtered one by one, for they
-are often widely separated. I should warn them. I have an old
-cannon mounted on the roof, and Francia would fire it. The noise
-would certainly reach the ears of the gauchos, and would tell them
-that there was danger. They would collect together, gallop for the
-rancho, and make a rush."
-
-"While you would throw open the door or doors nearest to them, and
-fire on the Indians," interrupted Dudley.
-
-"Precisely! There might be a hundred and more of these enemies, for
-they hunt in large parties, and our sole aim would be to get the
-whole of our force together. The horses and the cattle we should
-have to leave, and I have found by a former experience that they act
-as an excellent counter attraction. The Indians raid us for our
-horses and cattle, and also to kill us if possible. If they fail to
-kill us, and see that to capture us they must fight, they will take
-the easier course and make off with the cattle. To drive them they
-have to separate a little, and that is the time for us to retaliate.
-We follow, and on one occasion we succeeded in saving our beasts and
-in driving the enemy away.
-
-"Now we'll turn in. To-morrow you take your horse as I have
-directed, and don't forget; make the most of the week before you."
-
-He rose from his chair, stretched and yawned, and led the way to the
-house. A solitary candle was spluttering in the one big room of
-which the place consisted, and it showed two pallets, constructed of
-wide strips of canvas nailed to long wooden trestles. Mr. Blunt
-clambered on to one, drew a blanket over him, placed a revolver
-beneath his pillow, and nodded good night. Dudley followed his
-actions, blew out the candle, and settled himself to sleep. But for
-a long while he remained awake, listening to the deep breathing of
-his friend, and to the long, low whimpering of a biscacha, a species
-of rodent which infests the pampas in certain parts. Then he, too,
-fell asleep and continued in blissful unconsciousness till the first
-faint streak of light stole into the room.
-
-"Time to water and groom the horses," cried Mr. Blunt, leaping from
-his pallet and touching Dudley. "Come now, how is the stiffness?
-What a grand morning it is! Why it makes one glad to be alive."
-
-Dudley wakened with a start, threw his blanket from him, and sat up,
-rubbing his eyes. Then he rose suddenly and leaped to the ground,
-only to give a groan, and smile somewhat lamely at his friend.
-
-"My word! Stiff!" he exclaimed dismally. "I can hardly move. I
-thought that a good night's sleep and rest would put matters right.
-I am worse than I was yesterday."
-
-"And will be till I take you in hand. Strip off those things, my
-lad, and hop along over to the well. There is a pump there and a
-tub. Have a thorough good splash, and rub yourself down till your
-skin is on fire. Then I'll give you a little of my own special
-embrocation. Come, hustle!"
-
-Mr. Blunt smiled at Dudley as he bustled him into one corner of the
-room and watched him remove his clothing. Then, tossing him a rough
-towel, he conducted him to the well for all the world as if he were
-his jailer. Dudley hobbled across the green space which intervened,
-gripped the handle of the pump, and set to work with a will. He
-meant to show his friend that even if he were stiff and sore he had
-still some energy. But he wondered whether he would, after all Mr.
-Blunt had said, be fit to ride that day, or move away from the house.
-
-"My hips are so stiff and sore that I cannot bend them, while my
-knees feel too weak to carry my weight," he said to himself. "And my
-back, oh!"
-
-"Get into the tub and sit down, my lad. That's right! Makes you
-gasp a little! The water comes from a spring, you see, and is
-precious cold. Put your head under the spout and let it pour right
-over you."
-
-Mr. Blunt waved to the tub, saw Dudley clamber stiffly into it and
-crouch as low as possible, and then, with rapid movement of one of
-his muscular arms, for his injured limb was not yet quite recovered,
-sent a stream of ice-cold water gushing from the spout over Dudley's
-quivering body. No wonder that he gasped! For a moment he felt as
-if he could not endure it, and then he began to enjoy the sensation.
-The cold water wakened him effectively. He pushed his head still
-farther under the spout, and then gradually let the water pour over
-his back. A minute later he was splashing himself all over and
-rubbing vigorously at his limbs.
-
-"Makes you feel better?" demanded Mr. Blunt with a grim smile. "Ah,
-thought it would! Hop out now and I'll give you a rub down. Then
-you can take a run round the rancho and afterwards have the
-embrocation applied. There, out you come! One has only to watch you
-to see that you are more active already. I'm not at all surprised to
-find you so stiff and sore, for you must remember that we have ridden
-fairly hard and fast, while you had not been in a saddle for many a
-long month."
-
-"And then for only a matter of an hour at a time," answered Dudley,
-spluttering as the water ran from his face. "That beast I rode
-yesterday is a beauty, and quiet enough, but he seemed to be
-fretting, and kept jolting me about."
-
-"He is young and raw in some ways, though sedate enough," came the
-answer. "You will have him again to-day, and there is nothing to
-prevent your putting him to the gallop. Practise mounting quickly,
-and when you get a little more accustomed to the saddle, put him at a
-jump. Now, how's that?"
-
-It was no gentle hand which applied the towel to Dudley's shoulders,
-and very soon he was in a furious heat from head to foot. The sudden
-immersion, and the friction afterwards, had quickened his
-circulation, and already the greater part of his stiffness was gone.
-He tied the towel round his waist, and set off at a rapid pace round
-the rancho. Ten minutes later the embrocation had been applied and
-he was fully dressed again.
-
-"Now for the horses," said Mr. Blunt. "That is a duty which you must
-never neglect, for it may happen that your life may depend on your
-horse. Every gaucho looks after his own animals, and I do the same,
-watering them at dawn, grooming and then feeding. Your beast gets to
-know you thoroughly well, till he will almost understand the words
-you say to him. Here we are. The animals live at this end of the
-house, so as to be under our guns. There is a trough near the well,
-and I generally do the grooming there, for it is out in the sun."
-
-Everything was new to Dudley, for the reader must remember that he
-had lived for the most part in a town. He followed Mr. Blunt to the
-stable, took the brush which was given him and a wisp of straw, and
-then went up to his horse. The animal knew him at once and whinnied.
-Dudley patted its neck, and taking the beast by a lock of its mane
-led it out to the well, where he let it drink peacefully till it was
-satisfied.
-
-"Now groom him thoroughly," said Mr. Blunt, "and afterwards give him
-his feed. And just remember another point. You like to have your
-breakfast in peace, I have no doubt, and so does a horse. Leave him
-to enjoy it. It upsets his digestion if he is constantly interfered
-with while eating, and if you would have him always fit, see that he
-has his feed-times to himself, and a reasonable space afterwards
-before you make use of him. There, the grooming's done, and we can
-take them back."
-
-An hour later Dudley lifted his native saddle on to his head and went
-to the stable. His horse gave another whinny as he appeared, and
-moved a step towards him, standing perfectly still as he placed the
-bit in its mouth and the saddle on its back. Then our hero slung his
-shotgun over his shoulder, led the horse out, and sprang into the
-saddle, feeling wonderfully agile and supple now. A minute later he
-was galloping at full pace away over the pampas, his broad-brimmed
-hat flapping in the wind, and the trimmings of his leggings trailing
-out beside him.
-
-"Sits fairly well," exclaimed Mr. Blunt critically, as he watched his
-departure. "There is a little too much daylight showing between him
-and the saddle, but that is a fault which he will rectify. That lad
-means to be a rider. If I make no mistake he has made up his mind to
-be as good at his work as any of the gauchos."
-
-Dudley had, in fact, firmly determined to do his utmost to please his
-master and gain the good opinion of the gauchos. After a few
-minutes' fast galloping he began to feel quite at home in the saddle;
-he sat lower and less of that daylight of which Mr. Blunt had
-complained showed as he rushed along. He took a steady pull at his
-reins, and spoke softly to his horse.
-
-"Steady, boy! Take it easy for a little. I want to practise that
-mounting and dismounting."
-
-Pulling the animal up short, he slung his gun still higher, so that
-it should be quite out of the way, and for an hour he practised
-vaulting into his saddle, till he could reach it without putting foot
-to stirrup. Then he became more ambitious, walking his horse and
-endeavoring to gain his seat without stopping him.
-
-"Not so easy as I thought," he said to himself. "But still a thing I
-must do, for it might happen that I should be chased by some of the
-Indians, and every second would be of importance. Another thing I
-must learn. I must manage to mount from the off side as easily as I
-can from this. Yes, I remember Mr. Blunt telling me that every
-gaucho could do that."
-
-Two hours later he felt thoroughly tired with his exertions, and,
-seeing a clump of trees, rode towards it, dismounted, and slackened
-the girths.
-
-"Time for something to eat," he thought. "I must be five miles from
-the rancho now, and this afternoon I will trot farther out. If I do
-twenty miles in all I shall have had a fair day, and shall have
-gained some idea of the country."
-
-Following out this plan, he rested himself and the horse for a full
-hour, and then trotted across the pampas, his beast taking him along
-at a gentle amble, which is so comfortable for the rider when a great
-distance has to be covered, and which can be kept up by a good horse
-for two or three hours at a stretch. About four in the afternoon he
-turned his face towards the rancho, and when within four miles set
-his beast at a gallop. The pace increased as horse and rider entered
-into the excitement of the movement, and very soon they were sweeping
-over the pampas. Suddenly an object ahead attracted Dudley's
-attention and he looked anxiously at it, uncertain of its nature at
-that distance. But in a few seconds the object was distinctly
-visible, and to his dismay he found himself bearing down upon a long,
-low corral, which cut directly across his path.
-
-"Steady! Whoa!" he cried, sitting well back and pulling at his
-reins. But his mount on this occasion was somewhat out of hand. The
-sharp gallop, and the knowledge that its stable was near at hand, had
-fired its blood and made it unheedful of the bit. Its neck was
-stretched to its fullest extent, its teeth were closed firmly on the
-bit, while its eye seemed to see only the rolling pampas, the
-brown-green grass swaying in all directions.
-
-"Steady!" shouted Dudley again, pressing his stirrups forward and
-leaning far back to put all his weight and strength into the pull.
-Then, realizing that nothing would stop the mad flight of the beast,
-he gathered his reins well into both hands, gripped firmly with his
-knees, and steered as well as he was able for what appeared to be the
-lowest portion of the long corral rails extending across his front.
-To turn the horse more than a few inches either way was hopeless, for
-he had already made one mighty attempt to swerve to the right and
-gallop along parallel with the obstruction.
-
-In a flash they were within twenty feet of the rail, and only then
-did the animal observe what was before him. Dudley felt it hesitate
-in its stride, and, taking instant advantage of the fact, he pulled
-the beast in a little, though to bring it to a halt was impossible.
-Then his voice rang out again, encouraging the horse.
-
-"Steady, boy!" he cried. "Get yourself together. Up! Over!"
-
-Nobly did the gallant beast respond. Though the rail was at least
-five feet in height, it gathered its legs together, steadied its
-stride, and then, rising to the obstruction, flew over it like a
-bird, alighting with a thud on the far side, a thud which, to an
-unaccustomed rider like Dudley, almost proved disastrous. He was
-jerked forward on to the animal's neck, but recovered himself with an
-effort and once more gripped his reins. But still there was no
-stopping that mad flight. His mount seemed to gather fresh impetus
-now that it had overcome the rails, and it tore across the corral.
-Its eye fixed itself on the far rail, it changed step some fifteen
-paces from it, and once again, as Dudley sang out to encourage it,
-the beast rose for the jump. But, alas! on this occasion the rail
-was higher. Its hoofs fouled the top, and in a second horse and man
-went headlong. Dudley was far away ahead, having alighted on his
-back, after having turned a complete somersault, while the horse fell
-on its side, rolled, and came to a halt with its feet lashing the air.
-
-[Illustration: "ITS HOOFS FOULED THE TOP, AND IN A SECOND HORSE AND
-MAN WENT HEADLONG"]
-
-To say that Dudley was shaken was to express the matter mildly. The
-breath was jarred out of his body, and for a minute perhaps he lay on
-the ground, his head swimming, and his senses somewhat scattered,
-while he gasped till his face assumed a purple hue. Then his breath
-came again, and with it his dogged spirit. He sprang to his feet and
-ran across to the horse, which was now lying on its side, scared and
-winded by the fall. Dudley took it by the ring of its bit and
-encouraged it to rise.
-
-"Neither of us hurt, old man," he cried joyfully, as he walked the
-beast to and fro and noticed that it was not lame. "We were getting
-along too well together, and you seemed to think that you had a fine
-rider on your back. But we won't be beaten. We'll wait till you
-have your wind again, and then we'll have another go."
-
-He patted the beast's neck, and then saw to the girths, which had
-slipped far back. Leaving the animal to stand alone, he slipped his
-gun from his shoulder and carefully examined it.
-
-"Not even dented! That's another bit of luck, for it is hard to
-believe that it could have escaped. And, when one comes to think of
-it, it is as difficult to see how we both escaped breaking our necks.
-Lucky for me that I was thrown so far, for if I had struck close to
-him he might have fallen on me, and then there would have been an end
-to my prospects. I'll give him ten minutes more, and then we'll
-tackle the thing again."
-
-He slipped the sling of the gun over one of the posts which held up
-the rails of the corral, and sauntered up and down, inspecting the
-rails somewhat grimly. There was a determined look on his sun-tanned
-face, a look which told that come what might he was going to
-persevere. The heavy tumble he had experienced had scared him not a
-little, and had shaken him considerably. Some would have considered
-it foolhardy for him to attempt the jump again, while others would
-have excused a second attempt, considering the narrow escape he had
-had. But Dudley was out there to conquer difficulties. He had a
-task to learn, and to hesitate now, to cry off because of a tumble,
-was not the way in which to overcome those difficulties. He hitched
-his belt in another hole, crammed his hat well down on his head, and
-walked steadily up to his horse.
-
-"We're going to have another go, old boy," he said, as he patted the
-neck. "We'll take it steadily this time, for you want little run for
-the jump. Now, up we go!"
-
-He himself was surprised at the ease with which he reached the
-saddle. Without touching the stirrup he vaulted into his seat, and
-after the practice he had had his toes fell of themselves into the
-stirrups. He gathered up his reins, patted the neck again, and
-walked his horse up to the rails to let it have a good look. Then he
-turned about, till they were thirty paces away, and with a touch of
-knee and rein he swung the beast round. There was no need to tell
-the gallant animal what was wanted. Dudley felt it bound forward.
-It took the bit in its teeth, gathered its feet beneath it, and
-hopped over the rails as if they had been a foot in height only,
-Dudley sitting well down all the time. A minute later they faced
-round again, and this time, with a leap which left a foot of light
-between its heels and the rail, the horse sailed over the
-obstruction, animal and rider alighting together, and without a jar,
-on the outside of the corral. Dudley slipped out of his saddle,
-slung his gun across his shoulders, and vaulted again into the
-saddle. Not till then did he observe that a horseman had ridden up.
-It was Mr. Blunt, looking a splendid figure as he sat in his saddle.
-There was a look of pleasure on his face, and he rode right up to
-Dudley's side.
-
-"Hurt?" he asked curtly. "No bones broken? Then you are lucky. I
-saw everything. I could have shouted as you rode at the corral, but
-I knew that if I did so the beast you rode might have been startled,
-and perhaps might have changed step at the jump. That would have
-meant perhaps a worse fall. You were determined to do that jump,
-lad?"
-
-"Yes, sir, I'd rather have faced twenty falls than have been beaten,"
-answered Dudley earnestly.
-
-"Then you are the sort of help I want," came the swift answer. "A
-gaucho would think nothing of such a tumble, for the reason that he
-has ridden since he was a child, and has been thrown so often that he
-knows how to fall. In nine cases out of ten, if thrown as you were,
-he would have landed on his feet instead of on his back. And he
-would have taken his beast over the jump again, promptly and without
-hesitation. The gaucho is like you, lad, he doesn't like to be
-beaten. Now let us ride home together, while you tell me what you
-have been doing and what you think of the rancho."
-
-They turned their faces to the dwelling, now plainly seen in the
-distance, for owing to the general flatness of the country objects
-were in view a long distance away. And as they rode Dudley recounted
-how he had practised mounting and dismounting.
-
-"Good!" said Mr. Blunt. "I saw how you hopped into the saddle just
-now, and I noticed some improvement. But you must do better. A
-gaucho could mount his horse while the beast was cantering, and he
-can lean from his saddle so as to pick a scarf from the ground while
-going at a gallop. But all in time. Patience will help you to
-conquer everything. Tomorrow we will go out together, and it would
-be as well to bring your revolver and ammunition. We will have a
-little practice."
-
-When a week had passed, Dudley himself was pleased with his progress.
-He now sat his horse as if he felt thoroughly at home, could steer
-him with certainty over the roughest country, and was not afraid of
-the biggest jumps. Then, too, he had mounted another of the beasts
-in the stable, a rough, ill-tempered animal, and had managed to cling
-to his seat. In short, he was progressing, and Mr. Blunt, who
-watched him closely, congratulated himself that he had a young fellow
-with him who would quickly prove of great value.
-
-By then Pietro and the gauchos who had been left to bring up the
-stores arrived; and the test which one of the number had proposed was
-remembered.
-
-"I repeat, Pietro," said the ill-favored individual who had scowled
-at our hero, "I say that this gringo, who clambered into his saddle
-as if into a bed, will not be able to hit the pith ball of a bolas at
-thirty paces. A revolver is the weapon, and if he fails, you give me
-your rifle. If he flukes the shot, then I make you a present of
-mine, and lucky you will be, for it is a grand weapon."
-
-"_Buenos_, the gun is mine," came the laughing answer, an answer
-which caused the gaucho to grind his teeth. "Giono, I am a judge of
-people, and I back this gringo. He is not so green as you think, and
-he will hit the ball. I will add something more."
-
-"Then you will lose. No, Pietro, I am an honest man and will not rob
-you. Let him win the rifle for you. Pah! Not green, do you say?
-That is his manner. These English stamp about as if the world were
-theirs and they the best on it."
-
-He went off to his quarters in an evil mood, casting a scowling
-glance at Dudley as he passed him.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER V
-
-SHOWING HIS METTLE
-
-There was a calm air of self-possession about Dudley Compton as he
-stood in front of the rancho building on the following morning, his
-native saddle at his feet and his gun across his shoulder. For he
-had every reason to be pleased with the way in which his fortunes
-were progressing. He had worked hard, till every bone in his body
-ached, and till his knees were chafed and raw. He had persevered
-until even the exacting Mr. Blunt was favorably impressed with his
-riding.
-
-"Few would consider him to be a gringo now," reflected his employer,
-as he watched his young friend out of the tail of his eye. "He is
-well set up, carries his new clothes as if he had been born in them,
-and can get about as if spurs had grown on his heels as a natural
-appendage. He ought to do well. The gauchos view him with favor,
-except that fellow Giono. I don't like the man, and never have.
-There is something mysterious about him. However, there he is, and
-Dudley must go through the trial they have arranged for him, for
-trial there will be as sure as I stand here. A gringo must always be
-tested."
-
-A few minutes later a dozen of the gauchos employed on the estancia
-came round the corner of the building, and strode up to our hero.
-They were a rough but a good-looking and pleasant lot of men. All
-were dressed in the same sort of costume as Dudley wore. They
-carried revolvers at their hips, and hunting knives in their belts,
-and some of them had a coil of rope, with the bolas attached, slung
-over the shoulder. As they looked at the young Englishman, all save
-one were bound to confess that he was a fine-looking fellow.
-
-"He will be one of us, surely," said Pietro, their leader, beneath
-his breath. "He may be a gringo, but he is not soft; that I will
-swear. Now, Giono, you can take a better look at the señor. Does
-the arrangement still hold?"
-
-Giono, who was taller than his companions, was a raw-boned, dusky
-individual, with deep-set eyes and a protruding lower jaw, which gave
-him the appearance of being vindictive. He was a surly, silent
-fellow, and was known by his comrades to be somewhat short-tempered.
-This was an evil reputation to have amongst gauchos, a class of men
-who were exceedingly polite to one another whenever possible, though
-at other times they had violent and bitter quarrels. Dudley did not
-know them yet, but those who worked with them could tell how these
-fine horsemen of the pampas, with their strain of Spanish blood,
-could be as tender as women to one another, and then would draw their
-knives and engage in conflicts which too often resulted in the death
-of more than one of the combatants. In short, they cultivated a
-native politeness for the simple reason that ungainliness and a surly
-manner led to trouble, and a man, however pugnacious, could not be
-forever fighting, or hope always to be victorious.
-
-"Pietro is thinking tenderly of his gun," was Giono's harsh rejoinder
-as he scowled at Dudley. "He wishes to make excuses for this English
-pup. Good! I am willing to accept a fine of some sort. Give me a
-hunting knife, Pietro, and we will cry quits. But is it not a pity?
-This señor stands as if he owned the ground on which his heels rest,
-and lets all the world see his revolver. If he carries one, surely
-he can shoot, or else why have the weapon?"
-
-"_Bueno_! You will have the match," was the answer, given very
-suavely, for Pietro knew the man with whom he had to deal, and he had
-no wish to experience his rough temper. "Good, Giono, we will speak
-to the señor. As to the rifle, it is yours if you can win it. I
-have no fears of our gringo. Señor," he said, coming up to Dudley,
-"Señor, we have had a little discussion amongst ourselves, and I, who
-think I know a man when I see him, have boasted that you can shoot.
-We hear that you have courage, for you have saved our master. Now we
-wish to see whether you can use your revolver. Giono here declares
-that you are a novice. He is even risking his rifle, to show that he
-considers himself a better judge than I am."
-
-"To show that he is sure of his statement," growled the gaucho,
-striding up to the two, and towering over Dudley as if he would
-impress him with his superior proportions. "I said that a gringo was
-always a gringo; that because he could scramble on to a saddle he was
-not therefore a horseman, nor without fear of horses. As to the
-revolver, why, there are men, and boys too, to be found who carry
-them to gain a fine appearance. You understand? A boy feels grand
-when decked up in the clothes of a gaucho."
-
-The man's words were uttered in a loud, coarse voice and there was
-not the slightest doubt as to his unfriendly intentions. He was a
-taciturn, surly fellow, governed by caprice, and apt to take sudden
-and strong dislikes which often were simply the outcome of childish
-jealousy. From his youngest days he had always made a point of
-falling foul of men who were obviously his betters, or who were more
-favored than he. Even Mr. Blunt was an eyesore to him, for was he
-not a wealthy man? But his dislike there was cloaked to some extent,
-for a gaucho must live, and an employer found the wages. Here,
-however, there was a difference. Why should he, Giono, the biggest
-and the most feared of the gauchos, knuckle down to this young
-Englishman, with his smooth, beardless face, who had come undoubtedly
-with the object of helping Mr. Blunt and becoming a second master?
-No, there was nothing to fear in this case, and if he could terrorize
-and upset the dignity of this gringo, why, all the better.
-
-"You understand? The butt of a big revolver, and the bigger it is
-the better, is a fine thing to have sticking from one's pocket. Fine
-clothes make fine birds, they say, and so they do up to a point.
-That's the point we've come to. Fine togs such as you have don't
-help a gringo to shoot, no more than do big spurs help him to ride."
-
-Dudley felt like replying to these boastful words, but he restrained
-himself, and turning to Pietro said: "It is good of you to support
-me, and I fear that you have been rather rash. But let me remind you
-that, though you have told me what you two are to give to each other,
-you have not yet let me know what you expect of me."
-
-"When you hear you will be sure of his rashness," burst in Giono.
-"The task is this, I say that you will not hit the pith ball of a
-bolas placed on a fence thirty paces away. Here is a bolas, and here
-the pith ball."
-
-He turned to one of his companions and dragged the coil of rope from
-his shoulders with rough lack of ceremony. Dudley had seen the
-implement before, and did not need to look. This bolas is one of the
-most useful possessions of the gauchos and of the Indians, for it is
-to them what the lasso in more northern parts is to the cowboy. But
-it differs somewhat in construction, for, whereas the lasso consists
-of a long coil of rope with a slip noose at the end, the bolas has no
-noose. One end has three tails of rope attached to it, and at the
-ends of two of these is secured a heavy stone or a piece of lead or
-iron. To the third is attached a lighter ball made of pith.
-
-"See," cried Giono, "that is the mark, a mark which I could hit with
-my left hand, or when standing on my head. I say that you will not
-hit it under the most favorable circumstances."
-
-Force of habit caused him to hang the coil over his left palm, while
-he gripped the pith ball with his right hand and swung the leaden
-balls about his head till they whizzed through the air. For this was
-the way in which the gauchos wielded what was an instrument of great
-value, and at times a dangerous weapon to their enemies. They would
-gallop at headlong pace across the pampas, swing the bolas, and
-launch it at a horse or cow they desired to capture, and with such
-unerring aim that the balls would fly straight for the legs of the
-animal, and in a moment the rope or the plaited thongs to which they
-were made fast would be hopelessly twined round the limbs.
-
-"Perhaps the English señor will tell us that he is able to cast the
-bolas," sang out Giono, mistaking Dudley's silence for weakness, and
-imagining that, now that he knew the task expected of him, he was
-anxious to withdraw. "Perhaps he would prefer to have another wager
-laid on the throwing of the bolas."
-
-There was a sneer in the man's voice, and an insolent, browbeating
-manner about him which made Pietro's eyes blaze, for he had taken a
-fancy to Dudley, while the latter had some difficulty in restraining
-his own warm temper.
-
-"Thank you," he answered with composure, his common sense telling him
-that it was this man's aim and object to rouse him, and therefore his
-own to keep unusually cool. "I would rather shoot, for I confess
-that I have never used the bolas. I think I may be able to use this
-big revolver which has attracted your notice. And now the task. I
-have to hit the pith ball, and so have you. There will be no
-difficulty for you, for you tell us that you could strike it even if
-standing on your head. Afterwards we will try a shot at the pith
-ball as it flies in the air. Our friend Pietro shall take the bolas
-over there and cast it at the trunk of the tree nearest the well.
-You and I will take post twenty paces from the well, and fire as the
-ball passes."
-
-It was a daring thing to suggest, and the very mention of it made the
-gauchos breathe deeply and mutter their astonishment. As for Giono,
-he looked at Dudley as if he thought he were mad. The task was a
-most difficult one, and, moreover, required a great deal of practice,
-and this he had not had. Again, a man ought to be in the pink of
-health and wonderfully steady to have even a chance of success; and
-in his case a visit to the river port and a few days idleness had not
-helped to smooth his nerves. He was a gambler, and the saloons had
-seen not a little of this surly gaucho. However, the challenge was
-issued by a gringo, and if he, Giono, failed, so surely would this
-English boy. He could afford to be amused. He roared with laughter,
-and tossed his hat into the air, while his eyes closely inspected
-Dudley's gun.
-
-"Now," interrupted Dudley, "let us carry out the tests. As Pietro is
-interested in this matter, I suggest that one of his friends acts as
-umpire for him, while one may care to do the same for me. That fence
-round the corral ought to suit very well for our mark."
-
-He had been carefully watching the faces of the men up till now, but
-once the arrangements were made he turned from Giono, looked at the
-corral, and, noticing the height of the rails, decided that it would
-do. Then he led the way in that direction, and in a few minutes the
-whole party were in position, one of the gauchos having detached a
-pith ball meanwhile and placed it on the rail, while a comrade
-carefully paced the distance from it. It was time for the contest to
-begin, and Dudley nodded to his opponent very coolly.
-
-A few minutes before he had been feeling somewhat ruffled and annoyed
-by the obvious hostility of Giono; but now he had regained his
-composure and felt steadied. More than that, he was confident, for
-he knew what the gauchos were ignorant of. He had had abundant
-practice with a revolver on the voyage out, and had won unstinted
-praise from Mr. Blunt; for the lad had a quick eye and a happy knack
-with his hand. He was not quick at drawing his weapon; that was a
-thing requiring practice, and he had had but very little since he had
-donned his leggings and had worn the revolver in his hip pocket. But
-he could hit a small object with unerring accuracy, and he believed
-that he could strike the ball of the bolas as it flew in the air. At
-any rate he had done so more than once in the past week when away on
-the pampas.
-
-"Perhaps you would care for the first shot," he said politely. "Just
-to encourage a gringo."
-
-"I will shoot first for that reason," came the answer. "You shall
-shoot at the flying target before I make the attempt, and--and----"
-
-"Yes, I am listening."
-
-"Perhaps the señor would care to have it that three shots are allowed
-in each case. It will give him a better chance. I am satisfied."
-
-The man's attitude was mending. He had even addressed Dudley as
-señor. He was not so confident as before. He was weakening, and a
-grin passed amongst the gauchos.
-
-"If one shot suits you, it suits me also. If you desire three, let
-there be three."
-
-Dudley gave the gaucho no opening, and with a growl of disgust, and a
-laugh which did not deceive the lookers-on, Giono decided that three
-shots should be allowed at the flying target.
-
-"Well and good. Then shoot," exclaimed Pietro, his eyes flashing,
-with excitement.
-
-"Come, Giono, there is the mark, and you shoot first," said the man
-who had measured the distance. "Here is the line. Take your post."
-
-They watched eagerly and almost breathlessly as the gaucho toed the
-line scratched in the earth with the rowel of a spur. For there was
-something out of the ordinary in this contest. Gringos had been
-tried before many a time, and failed almost without exception. But
-there was something different here, something which the gauchos could
-not fathom. They knew little or nothing of this gringo, but his
-self-assurance impressed them. It had already made Giono feel a
-little uncertain, though he tried to think that there was no danger.
-
-"Bah," he said, as he went to the line, "it is another of these
-cocksure pups from Europe, only this one has a bigger head than the
-rest! There is more swelling in it. The friendship of our employer
-has puffed him out. We shall see."
-
-He drew his revolver, lifted it, and fired, smashing the pith ball
-into a number of pieces.
-
-"Good! I could do that when a child," he boasted. "Shall I fire the
-other shot for the señor?"
-
-"Thanks, no! If you will kindly stand fast where you are I will
-shoot from here. It is a little farther, and perhaps more difficult."
-
-Another mark had been hastily placed in position, and, seeing that
-all was clear, Dudley, who happened to be some ten paces behind and
-to the left of Giono, drew his weapon, and in a flash the ball was
-splintered, a feat which brought a shout of delight from the gauchos,
-while Giono paled under his dusky mud-colored skin, and swore beneath
-his breath.
-
-"One to us, señor!" sang out Pietro. "The gun which Giono promised
-is mine, or yours, if you wish to have it. Now for the other part.
-Give me a bolas, and I will take up my station. Better still, let me
-have six of the coils, then I can cast them without waiting. Let all
-the rest stand behind the firers. Come, comrades, time is getting
-along."
-
-He took six of the bolas and went off with a swagger which he had not
-possessed five minutes before. And a gallant fellow he looked as he
-strode away, for an open kindly face was not Pietro's only
-possession. He was some forty years of age, short and lithe, but for
-all that powerfully built. It was said of him that where all were
-experts with the bolas, and where all could ride from infancy and as
-if part of the horse, this Pietro could excel them all. He knew the
-life of the pampas, and he knew his fellow men. This foreman of the
-hands employed on the rancho was a good friend to Mr. Blunt, the
-partisan of the weaklings, and a man who loved fair play. He went to
-his station with the thongs of the bolas trailing out behind him, and
-with the fringes of his leggings fluttering in the breeze. Dudley
-and the others sauntered over towards the well, the men looking
-askance at Giono, while Dudley kept a cautious eye upon him.
-
-"An ugly-looking beggar," he said to himself, "and boasts too much to
-like being beaten. I'll wager he's considering whether he shall not
-shoot me instead of the ball. Very well, my fine gentleman, I'll
-take rather more than good care to keep you in full view and well in
-front. Fellows have been shot in the back before now, and accidents
-will happen."
-
-He watched the man as he fingered his revolver, and slipped his own
-into his pocket; but he was careful to keep the group of gauchos
-between him and Giono.
-
-"He is angry," one of them whispered cautiously. "Giono is never
-beaten, or rather no man ever lives who defeats him. Better to let
-him win, señor. He is a bad enemy. He has killed many men."
-
-"But he won't hurt me if I can help it," answered Dudley doggedly.
-"We'll see about this killing. But thanks, my friend, for your
-warning."
-
-By now Pietro was in position, and could be seen with the bundle of
-bolas at his feet and one swishing in the air over his head. He was
-an expert thrower, and knew that he could cast the long plaited thong
-with such skill as to make certain of striking the tree beside the
-well. The leaden balls swinging in the air would fly direct, while
-the lighter one would drag behind. To attempt to strike it with a
-single bullet seemed madness, and yet it was not an impossible feat
-to a man with a quick eye and ready hand and one who knew his weapon.
-The man who had knack and steadiness might succeed, for the cast was
-a long one, and by the time the bolas reached a point opposite the
-group it would have lost a considerable amount of its momentum. Then
-it would pass by a little more than twenty feet away, making a
-correct aim less difficult than at first seemed possible. Still,
-when all was said in favor of the task, it was difficult enough, and
-raised doubts in the minds of both competitors. However, a faint
-heart would serve but badly, and Dudley entered upon this part of the
-contest with the same coolness and calm self-possession which had
-already roused the ire and jealousy of his opponent.
-
-"My turn first, I think," he said easily. "Giono, will you have
-Pietro cast as a trial, so that we may judge this distance, or will
-you have me shoot at the first cast?"
-
-"The latter. I had no trial before, let us have the same treatment
-now. Hit the mark if you can, I will stand here and give you three
-shots. When you have failed, I will show you how the thing is done."
-
-Dudley nodded his thanks. "Now, Pietro," he shouted, "cast!"
-
-He stood watching the gaucho closely as he swung the bolas over his
-head, and slowly drawing his revolver, put it at full cock. It was
-the weapon which the passengers aboard the ship on the outward voyage
-had presented to him, and for the moment he nursed the barrel on his
-left forearm. It was a handy little weapon, throwing a moderately
-heavy bullet and using a very moderate charge, so that the "kick" was
-not very pronounced. Thanks to the amount of practice which he had
-had, Dudley had learnt to counteract what jar there was, and there
-was not the slightest doubt that he had become a first-rate shot.
-
-"Ready, señor?" shouted Pietro.
-
-Dudley nodded as he watched the bolas. The leaden balls made a dark
-and continuous circle about the head of the gaucho, while the hum
-even could be heard. Then of a sudden the circle disappeared, and
-the leaden balls, with their long serpent of hide, came shooting out
-towards the well. The sun, standing moderately high in the heavens
-behind, shone on the white pith ball, making it a splendid mark. In
-two seconds it had covered half the distance between the thrower and
-the tree, but still Dudley nursed the barrel of his weapon, while the
-gauchos kept their eyes fixed on the pith ball. Another second and
-the pith flew opposite Dudley, its pace already retarded. Giono, who
-watched him like a cat, saw the young Englishman lift his weapon like
-a flash, and, without pausing to look along the sights, pull the
-trigger firmly. He gave a howl of delight, a howl which set the
-echoes ringing and brought Mr. Blunt to the door of the house. For
-it seemed that the shot had missed. They heard its scream as it
-buzzed through the air, and they still saw the pith ball. But all
-but Giono had noted a curious fact. A chip of white had started from
-the ball, and for an instant only the course of the ball had been
-deflected; then it flew on as before for some few yards, when it
-burst asunder and dropped in small pieces to the ground, leaving its
-own particular thong to go on without it.
-
-It was Dudley's turn to shout, his and those who supported him, and
-it might be truly said that all the gauchos present, save Giono
-alone, were in his favor. He swept his hat from his head, pocketed
-his weapon, and turned to his opponent, while the air rang with the
-shouts of the gauchos.
-
-"Your shot, señor," he said. "Three are allowed. I have made mine,
-and have struck the object. Attempt the same yourself."
-
-He was beaten. Giono knew well that the young Englishman had the
-better of the argument, and at the thought his sallow face went red
-with anger. He strode to the front, shouted to Pietro to make ready,
-and swept his weapon from his pocket, where he had placed it while
-Dudley fired. Then some idea seemed to strike him. He turned upon
-the group with a snarl, a snarl which quieted their shouts, and
-strode back towards Dudley with a lowering look on his face.
-
-"You say one shot is enough for you," he growled. "It would be, if
-you were honest. But we all know that Pietro is your firm friend.
-What is easier than for him to have broken the ball? He crushed it
-with his hand, and it was that which caused the pith to break
-asunder. It is an arrangement between you. You are attempting to
-rob me!"
-
-The man was impossible. He was one of those pugnacious individuals
-who must always quarrel. In addition, unknown to Dudley, he was one
-of the browbeating kind, accustomed to have his own way whatever
-happened. He was defeated hopelessly, he told himself, and there was
-only one course to pursue. He must accuse his opponent of cheating
-and turn his weapon on him, a common enough occurrence in those wild
-and lawless parts.
-
-"Yes, it was arranged," he shouted. "You and Pietro agreed to cheat."
-
-The man's finger played with his trigger, he scowled round at the
-gauchos, hesitated a moment, and then deliberately lifted his weapon;
-but he never got it to Dudley's head.
-
-"You will please to lower your arm," suddenly commanded a stern
-voice, and, swinging round, Dudley found Mr. Blunt some five paces
-away, his revolver covering the gaucho. "Drop it, man; drop it
-instantly, if you don't desire to have a hole through your head.
-Good! You are a scoundrel, and I have known it for some time. Why I
-have allowed you to stay I cannot imagine. You are a ruffian, I
-repeat, and if I shot you down all would thank me. Go, take your
-horse and ride. If you are found within the bounds of the rancho
-when the sun sets I will hang you without hesitation. And listen!
-Let this little affair teach you a lesson. A lad is sometimes
-smarter than a ruffian."
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER VI
-
-OUT ON THE RANCHO
-
-Giono was thoroughly beaten on his own ground, and cringed as Mr.
-Blunt still directed his revolver at him. The gaucho was by no means
-wanting in courage, for he had inherited that as a gift natural to
-all these wild men of the pampas. But he could not face that muzzle,
-nor the smiles and nudges of his comrades. He dropped his own weapon
-with an oath, scowled at Dudley, and turned from the group. They saw
-him swing away towards the back of the house, and presently he
-appeared again mounted on a beautiful animal, which he reined back
-with iron fingers till he was out of range of the pistol. Then he
-gave his temper full license.
-
-"Listen, you, my late employer," he roared, shaking a quivering fist
-at Mr. Blunt. "Listen, you, I say. You shall regret your action. I
-will make you call the day an evil one when you brought that English
-cub with you, and I give you warning. Giono does not knuckle down to
-men such as you are. I will shoot you and the pup you have engaged
-when the first chance comes."
-
-He shook his fist again, scowling at Mr. Blunt and Dudley, then he
-dug the huge rowels of his cruel spurs into the flanks of his beast,
-swung him round with a powerful wrench of the arm, and went off at a
-mad gallop, the heels of the poor animal kicking dust and earth far
-up behind it.
-
-"I expected every word," said Mr. Blunt quietly. "I could have told
-beforehand what that gentleman was about to say. Threats do no
-damage, Dudley, but with a ruffian such as he is they put one on
-one's guard. My men, you will break into threes, take your arms, and
-follow that late comrade of yours till you have seen him off the
-rancho. After to-day the man who first catches sight of him on the
-place has my authority to shoot him instantly."
-
-He waved his hand to the men and watched as they ran to the stable,
-and very soon they were streaming away in threes, each little party
-separating and galloping in the wake of Giono.
-
-"He will not rest till he has put miles between himself and our
-friends," said Mr. Blunt when they were gone. "We shall see no more
-of him, I hope; but don't forget his warning, my lad. This is a
-rough country, we are out of reach of police and soldiers, and a
-ruffian has to be put down by those who are disposed to live a decent
-life. If you ever see him, do as I have commanded the men. Don't
-hesitate, for if you do you will have no second chance. He will see
-well to that.
-
-"Now we will make a round of the rancho. It is some time since I saw
-the cattle, and it is always well for an owner to inspect the work of
-his men. Get Francia to put up some food for us, bring your gun and
-your rifle, and don't forget a blanket and a poncho."
-
-They went to the house to make their preparations, and within a
-little while the two were cantering away, a saddle bag well filled
-with food slung to each saddle, a canvas sack overflowing with water
-to balance it on the far side, and behind the cantle a mound composed
-of a thick blanket and the inevitable poncho. Dudley had by now
-ridden all over the rancho, and had obtained some insight into the
-work the gauchos performed. He had also received the impression that
-Mr. Blunt must be a prosperous farmer or grazier, for none of the
-land was tilled, and numerous herds of cattle pointed to his wealth.
-
-"There are some fifteen thousand beasts," was the answer to his
-enquiry on that point, "and for six weeks now the gauchos have been
-busy branding the calves. Of course we make no attempt to keep stray
-animals from making out of the rancho, for that would be a hopeless
-task. Certain men are always stationed on the borders, and if they
-see a herd on the point of leaving they turn them back. The single
-ones, and occasionally a score or more of beasts, wander at night,
-when they have been disturbed by some unusual noise, and they, of
-course, are lost. Perhaps they stray back again, or others come from
-the neighboring rancho. In any case such a loss is nothing. There
-is always a small exchange of beasts going on at the borders."
-
-"But supposing branded animals stray?" asked Dudley. "What happens
-to them?"
-
-"That depends on the neighbors who find them," was the answer. "Due
-west of us there is merely open pampas, with no living owner, and
-there I keep a very particular watch, for Indians hold the country.
-Elsewhere branded beasts which wander are driven back when it is
-convenient, while my gauchos do the same with neighbors' animals. In
-the end we are all satisfied, and of course the knowledge that beasts
-will stray makes us extra careful about the branding. I am making
-for the far western corner of the rancho, where there is a big herd
-surrounded by gauchos, and where branding is now going on as fast as
-possible. You will see something to open your eyes."
-
-The sight which Dudley saw when late that evening they arrived on the
-western border of the rancho was indeed a novel and most interesting
-one. There were some fifty gauchos in all, widely separated, and
-broken up into twos. Of these groups of two, one man was always
-mounted, while at the hour at which they arrived the gaucho off duty
-for the time had strayed from his comrade to those nearest at hand,
-and had now squatted over a fire of thistle tops, smoking and eating.
-
-"That is how the herd is watched," explained Mr. Blunt. "The men
-must have rest, for night and day the watch must be kept. So two of
-them take turn and turn about, and when one is off duty getting a
-rest and food, or a sleep, his horse is enjoying the same privileges.
-We will rest here, and I will show you how to bivouac for the night.
-Hop off your mount, and strip saddle and bridle from it. That's the
-way. Now take the rope attached to the halter, and hobble its fore
-legs as I have already shown you how to do."
-
-Dudley slid from his saddle in a manner which showed that he was used
-to the work, and in a very few seconds had stripped the beast of all
-its gear save the head stall, the rope attached to which was used for
-hobbling. Then he gave the horse a vigorous smack on the flank, and
-sent it away to graze and rest till morning.
-
-"Now put your saddle up on the cantle. So! That's the way. It will
-not fall over easily, and you will see that the pads which protect
-the horse's back from chafing are well exposed, and have every chance
-to dry, for in this climate they are nearly always moist after a
-ride. Now your poncho goes into the hollow between the pads and
-flaps, your head finds it a wonderfully comfortable pillow, while the
-blanket over all makes things snug and warm for the night."
-
-To show him how it was done, Mr. Blunt placed his own saddle in
-position, and threw himself down on the ground, drawing his blanket
-about him, and placing his head on the poncho between the flaps of
-the saddle.
-
-"Your saddle keeps the wind away on a breezy night," he explained,
-"and is close at hand in case you happen to want it. If it rains, as
-is not often the case, you hang the blanket over the cantle, and
-there you are, under a tent which will keep you fairly dry. Now,
-Dudley, skip along and gather some thistle tops. There is little
-wood in these parts, and so one has to find a substitute. Look at
-the men. I rather fancy Pietro and his comrades have been talking."
-
-That, in fact, was the case, and as the two were seen cantering up
-towards the herd of cattle and their guards, quite a number of the
-men made their way forward to meet them. They nodded to their
-master, and looked on critically as our herb slipped from his saddle.
-
-"As if he'd done it before," said one, a big fellow with long black
-hair and a melancholy way about him. "Fresh and young, comrades, and
-new to the pampas. You can see he does not mind being told how
-things are done. What was the story Pietro was telling?"
-
-A comrade repeated it, and at once the gaucho strode up to the young
-Englishman as he was gathering thistle tops. When Dudley glanced up,
-there was the gaucho, still with the same melancholy air, his head
-hanging forward, and one huge brown palm stretched in front. He
-shook it, and, interpreting the signal, Dudley stepped up, gripped
-the strong fingers, and shook them with vigor.
-
-"We're friends, I see," he said quietly, for he seemed to feel at
-once that the big gaucho wished to be pleasant. "It's kind of you to
-come."
-
-"I'm foreman out here, and I thought I'd like to show you that all
-are not like Giono. Señor, you are welcome! All my comrades are
-glad to see you. I bear a message from them. They ask you to repeat
-the shot you made this morning."
-
-"I'll try," was the ready answer. "When it is light enough
-to-morrow, I'll do my best to please you."
-
-They nodded to one another, and our hero returned to his employer
-with a bundle of thistle tops under his arm. In a few seconds the
-flames were shooting up, and in a little while the two were seated by
-them, each with a ramrod in his hand, and a fine steak of deer flesh
-on the far end. It was all so new to Dudley, and he found this
-open-air life most fascinating. He could see now why Mr. Blunt loved
-it, why he declared that he was free out on the pampas, and why a man
-could be a man when living such a life.
-
-"Even the food we cook out here is sweeter to me," exclaimed Mr.
-Blunt, as they chatted after their meal. "I would not change the
-dinner we prepare for the daintiest repast to be had in London or in
-Paris. As to the sleeping accommodation, well, you yourself will
-appreciate the difference when once we get back to the house. Here
-one breathes pure air, the invigorating breath of the pampas. A
-house stifles me at first. I feel as if the ceiling were falling on
-to me."
-
-Half an hour later they turned in, and Dudley found that his
-unaccustomed bed was more than comfortable. On Mr. Blunt's advice he
-kicked a hollow in the ground to accommodate his hips, and on
-stretching himself out, and pulling the blanket over him, he found
-that he had a couch at which the most fastidious could not have
-grumbled. On either side of his head were the flaps of his saddle,
-but up above there was nothing to shut him in, and for a while he
-stared up at the brilliant stars, while he listened to the strange
-sounds of the pampas. Now and again there was a low call from one
-watching gaucho to another, and then perhaps the deep lowing of
-cattle. Sometimes the earth trembled for a few seconds with the
-stamping of a hundred feet, and then all was silent, save for the
-chirrup of the crickets. He fell into a deep sleep, and only stirred
-when the sun shone in his eyes in the early morning. Mr. Blunt was
-already afoot, tending to the kettle steaming over the fire, while at
-various points, around the enormous herd of beasts, groups of
-gauchos, still swathed in their blankets, squatted over the fires and
-discussed their breakfasts. As for the cattle, they seemed to be in
-a restless mood, and kept their guards galloping to and fro, cracking
-their long whips and shouting. Indeed, less than ten minutes later,
-as Dudley and his friend were eating their meal, the noise from the
-herd became deafening. Every animal seemed to be bellowing, there
-was much movement in the far corner of the group, and then of a
-sudden the animals broke away. Men shouted, whips snapped like
-pistols, and in a trice, as if the word had been passed through the
-heaving ranks, some two thousand bullocks, heifers, and calves were
-charging down upon the two who crouched over the fire. The sight
-brought Mr. Blunt and Dudley to their feet promptly.
-
-"They have broken away!" exclaimed the former quickly. "They do
-sometimes, and give a great deal of trouble, besides being a positive
-danger. Stay where you are, my lad. The horses are too far for us
-to reach them, and it is useless to run."
-
-They stood watching the herd anxiously, hoping that the gauchos, all
-of whom had rushed to their horses, would be able to check the
-beasts. The men threw themselves on the flank of the herd with
-vigor, and sent their stinging lashes trailing over the beasts, while
-they shouted and shrieked so as to frighten them and get them to move
-in the opposite direction. But they might almost as well have hoped
-to move a mountain. The mass of beasts had taken a sudden and
-unaccountable fright, and bore down upon Dudley and Mr. Blunt with
-all their force and speed.
-
-"Get your gun and load quickly," said Mr. Blunt. "And get the flap
-of your revolver pocket open. Those beasts must be stopped, or they
-will gallop over us and trample us to death. Don't attempt to run,
-Dudley. You would certainly be caught. Our only chance is to back
-up the efforts of the gauchos, and stand firm. Let the brutes have a
-couple of charges full in their faces when they get into range. That
-will give you time to load again and repeat the dose."
-
-There was little time for talking, for already the maddened herd was
-almost within range of the shotgun. For a few seconds Dudley had
-contemplated flight, and made ready to follow his employer should he
-run. But seeing that he proposed to stand fast, he loaded his gun,
-opened the flap of his holster, and faced the herd. It was a
-terrifying spectacle, and it wanted no experience to tell him that if
-the beasts were not stopped they would stamp everything in their path
-flat with the ground. He felt his pulses throbbing wildly, while a
-bead of perspiration collected in the furrow on his forehead and
-trickled down his cheek. The time for action had arrived. He lifted
-his gun, aimed at the far right of the herd, and pressed the two
-triggers, one after the other, sending a hail of pellets into the
-faces of the animals. But he might have fired peas for all the
-effect the shots had. A few beasts on the far flank swerved away
-into the open, and came to a halt, as if wondering what all the
-commotion was about. But the remainder galloped madly on, as if they
-saw the two solitary figures standing before them and had made up
-their minds to annihilate them.
-
-"Again!" said Mr. Blunt quietly. "Give them another charge, lad."
-
-Crash! Bang! This time the range was much closer, and though the
-shot did not separate so much, they struck the animals on the right
-with far greater force. One, a massive beast, received a portion of
-one charge full in the face, and it may have happened that one of the
-pellets reached the brain by way of the eye. In any case the
-ponderous animal fell on his horns, crumpled up, and rolled over and
-over, while two near at hand rose for a moment into the air and
-bellowed with pain. A second later a score of the beasts had poured
-over the prostrate animal, had tripped, recovered their feet, and
-tripped again. Fifty almost were down, and their startled bellows
-seemed to scare the remainder of the herd. They swept in one dense
-mass to the left, three of the gauchos galloping for their lives in
-front of them, while those on the right flank came thundering over
-the pampas, kicking their heels within six feet of Dudley and his
-employer.
-
-"Phew! That was the nearest shave I have ever had," exclaimed Mr.
-Blunt, lifting his hat and wiping the perspiration from his brow. "I
-thought it was all up with us, and was preparing to make a desperate
-leap on to the back of the nearest beast, for I have known one man to
-escape in that way. Then your lucky shot set the matter right. Lad,
-you did well again. How did you feel? Inclined to bolt?"
-
-"Never in a bigger funk in all my life, sir," came the candid answer,
-and indeed Dudley was shaking with excitement. "I expected to be
-smashed into a jelly, and can't believe now that they have run past
-us. The life of a gaucho is not all honey after all. I suppose many
-are killed in this way?"
-
-"Scores have been trampled to death, and many are gored by bulls, or
-have their backs broken by a bucking horse. Then they are very apt
-to quarrel, and the Spanish blood they have leads them to let their
-tempers loose and draw their knives. Yes, the gaucho seldom lives to
-an old age. I like him. He is honest, hearty, and a good worker,
-and he has pluck. But let us enquire as to damages. There will be
-little branding to-day, Dudley. It will be three hours before the
-herd is rounded up again."
-
-They returned to their camp, still congratulating themselves on their
-fortunate escape. It took but a few minutes to fetch their horses,
-which had not been stampeded like many of the others, and in a little
-while they were off, cantering away across the pampas.
-
-"We will go on into the Indian country," said Mr. Blunt. "There are
-often herds of wild horses there, and if we are lucky enough to spy
-one, we will bring a party out to round them up. We don't do a great
-deal of breeding on the rancho; Indian raids make that such a
-profitless game. We rely on the wild animals always roaming the
-pampas."
-
-It was a glorious day, with a bright sun and a mild breeze. The
-scent of wild grasses was in the air, while one huge vista of pampas
-swept before the eye, with a few clumps of trees away in the
-distance, for Dudley was in the middle of one of those vast plains of
-South America famed to this day as grazing lands for cattle, and then
-the home of herds of wild beasts, including cattle, horses, and deer
-of many descriptions. In addition there were the Indians, an
-ever-present danger to the settler. It was not long before the two
-horsemen arrived at one of the collections of trees, and, skirting
-this, they mounted a rise in the land till they were near the top.
-
-"Our look-out station," said Mr. Blunt, sliding from his saddle and
-leaving the beast to graze. "If I have sighted one herd of horses
-from here I have sighted a dozen. Creep to the top and look over.
-One does not require to be so careful nor so cunning as if one were
-dealing with Indians. They would spot a head instantly, and then----"
-
-"We should have a crowd down upon us," burst in Dudley. "I'll
-practise going carefully, as if there were real danger."
-
-He too slid to the ground, and soon the two were close to the top.
-They went on their faces, and, crouching close to the ground, slowly
-made their way to the extreme summit. Then, as if by common impulse,
-they ducked, looked at each other, and gave low whistles of surprise.
-Lucky it was for them, too, that they had had the caution to advance
-so warily, for otherwise they would have been in a precarious
-situation. They were out in search of horses, and as they topped the
-rise their eyes fell upon what they sought--a fine collection of some
-twenty beasts, with flowing manes, and with such freedom of action as
-they ran that Dudley was enchanted. But there was something else
-besides. Not thirty paces away sat four men who were half-naked.
-Their backs were turned to the top of the hill, and they were
-watching the horses attentively. The beasts were trotting towards
-them, but when Dudley looked again they had halted, and stood with
-heads in air, their ears pricked up, listening attentively, and now
-and again breaking into a startled trot. Mr. Blunt saw something
-more, for he took Dudley by the sleeve and pulled the fringe of his
-coat. Then he pointed, and, following the direction, the young
-Englishman beside him saw a number of specks in the distance. They
-were mounted men, slowly stealing up behind the horses.
-
-"Come away. Slip back again and mount."
-
-Mr. Blunt hardly whispered the words, and promptly crawled away,
-worming his long, lanky figure towards his horse. Dudley followed
-suit, rose to his feet, and vaulted into the saddle.
-
-"Walk!" whispered his employer. "Hush! Not a sound."
-
-They took their horses at a slow pace for some three hundred yards,
-casting a glance behind them every few seconds. Then Mr. Blunt
-turned to Dudley.
-
-"Are you ready for a fast ride?" he asked shortly.
-
-Our hero shook his reins. "Certainly, sir!" he said. "Where to?"
-
-"Back to the gauchos. Gallop all you can, and bring them back. I
-don't want to attack the Indians, but I want to let them see that I
-have plenty of men. And more than that, they stole some two hundred
-horses from me eight months ago. I must have that herd down below,
-and so retaliate. It does not do to let the Indian have it all his
-own way. Off you go!"
-
-"Alone, sir?"
-
-"Yes, alone."
-
-"And you, sir?"
-
-"Alone, I said," came the curt answer.
-
-Dudley swung his animal round, touched him ever so gently with the
-rowel of his spur, and went off at a gallop. He would have liked to
-ask what his employer was going to do, and felt anxious about him and
-disinclined to leave him alone. But Mr. Blunt said what he meant.
-He was a man of few words, as a rule, and those few were very much to
-the point. Dudley had to be contented with that, and with an
-occasional glance behind him till the solitary figure was lost to
-sight.
-
-"Wanted to argue!" exclaimed Mr. Blunt, when he had gone, a little
-smile on his lips. "That chap's a sticker. There are many men whom
-I have met who would have bolted from those cattle, and would have
-been rolled and stamped till they were as flat as sheets. It's
-trying work to stand and see a whole mass of heads and feet charging
-down, and if he had bolted I could have forgiven him. That chap's a
-sticker, I say, and he's come out here with the same idea as
-youngsters of his age and of our race have, wherever they be. They
-know it's right to stick to a friend, whatever the danger. That's
-why he doesn't fancy leaving me behind. As if I were a chicken!"
-
-He smiled grimly as he swung his long rifle round to the front,
-opened the breech, and popped in a cartridge. This man knew that the
-time for shooting had not yet arrived, and he was not going to be
-hurried. He sat like a sentinel, the butt of his weapon at his hip,
-and neither man nor horse moved. And there Dudley and the thirty
-gauchos he brought back with him found their employer.
-
-"Good!" said Mr. Blunt. "That number will scare the Indians. Now,
-boys," he went on, "I don't want to make bad blood, which means that
-I don't want to kill any of these fellows. All we want is to scare
-them, and to drive them off. They must have the horses rounded up by
-now, and we will take them over. The lesson will be a useful one.
-Perhaps if we are successful, they will leave us alone for a time."
-
-At a signal from him a group of the gauchos held in their horses,
-while the remainder filed off in two lines, passing to left and to
-right of the wood. Then, having allowed them to gain some distance,
-Mr. Blunt walked his horse up to the ridge and clambered to the top.
-Ten minutes later there was a shout as one of the Indians below saw
-the group of gauchos, a shout which was taken up in all directions.
-For the Indians, some forty in number, had now come quite close to
-the hillock, and had drawn in the circle which they had thrown about
-the herd of horses. Indeed, in a little while they would have been
-at work with their bolas, or would have been driving the animals back
-to their own country. To be disturbed at such a moment must have
-been galling in the extreme. Cries and shouts of rage proceeded from
-each man, and as Dudley came to the top of the ridge, and was fully
-exposed, a shot rang out some fifty feet away. The bullet shaved the
-tip of his chin, drawing a thin line of blood, punched a neat little
-piece out of his left ear, and one of larger size out of the brim of
-his hat. Then, having done its worst, it flew on into space, buzzing
-and screeching as it went, for it was of native manufacture, all
-angled and rough.
-
-"You might have been shaving," laughed Mr. Blunt as Dudley felt his
-chin with the tips of his fingers, and then touched his ear. "A miss
-is as good as a mile, my lad, and a shot like that will make you as
-steady under fire on future occasions as the oldest soldier. Hurt?"
-
-"Not a bit, sir," came the ready answer. "My word, that fellow must
-have spotted me as I came over the top!"
-
-"You may be sure of that. He could have fired at one of the gauchos.
-An Indian likes better to kill a white man. But look at them
-running. They have seen the other parties."
-
-The approach had been well timed, in fact, for hardly had the party
-appeared on the crest when the others rode from either side of the
-wood. The Indians looked at first as if they would resist the
-approach of the strangers, but, seeing their numbers, and having a
-huge dislike to warfare in the open, they put spurs to their animals,
-and, even as Dudley wiped the blood from his ear and chin, they went
-galloping for their lives across the pampas. Mr. Blunt at once waved
-his hat over his head, and instantly the two parties below set their
-horses at a fast gallop, and before the herd of frightened animals
-below could disperse they had surrounded them.
-
-"Better than I had hoped for," exclaimed Mr. Blunt. "We will drive
-the beasts back to the corral, and then you shall see some fun. It
-looks cruel, and in fact it is cruel, to break in these wild animals;
-but we must have horses. To-morrow we shall turn out the stallions
-and mares, and select the best of the young horses."
-
-An hour later the whole party was returning, the men spread widely
-across the pampas, and enclosing in their circle the twenty or more
-wild animals which the Indians had rounded up. As dusk was falling
-they rode over the boundary line of the rancho, and with dexterous
-use of their whips, and by dint of much shouting and spurring,
-managed to drive their catch into a huge corral, several of which had
-been built at different parts of the estate.
-
-"They will be secure there for the night, and we can leave them,"
-said Mr. Blunt. "Let us get our supper and turn in. I don't think
-we need fear another charge from the cattle, but if you are looking
-for excitement to-morrow I fancy I can supply it. Come along, lad!
-We have had a grand day, one which you will not forget in a hurry,
-for you have smelled powder, and tasted the bullet of one of our
-Indians."
-
-He laughed heartily as he slid to the ground, while Dudley carried
-the fingers of one hand to his chin and ear. The wounds smarted a
-little, but nothing more, and very soon he had forgotten them as he
-bustled about the fire. In addition, his thoughts were distracted by
-the recollection of the horses which they had captured, and by his
-friend's promise of excitement on the morrow.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER VII
-
-AN INDIAN INVASION
-
-The sun was shining brightly on the following morning as Dudley
-stamped out the remains of the fire, for the gauchos and Mr. Blunt
-had impressed upon him the need of great care in that respect.
-
-"The grass flares at once," said Pietro, when warning him, "and I
-have seen a gringo set the pampas on fire and have to ride for his
-life. Then scores of gauchos have had to gather, and for days
-perhaps the battle has gone on between them and the flames. The
-señor must cut the grass in a circle always before lighting the
-thistle tops, or he must choose a rocky place. Then he must always
-stamp out the embers, or the wind may carry a small portion, or
-animals kick the hot ashes into the grass."
-
-Dudley carefully followed out the directions given him, and then
-sauntered off to the corral, carrying his huge spurs now with
-absolute ease and comfort, and being, in fact, quite unconscious of
-them. He found the gauchos collecting in preparation for the day's
-work, and as Mr. Blunt had not yet arrived, these men of the pampas
-seized the opportunity of seeing for themselves what the newcomer
-could do.
-
-"There are no wagers this time, señor," said Pietro, standing beside
-Dudley with an unconscious air of pride about him, as if it were he
-who had introduced the latest gringo, and was responsible for his
-actions and for his ability. "The men have asked me how long you
-have been in the country, and they can scarcely believe that you are
-such a shot. I have told them, and so have the comrades who looked
-on, how you beat Giono. But no; they cannot credit the statements."
-
-"And I cannot blame them," came the answer. "Of course it is funny
-to find a gringo able to shoot. But then you can let the gauchos
-know that Mr. Blunt gave me heaps of practice on the voyage out. I
-suppose, too, that there are some fellows who get hold of a knack
-quickly. For instance, some men can ride almost at once, while
-others can never manage a horse."
-
-"That may be true in your country, señor, but not in this. Here we
-gauchos ride from infancy. There was a time, no doubt, before the
-Spaniards came, and introduced horses, when the Indian knew nothing
-about riding. But nowadays we never walk far. Horses are cheap. An
-active man who can wield a bolas can always borrow a mount and go out
-on the pampas to make a catch. Then he has merely to break in the
-animal. I said that we ride from infancy. I remember that the very
-first time I ever mounted a horse was when I was tiny, and far too
-small to reach his back in the ordinary way. Fortunately he was a
-quiet beast, for as he cropped the grass in front of my father's hut
-I caught him by the tail, and with the help of a brother, as small as
-myself, I swarmed up on to his quarters. That, señor, was my first
-attempt. As to the knack of shooting, every gaucho can shoot, but it
-is not all, or even many who have an eye and a hand such as yours.
-The gift is a fine one; I wish I had it. But the señor will do what
-the men wish?"
-
-"Certainly, I'll do my best. That shot at the flying pith ball was
-more or less of a fluke, but I might manage it again. At any rate
-I'll try."
-
-He pulled his revolver from his pocket as the men gathered round, and
-then stood nursing the barrel just as he had done on the previous
-occasion. Pietro himself threw the bolas as before, and to Dudley's
-delight, and, to be honest, to his amazement, he had the good fortune
-to strike the pith ball at the first shot and shatter it into a
-hundred or more pieces.
-
-"_Bueno_! That is shooting, comrades," exclaimed the big,
-melancholy-looking man who had shaken hands with him on the previous
-day. "The señor can shoot, and by all accounts he is brave and can
-swim. Who knows, perhaps he can ride also. Whatever more he can do
-he is certainly the best gringo we have ever seen. Let the señor
-take the advice of an old gaucho. Let him learn to draw his weapon
-swiftly. Therein lies the secret of safety and of victory when
-dealing with the rough men of the pampas. Now we shall hope to show
-him how we ride."
-
-He went into the corral with a dozen of his comrades, Pietro being
-amongst them, while Mr. Blunt came up to Dudley's side. Together
-they watched as the gauchos inspected the captive horses, their
-trained eyes picking out the younger and more suitable animals. As
-for the poor beasts themselves, they were excessively wild, and now
-that so many strange figures surrounded them they were almost mad
-with terror, all save one grand animal, the father of the herd. He
-stood with head lifted and ears pricked up, his eyes blazing; and
-presently, as the gauchos approached, he gave a snort of rage and
-dashed at them.
-
-"Watch and you will see some quick work and some fun," said Mr.
-Blunt. "If that wild fellow were to catch any of the men it would go
-hard with them. Look at them running."
-
-The gauchos took to their heels as the big horse made for them, and,
-separating as well as possible, they ran with all their speed to the
-rail of the corral. The majority reached it without incident, but it
-happened that one of them, as he ran, tripped over the trailing thong
-of his bolas, and went down with a crash. He was up in another
-second, but by then the beast was close at hand, and as Dudley
-watched he saw it spin round on its fore legs, as if it were a top,
-and lash out furiously with its heels. The aim was so true, and the
-manoeuvre so quickly carried out that it was wonderful that the
-gaucho was not struck. But he had not worked on the pampas for
-nothing, and no doubt he had seen many a similar adventure. Seeing
-that he could not escape, he watched the pursuing horse, and as the
-maddened brute twisted on its fore legs he threw himself on his face,
-the heels swishing a foot over his back. Then he rolled over and
-over, sprang to his feet, and rushed on again, reaching the rail of
-the corral as the horse came within striking distance again.
-
-"He will be killed," shouted Dudley in his excitement. "The brute
-will kick the life out of him."
-
-"He will escape. Redos knows the game," was Mr. Blunt's calm
-rejoinder. "A new hand would attempt to clamber over; our friend
-knows that that would be fatal."
-
-The gaucho was, in fact, well able to take care of himself. As the
-horse twisted on its feet again he threw himself on the ground, and,
-repeating his previous tactics, rolled under the rail into safety,
-while the heels swished overhead and struck the rail with a clatter
-to be heard all over the corral.
-
-"They will eject that fellow as a first precaution," said Mr. Blunt.
-"There goes the first bolas. Pietro is not the lad to make a mess of
-such a matter."
-
-The gaucho to whom he had referred had taken his station on the
-second rail of the corral, some little way to the left of the angry
-horse, and could be seen swinging the two leaden balls of his bolas,
-waiting for a favorable opportunity to cast. It came in a few
-seconds. The beast still watched the man who had escaped, and, as he
-moved towards Pietro, trotted along beside the corral fence, snorting
-loudly, and eyeing him in no friendly manner. Once, in fact, he
-dashed open-mouthed in his direction, only to be brought up short by
-the stout fence. That was Pietro's opportunity, and he seized upon
-it. The balls swished overhead and suddenly darted forward. Dudley
-saw them separate, and in a moment they had twined round the neck and
-fore legs of the horse, wrapping the plaited thongs so thoroughly
-that escape was impossible. But the beast could still use its legs,
-and, startled by the blow of the balls, and by the thongs, it twisted
-round and made off at a furious pace, plunging as it went. But it
-was not to go far. Pietro had used his bolas before, and seeing that
-his aim was good, he had at once taken a turn of the thong round one
-of the posts, and a strong grip of the slack end, so that when the
-horse came to the full extent of the line he could bring him up
-short, and yet not so suddenly as to break the leather. Crash! The
-big beast staggered, rose high in the air, and then fell backwards,
-lashing with all four legs. It was up again in an incredibly short
-space of time, and then the same process was repeated. It darted
-away, was brought up with a jerk, and stood glaring about it, choking
-with the pressure of the thongs.
-
-"He has made his fight, and is done for," said Mr. Blunt. "The men
-will slip a leather noose into his mouth, and will so hobble his legs
-with their bolas that he will be as helpless as a foal. Then they
-will drag him out of the corral. It is absolutely necessary to do
-that, for, as you see, he considers himself the guardian of the herd.
-He would kick any other horse to pieces that dared come near his
-flock out in the open, and here he would kill many of the gauchos if
-he were not banished. Look! there goes another bolas. He will be
-wound up so completely soon that he will have no more room for
-astonishment."
-
-Dudley could not help but admire the dexterity and the courage of the
-gauchos. They tackled the big horse with method, and before very
-long had it completely at their command. Then, choking still, and
-half-stifled by a noose the grip of which could be increased at any
-instant, they dragged it to the opening of the corral by means of the
-thong passed over its chin, and with a quick movement set it free. A
-whip cracked behind it, and in an instant the noble brute was
-careering away. Half a dozen mares that were too old to be of any
-use were quickly disposed of, the gauchos mounting their horses and
-cutting them out from the herd. And then the real work of the day
-commenced.
-
-"There are some who would let the beasts run wild in the corrals for
-a month or so," said Mr. Blunt. "But there is no object in delaying,
-for they will be as wild and unruly then as they are now. You will
-see how we deal with them. In a month they will be useful animals,
-and as rideable as any we possess. But the task of breaking them in
-is no light one. Men are specially selected for it, and receive so
-much pay per animal; for it is dangerous work, and many gauchos are
-killed at it."
-
-Dudley could believe that when half an hour had passed, and he had
-had an opportunity of seeing what actually occurred.
-
-"The first thing is to get a halter on their heads, and a leather bit
-in their mouths, señor," said Pietro, coming to his side. "Then the
-saddle must be fitted. That troubles them more perhaps than does the
-bit. Look, now, at the young horse our friend is selecting."
-
-The big gaucho who had shown his friendliness was striding about in
-the corral, and eyeing the wild young horses there with the utmost
-care. Presently he selected a fine beast, well grown, and possessing
-a large amount of bone and muscle. It was as wild almost as the
-first had been, but not quite so courageous, for it kept its distance
-from these men. However, it was gradually driven into a corner, and
-then, finding its tormentors closing in, it swung round and galloped
-past them.
-
-"A fine shot, señor! Our comrade can use the bolas," sang out
-Pietro, as the tall gaucho swung his implement and flung it at the
-heels of the horse. In a moment the animal was down, its legs
-entwined by the thongs, and as it lay there helplessly a halter was
-placed over its head, and then a bit of strong but soft leather was
-placed in its mouth.
-
-"It would never do to use an iron one, señor," explained Pietro.
-"That would be asking too much of a horse. See how he frets now.
-But he has worse to bear, and in a moment there will be a struggle."
-
-Having safely placed the bit in position, the big gaucho knotted the
-reins on the neck of the beast so that they would be ready to hand
-when the moment came to mount. Then he beckoned to a comrade, who
-ran up with the saddle. At the same moment three of the gauchos took
-firm hold of the halter by means of the rope attached to it and
-pulled till the animal was lying almost on its heels.
-
-"On with the saddle," sang out their leader, and at the word the
-flaps were dropped on either side.
-
-"Now let go the heels."
-
-The thongs which encircled its legs were carefully unwound, leaving
-the horse free to rise. But it lay for a few seconds, bewildered at
-such unaccustomed treatment. Then, feeling more freedom in its legs,
-it rose to its feet with a jerk, and stood looking about, uncertain
-how to act or where to run. The big gaucho took instant advantage of
-the delay. Speaking in a soothing voice to the animal, he stepped
-silently to its side, stretched under the belly, and made the girths
-fast. Then he placed a hand on the neck, unknotted the reins, and
-leaped into the saddle with an agile bound. The spell under which
-the poor beast labored was broken instantly. It staggered under the
-weight for one brief second, and then rose on its hind legs till it
-seemed that it would topple over.
-
-"The real fight begins now," said Pietro, who still stood beside
-Dudley. "Our friend has work before him, for that is a strong young
-horse, which will not give in without a struggle. Ah, he has his
-stirrups, and his feet are well home! Our comrade is one of the best
-of horse breakers."
-
-Dudley watched the scene which followed with breathless interest, for
-he had never seen its like. He had heard of cowboys and their feats
-of horsemanship, but had never conceived it possible that any man
-could keep in his saddle as on this occasion. For the horse was
-maddened. The load on his back terrified it, and for a quarter of an
-hour it raged up and down the corral, rising on its heels, bucking,
-and giving such enormous leaps that had it attempted the same close
-to the rails it would have easily cleared them. And all the while
-the gaucho clung like a leech to it, while the cruel rowels of his
-spurs struck the heaving flanks incessantly, till the blood trickled
-from many a wound.
-
-[Illustration: "ALL THE WHILE THE GAUCHO CLUNG LIKE A LEECH TO IT"]
-
-"It is no time for soft measures, Dudley," said Mr. Blunt. "It is
-kinder to be harsh now, for once and all, than constantly to repeat
-the cruelty. That horse is getting beaten. In a couple of hours he
-will be docile. How would you care to try your horsemanship?"
-
-"Not at all," was the candid answer. "I should be sprawling after
-the first half-minute. But you said he would be beaten in two hours.
-Will he be able to go on plunging and bucking for such a time?"
-
-"He might, but our object is to wind him. The gaucho will take him
-for a gallop and give him his head."
-
-The time had apparently come for this portion of the breaking-in, and
-a few moments later there was a warning shout from the struggling
-gaucho, a number of the men lined up between the other horses and the
-exit, and then the animal he rode was steered out of the corral.
-Once outside there was nothing to limit its pace, and it set off at a
-furious gallop, lashed into frenzy by the whip which the gaucho now
-used, and smarting under the cruel rowels of the spurs.
-
-"He will go miles," said Mr. Blunt, "and when he returns he will be
-like a naughty schoolboy who has come to school for the first time
-after being given free play at home. He will have met with his first
-master, and will be aching after his very first lesson. In a week he
-will be a likely horse, and in a month he will whinny a welcome to
-the man who now treats him so harshly. Let us go along the corral
-and watch the other men."
-
-Nearly a dozen other horses were meanwhile being roped in, and for
-the next two hours Dudley watched the same process repeated, but with
-variations. Sometimes a horse had less spirit, and was beaten very
-early, even consented to trot round the corral without attempting to
-get rid of its rider. But in every case, whatever the fight shown,
-they were taken out of the corral for a long burst over the pampas.
-Soon the first one was seen returning, limping over the grass, and
-looking as if it could barely drag one leg after the other. Indeed
-the poor brute had been ridden to a finish, and could scarcely reach
-the corral. It was taken to one corner, the bit slipped from its
-mouth and the saddle from its back. At once it lay down on the
-ground, disdaining the fresh grass placed beside it.
-
-"He is hopelessly beaten and as tired as a dog," said Mr. Blunt. "He
-will lie there for twenty-four hours perhaps, and will not touch a
-morsel of feed, nor any water. Then he will recover, and our big
-friend will be there to talk kindly to him, to encourage him, and to
-comfort him with a bundle of sweet grass. Now, what do you think of
-our methods of taming horses?"
-
-"They are utterly unlike any I had ever conceived. They look very
-cruel at first sight, but I can see that in the end it is better and
-easier for the horse to be beaten outright, than to be subdued by a
-series of attempts each one of which must terrify him. It will be a
-long time before I shall be able to ride like these gauchos."
-
-"You are right there, lad, for one cannot pick up, even at your young
-age, a thing with which these fine fellows may be said to grow up.
-They are born riders, and they have need to be, for a bucking wild
-horse is no easy beast to sit on. Now we will return to the cattle
-and watch the branding. These are all things that I want you to
-learn to do or to be able to criticize, for in a little while you
-will be the agent in charge during my absence."
-
-Two months later Dudley had become quite an old hand on the rancho,
-and was by no means a gringo any longer. Indeed, thanks to his
-encounter with Giono, he had come to the gauchos employed by Mr.
-Blunt with a strong and telling introduction, an introduction which
-appealed to these wild men of the pampas far better than wealth would
-have done. They admired a man who could shoot and who had courage.
-They liked to see a youngster conquer difficulties, and they had
-watched Dudley as he gained no mean mastership over horses. Then
-they had seen him under fire, and had noted with what indifference he
-treated his wound.
-
-"He is a gringo who meets with our approval, and whom we can obey,"
-said Pietro one night as the gauchos were collected round the fire.
-"He has no airs and graces. He is glad to meet each one of us, to
-shake hands, and to chat. He is different from some of the stuck-up
-fools who come our way on occasion."
-
-Thanks to the friendship of the gauchos, and to his own energy, our
-hero very soon became of the greatest value to his employer, till at
-length he was appointed his overseer, and had complete management of
-the rancho.
-
-"It gives you a good deal of responsibility, which is a thing which
-every lad ought to be able to take, and it also lets the men see that
-I have confidence in you," said Mr. Blunt. "That encourages them to
-look to you as a leader and master, and I'm glad indeed to find such
-a friendly feeling amongst you all."
-
-One day Dudley had ridden to the far western boundary of the rancho,
-and hearing the news from one of the gauchos that horses had been
-seen far out on the pampas, he pressed on till he came to the hill
-from the summit of which he and his employer had once before seen a
-herd. None were in sight, though he imagined he saw some dark specks
-in the distance, which might be horses.
-
-"We are in want of some," he said to himself, "and so I think I had
-better go ahead. If those are horses I shall know within two hours,
-and then could be back with the gauchos in the morning."
-
-He shook his reins and trotted on for some miles, when, judging that
-he was now near enough to the objects he had seen in the distance, he
-made for a slight rise and clambered to the summit. He had hardly
-reached it when he was startled by a loud report, by a puff of smoke
-a few yards to his right, and at the same instant by a curious
-movement in his hat. It jerked back suddenly, spun round, and then
-settled on his head again in the most extraordinary and disconcerting
-manner. There was a shout, and then from right and left a chorus of
-frantic yells. Figures sprang up from the hollows and the long
-grass, while twenty horsemen galloped from behind a small clump of
-trees.
-
-"Indians! A hundred of them perhaps!" was Dudley's startled
-exclamation. "I shall have to run for my life."
-
-He took to his heels at once, and raced down the hillock towards his
-horse, the gun which he carried over his shoulders pounding against
-his back. He had fifty yards to cover, and long before he had gained
-his mount the Indian who had fired at him had reached the top of the
-hillock and had thrown himself on one knee. There came the ring of
-an iron ramrod, for this savage was armed with an old-fashioned
-muzzle-loader. Then followed the bellow of the piece, while a ball
-hummed over the pampas, missed our hero by little more than an inch,
-and, flying on, struck his horse just in front of the saddle, causing
-him to rear up, give a startled neigh, and then trot on a few paces.
-
-"Whoa! Steady, horse!" shouted Dudley, knowing that his life
-depended on his mount. "Steady, boy! I'm coming."
-
-It was a fortunate thing for him that he had made a point of
-accustoming his mount to his voice, for otherwise the frightened
-animal would have bolted. As it was it stood irresolute, listening
-to Dudley's words, its ears pricked up and its eyes cast back at the
-figures now pouring over the summit. There were at least forty
-dismounted Indians, and a rattling volley came from their
-muzzle-loaders as the fugitive reached the side of his horse, the
-bullets whizzing overhead and on either side, but missing man and
-animal by good chance. Dudley vaulted into his saddle promptly,
-clutched at his reins, and, turning his face towards the distant
-rancho, set spurs to the flanks of his horse. And then commenced a
-flight which was all too exciting for the young fellow who was being
-chased.
-
-Bang! Bang! Another volley rattled from the direction of the
-hillock, a scattered, irregular volley, broken by shouts and wild
-yells. Then there was a dull thud and the horse sprang into the air
-and then galloped on at an even greater pace, for it had been stung
-by a bullet which had struck it on the quarter. However, the range
-was rather far for a muzzle-loader, and it happened that the wound
-was only a superficial one.
-
-"Steady, boy!" cried Dudley, taking good hold of his reins and
-looking round. "We have a long gallop before us and we had better be
-careful. Steady! Their horsemen are not in sight."
-
-Pulling gently at the mouth of the excited steed he managed to steady
-its pace a little, till it was bounding at a good gallop over the
-pampas. It was a fine beast, and capable of a long race, but not at
-full speed all the way. Dudley knew that, and like the jockey who
-has a good horse beneath him, and other fine ones to beat, he
-determined to husband the strength of his mount, so as to keep it
-comfortably ahead of the pursuers as far as the rancho.
-
-A minute later a mob of shrieking Indians burst over the top of the
-hillock and came galloping down, their arms waving in the air, guns
-flourishing overhead, and their bodies bent low in the saddle. They
-were a set of cut-throats in appearance, and bellowed and shrieked in
-a manner which gave some indication of their ferocity. But no one
-who watched their mad pursuit could have failed to admire them to
-some extent. The men were part and parcel of their horses. They
-rode on a strip of leather for the most part, and had no stirrups.
-Their knees lay close to their horses and they sat as if they were
-glued to their places. There was an easy swing and poise about them,
-too, which told that they trusted entirely to grip and to balance,
-and were thus able to do without saddle and stirrups.
-
-"A nasty-looking lot of beggars," thought Dudley, "and well mounted,
-as they always are. It will be a close race, and very soon I shall
-have to press my horse. The fellows haven't saddles either. I wish
-I hadn't. It gives them an advantage, for I carry extra weight."
-
-That set him thinking, for the native saddle used by the gauchos was
-a somewhat heavy and cumbersome affair, and, to one used to an
-English hunting saddle, it was by no means too comfortable. He
-turned again to watch the Indians, noticing that already quite a
-number had commenced to fall to the rear. Then he bent towards his
-horse's neck and slid his left hand down to the buckle which secured
-the girth.
-
-"It could be done," he said to himself. "I could unbuckle the strap
-and so loosen the saddle. The thing is, could I manage to pass it
-backwards without toppling over?"
-
-He thought again, and, as if to practise the movement slipped his
-toes from the stirrups, for he had often ridden without the latter
-and knew that he would not tumble. A little consideration showed him
-that the feat he contemplated was possible, and knowing well that if
-he intended to relieve his horse of some weight it would be wiser to
-do so now, at the very commencement of the struggle, he promptly slid
-his hand down to the buckle again and in a minute had it loosened.
-He gripped the neck of his mount with the hand which held the reins,
-and, leaning forward, lifted himself, while with the free hand he
-pushed the saddle backwards. Once he swerved dangerously, for the
-task was no easy one, and at the sight a howl came from the pursuing
-mob.
-
-"Shout away!" cried Dudley, as he regained his balance. "You've not
-got me yet, and if I can prevent you, well, I will."
-
-One more effort and the saddle was behind him. A touch, and it,
-together with his poncho and blanket and a couple of heavy saddle
-bags, overbalanced and fell to the ground with a crash. His gallant
-beast was now on more even terms with those ridden by the Indians,
-and as he felt the relief he tossed his head and pulled at the bit.
-
-"Steady, lad!" shouted his rider again. "We're keeping just nicely
-ahead, and there is no occasion to do more. They are getting broken
-up a little. Some are being left behind."
-
-His knees were close in to his horse's side now, and he bent low,
-till his figure hardly caught the wind. Every two or three seconds
-he turned his head to watch the Indians, and noted that the worst
-mounted were already being left in the rear, while those who were
-foremost had not gained an inch. They were two hundred yards behind,
-galloping hard; but though he looked carefully he could not see a
-whip used, nor did they seem to wear spurs.
-
-"Wily foxes," he said, "they are doing the same thing! They are
-carefully holding in their animals, probably thinking that they will
-tire mine out. That will suit me well, for the rancho is not more
-than six miles away now, and we can keep this pace up for a longer
-distance."
-
-He began to feel more confident, and though the shouts and screams of
-the pursuers made him feel inclined to use his spurs, and force the
-pace, he went on as before, checking his speed by theirs,
-disregarding the reports of the weapons which they occasionally
-snapped at him, and always maintaining the same distance in advance.
-But he was by no means out of the woods, as he was shortly to learn.
-The Indians had seen him free his horse of the saddle, and had
-increased their angry shouts. But when three miles had been covered,
-the dozen or more who still remained had settled down to a grim
-silence. They could not afford to waste their breath, nor could they
-reload their weapons at that pace. Instead, they began to let their
-horses out little by little, and very soon they were using their
-whips, sending their animals along at breakneck pace.
-
-"Time for me to push along," thought Dudley. "In a few minutes I
-ought to be in the rancho and among friends, so I have only to keep
-going for a little while. Come along, boy!"
-
-This time the rowels of his spurs touched the flanks, and his beast
-increased its pace, and for a time held the distance it had gained at
-the first. One by one the pursuing Indians dropped off, the pace
-being too hot for their horses, till three only were left. But these
-were beautifully mounted, and, now that the crisis of the affair had
-arrived, they showed that there was still a little pace to be
-squeezed out of their horses. Their whips cracked, their bony heels
-went to the flanks, and their beasts steadily drew up to the quarry.
-Then one of the three disengaged himself from his comrades inch by
-inch till he was some yards ahead, and was rapidly overhauling
-Dudley. The man carried a revolver in one hand, and instead of a
-whip used his cruel spurs continuously. Dudley glanced round at him,
-gave an exclamation, and then slipped his hand into the pocket
-carried on the hip of his riding leggings. For this was not an
-Indian. The man was dressed as a gaucho, and it wanted only a second
-glance at that evil face, at those deep-set and scowling eyes, to
-tell him that it was Giono, the man who had warned him to beware, and
-who had left the rancho breathing vengeance against the two white men
-who resided there.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER VIII
-
-DUDLEY LEADS THE GAUCHOS
-
-"He is better mounted than I am, and there is bound to be a fight,"
-thought Dudley as the minutes flew by and Giono gained rapidly upon
-him, leaving his two comrades some yards in rear. "I had better keep
-a careful watch on his revolver, and if he lifts it I will fire."
-
-They were close to the edge of the rancho now, and half a mile ahead
-the rails of the corral could be seen. But though our hero strained
-his eyes in that direction there was not a single horseman. Nothing
-but the corral broke the flat expanse of waving pampas. He was
-alone, and must look to himself for safety.
-
-Crack! As he stared ahead there came the sharp report of a pistol,
-and on glancing behind he saw a wreath of smoke blowing away from the
-muzzle of Giono's revolver.
-
-"Missed," thought Dudley, with no little satisfaction. "The range is
-too long as yet, and even if he hits me the bullet will do no great
-harm. But he is pulling up fast. I wonder whether, if I hit him,
-the others will give up the chase?"
-
-Crack! Once again the report came to his ear, and instinctively he
-crouched lower as a bullet hissed over his head. He was within range
-then, and must act if he was to escape at all. Keeping low on the
-back of his horse, with his weight thrown as much forward as
-possible, he glanced round again, his head twisted to the right.
-Giono was standing in his stirrups, his eye blazing with wrath, and
-fierce determination written on every line of his ugly face. He
-lifted the weapon again, took very careful aim, and was on the point
-of pressing the trigger when Dudley gripped the butt of his revolver
-and sent a bullet flying behind. And here again his happy knack of
-shooting, the quick eye and ready hand which he possessed, stood him
-in good stead. Giono gave a shout, clapped the hand which held the
-reins to his chest, and instantly crumpled up on the bow of his
-saddle. He swayed from side to side, and made frantic efforts to
-cling to his seat. His spurs almost met beneath his horse's belly,
-while the rowels dug into the poor beast, making it gallop even
-harder. Then this powerful gaucho, hardened to exposure and fatigue,
-recovered his strength and threw off the sudden weakness caused by
-his wound. There was a thin streak of blood at the corner of his
-mouth as he sat up with a jerk, and the scowl on his face had
-increased in intensity. Without lifting his weapon he pointed the
-muzzle at the lad in front of him and pulled the trigger.
-
-Dudley learned some ten minutes later what happened after that
-momentous shot, for within two seconds he was unconscious. The
-bullet had missed him entirely, but flying low had passed between the
-heels of his horse, and had struck behind the knee of one of the fore
-legs, bringing the gallant beast toppling on to its head.
-
-"When the señor is ready it will be as well to move on," he suddenly
-heard a voice say. "The señor is better. He has fallen heavily, and
-the ground was hard. Pepito, bring your water sack, and we will
-sprinkle his face and so refresh him."
-
-The words sounded as if they had been spoken yards and yards away.
-They came to Dudley's ears in a strangely blurred fashion, failing to
-rouse him, and leaving him to puzzle over their meaning.
-
-"The ground was hard, and he had fallen heavily. Who had fallen
-heavily?" he wondered. "They are joking. Perhaps they want to
-disturb me. But I won't move. I'm very comfortable, thank you!"
-
-He mumbled the last words in a low voice, and in tones which showed
-that he was feeling irritable. In fact, his mind was more or less of
-a blank. He had no idea who was speaking, and he cared less. He
-felt drowsy, and objected to being disturbed.
-
-"Bueno, Pepito! The water comes in handy, and our young master will
-thank us for it. Lift his head so. Now I will dash some of the
-contents of this sack in his face."
-
-On the pampas it was the custom to carry water in a canvas bag, just
-as it is in Egypt, and in Africa, and in many another country.
-Pepito, a young gaucho who had been sent for his store, stood by
-grinning with anxiety, for he had taken a fancy to this young English
-fellow, while Pietro knelt and lifted Dudley's head. Then the tall
-gaucho with the melancholy air deliberately dashed some of the water
-in the face of the half-unconscious youth.
-
-"Here, I say!" gasped Dudley, frantically struggling to sit up, and
-opening his eyes wide. "Look here! No more of that! If you try the
-game again I'll----"
-
-He stopped short, his mouth wide open, and his eyes fixed on Pietro's
-honest face. Up to that very instant his wits had been sadly
-wandering, and he had imagined himself at school again. This was, so
-he thought, a game being played at his expense, and----
-
-"Why, it's Pietro, and that's Pepito! What are you grinning for?"
-
-The young gaucho turned his head away in confusion, while Pietro
-lifted his patient higher.
-
-"Yes, we are here, señor," he said. "Is the señor right in his mind
-now? Is his head sore? For the fall was a heavy one, and, as I
-said, the ground is hard."
-
-"Was his head sore?" Dudley sat up suddenly and gazed about him in
-bewilderment, for he had still no recollection of what had happened a
-few minutes before. He ran his hands over his head, and then turned
-to speak again to Pepito, only to feel acute pain in his neck, and
-give a sudden cry.
-
-"That is queer. My neck feels as if it had been almost broken, or as
-if some fellow had collared me and given it a firm and friendly
-screw. Hallo!"
-
-This time his eyes fell on something which could not but remind him
-of his exciting chase, for a dozen yards away his own horse stood
-shaking after its frantic exertions, and blowing harder than Dudley
-had ever seen one blow before. The gallant beast was white with
-foam, and its flanks moved in and out spasmodically. Its head hung
-low, and generally its appearance was one of absolute exhaustion.
-
-"He helped to save the señor's life," said Pietro. "He galloped
-well. But the señor was wise to shake off the saddle. Had he not
-done so this Giono would have certainly overhauled him earlier, and
-then----"
-
-"And then? Yes?" asked Dudley.
-
-"The señor would not be here. The señor would be dead. As it is,
-Giono is dead. He has a dozen bullets in him in addition to the one
-which you sent. Come, the señor is better."
-
-Dudley was. In a flash he remembered his flight and all that had
-happened up to the report which had come from Giono's revolver.
-After that all was a blank.
-
-"Tell me what happened," he asked, struggling to his feet and
-standing there with Pietro and another gaucho supporting him. "No,
-leave me alone please, for I can stand. I am just a little giddy,
-that's all, and, phew! my neck!"
-
-"It is a wonder it was not broken, señor," came the answer. "You
-shot out from the back of your horse and flew some yards before you
-landed. I made sure that you were killed, for you fell on your head
-and rolled over. Another man's neck would have been broken."
-
-"Then I am saved for some other fate," laughed Dudley, beginning to
-feel better. "Many thanks, my friends, for helping me, and for the
-water. Now, what happened exactly?"
-
-He beckoned to Pepito, took a deep draught from the sack, and then
-turned to Pietro again.
-
-"Giono made a better shot the last time he ever pulled trigger than
-he would have done had he dared to fire at the flying pith ball of
-the bolas, señor. You had hit him hard in the chest, and he was
-bleeding. But, as I said, he had luck. His ball hit your beast
-behind the knee, and brought him down like a stone, just as you or I
-would fall if someone struck us in a similar position. You fell, as
-I have described, and in a moment Giono was pulling up beside you,
-while his two comrades were galloping to join him. They were a fine
-mark, and we dropped them at our first volley."
-
-"You dropped them? How?"
-
-Dudley was amazed, for he had seen none of his friends.
-
-"We might have remained on our horses, señor. But then we knew that
-you could reach the rancho before the enemy, and even if you could
-not we could hardly help you, for you were within a mile before our
-lookout gave the alarm. There is a small hollow on our left, and
-there we placed our horses on their sides, and lay in wait for the
-Indians, guessing that you would pass near at hand. It was as well
-for the señor that we were there, for Giono would have committed
-murder."
-
-"Then I have to thank you for a good deal more than the water," said
-Dudley gratefully. "I thank you all from the bottom of my heart.
-But were you not saying something about moving?"
-
-"_Bueno_, señor! These demons are collecting away yonder, and our
-men say that there are three or four hundred. It would be as well to
-retire on the house shortly, for all are mounted, and could easily
-surround us. When the señor is himself again we will ride on."
-
-"I am ready now," came the answer. "First tell me how many gauchos
-there are here."
-
-"Forty, señor, and men have ridden off to tell the others to retire
-on the house."
-
-"One moment, Pietro! They have orders to go, and I see them
-mounting; they have not left yet."
-
-It was the tall gaucho who interposed, and at once Dudley took
-advantage of his information.
-
-"Send them here immediately," he commanded, and in a voice which the
-gauchos were fully accustomed to, for quite unconsciously this young
-Englishman had acquired an air of authority since Mr. Blunt had given
-him the management. "Now, I want to ask a question. What becomes of
-our master's cattle if we retire?"
-
-"They remain," came the unhesitating answer. "The Indians will
-probably attack us to-morrow, and if they are unsuccessful they will
-drive the cattle away. We shall call the gauchos from other ranches
-and shall follow, and no doubt we shall manage to capture many of the
-stolen beasts. There is never much fighting, señor, for the Indians
-move quickly, and give up all the cattle that lag. Our attention is
-thus engaged more with the beasts than with the enemy."
-
-"While in any case our master is a heavy loser."
-
-"That is so, señor," admitted Pietro ruefully; "but who can help it?"
-
-"We can," came the prompt answer. "We can try to, at any rate. More
-than that, I fancy we might even read these fellows a lesson which
-will last them for many a year to come. Send those messengers to me."
-
-Pietro and his comrades stared at Dudley as if they could not believe
-their ears. They had spent their lives on the pampas, and now and
-again it had happened that they or friends of theirs had been
-surrounded by the Indians, who were always hostile to the gauchos.
-Then they had had to fight, and the gauchos had plenty of pluck and
-determination, and knew how to make the most of a desperate
-situation. But their experience had also taught them that the
-Indians always raided in large numbers, which it would be foolish to
-oppose. These raids were very often, and in fact in nearly every
-case, sudden and unexpected, and retaliation was never very possible.
-Sometimes they had managed to round up some of the Indians as they
-drove the rancho cattle away, and then there had been slaughter. But
-as a general rule gauchos were pounced upon and killed barbarously,
-while those who escaped hung on the tail of the retreating Indians
-and did their best to recover some of the cattle, which were always
-the object of these raids. It was therefore somewhat startling to
-hear such a proposition.
-
-"As the señor cares to order," said Pietro readily. "But how? We
-are willing to fight if he will show us how."
-
-"Then listen to this. The beasts are six miles from this, at least
-they were early this morning when I rode out."
-
-"They are there now, señor. The gauchos surround them."
-
-"Then we will retire at once till we are well beyond the herd. There
-are three thousand of them, and the Indians will hardly dare to drive
-more. We will gallop away now, and by the time we reach our comrades
-it will be dusk."
-
-"That is true, señor," came the cautious admission. "It will be
-dusk, but not so dark that the Indians cannot follow and surround the
-cattle. Three thousand is as many as they dare attempt to drive."
-
-"Then tell me this, Pietro. Will they return towards their own
-country to-night, supposing they do not attack the house?"
-
-"Surely not, señor. It would be madness to attempt to control so
-many beasts in the darkness, they would stampede. They will camp for
-the night, and I myself believe that, now that Giono is killed, they
-will not attempt an attack on the farm. They will surround the
-cattle, just as we do, and those who are not on guard will build a
-fire, kill a beast, and gorge themselves with the meat. I know them
-well; they are gluttons to a man."
-
-"Then they will play into our hands. Listen to this. Send a
-messenger to each of our herds, and give them orders to call away all
-the gauchos who can be spared. They are to meet us five miles beyond
-the place for which we are now about to make. They are to ride
-silently, and are not to smoke or to attract the attention of the
-Indians. You follow me? Then let us ride."
-
-The buzzing noise in his head was forgotten. He no longer felt the
-crick in his neck which had troubled him so much a few minutes
-before. He was all keenness to be moving, to perfect his scheme, and
-to do something to save his employer. For Dudley had often
-considered these Indian raids, and time and again had asked why it
-was that resistance was not better organized, and why the gauchos and
-their leaders did not combine rapidly, having some prearranged
-signal, and fall upon the enemy before they had retired too far.
-That was the only time when a blow could be struck, for to follow the
-Indians into their own country was out of the question, unless a
-large force were taken, and then there would be the added
-difficulties of transport of ammunition and food, besides the chance
-of failing to find water, always a danger in this pampas country,
-where streams were not abundant. Here was an opportunity to strike a
-blow, for, thanks to the late arrival of the Indians, it was already
-getting dusk, and would be dark before they could reach the nearest
-herd of cattle.
-
-"You are sure that they will bivouac when they come up with the
-beasts?" he asked anxiously.
-
-"I am certain, señor. Indians do not love moving about at night in
-any case, and it is more than likely that they have ridden far
-to-day. Their raids are usually successful because they arrive when
-least expected. They ride fast from their own country in the hope of
-falling upon the settlements before news of their coming can be sent.
-If they meet a stray gaucho they ride him down and shoot him lest he
-should carry the alarm. That is why the señor was chased, and why
-Giono was so intent on killing him. Their beasts have had a big
-day's work, and they will rest them as soon as possible, knowing that
-they have a bigger day before them on the morrow."
-
-"Then we will mount and ride," said Dudley. "Pietro, take command of
-twenty of the gauchos, and stay here till the main body of the enemy
-appear, then retire before they can come within range. Let them
-think that you are terrified, and when once you get going, gallop
-back beyond the herd as fast as you can. By then it will be dark."
-
-"Surely it will, señor; the sun is sinking fast, and twilight is
-never long with us. We wait, and retire when the time comes. We
-shall find you and our comrades beyond?"
-
-"We shall be six miles or rather less on the far side of the herd.
-Be careful, and good luck to you and your friends."
-
-There was a calm businesslike air about the young gringo which
-impressed the gauchos, the air of modest self-assurance which had
-impressed them when this lad had joined them for the first time and
-had won his match against Giono. Already they had become accustomed
-to receiving orders from him, and, more than that, he had always been
-so tactful in giving them, was so friendly with them one and all, and
-so ready to accept advice from these honest and experienced men of
-the pampas, that there was not one who did not swear by him.
-
-"He is a youth, it is true, comrades," Pietro had said on one
-occasion when the new manager was under discussion, "he was a gringo
-only a little while ago, but, I ask, is there here a man who could
-draw on him and hope to be alive within a minute?"
-
-"There is not one," came the emphatic answer from a comrade. "And
-yet, I declare that that is wrong after all; for our young master, it
-is true, would have his muzzle at our heads before we could wink, but
-would not fire. He knows that we like him."
-
-There was a chorus of assent, and then and there all declared that
-the arrangement made by Mr. Blunt was excellent, and met with their
-approval. They thought a lot of the new manager. He was not
-conceited, not full of foolish airs and graces, and by no means soft.
-He didn't know everything, and was not ashamed to acknowledge his
-inexperience. But when it came to giving orders, he was the one, and
-already they understood that he would have no unnecessary
-interference. Mr. Blunt was away just at this time, and so it was
-natural that they should turn to Dudley.
-
-Pietro selected his men at once, and each one stood beside his horse,
-his gun over his shoulder, while the gaucho told them in his own
-tongue and in the plainest language what was expected of them.
-
-"This is not to be the usual raid, comrades," he said. "The Indians
-are not to have it all their own way as formerly, for our young
-master will attack them. We are to wait here till they come up in
-force, and then we are to retire in haste as if we feared them. Not
-a shot is to be fired. Watch me, and when I shout, turn your horses
-and gallop back past the herd. It will be getting dark by then, and
-as soon as we are out of sight we will draw in together and trot on
-to the meeting place."
-
-It was pretty to watch the way in which this party of gauchos swung
-themselves into their native saddles. Pietro gave the word, and in
-less than half a minute the men were in their seats, their toes home
-in the stirrups, and their weapons in their hands. And there they
-sat like statues, the fringes of their leggings blowing out on either
-side, their broad-brimmed hats pulled down well, so that they should
-not lose them, and a general air of expectancy on every face. For
-this was so different from their action on former occasions. No man
-likes to be hounded off his own land, and see the possessions of
-which he has had charge filched from beneath his very nose. Such a
-course of conduct is demoralizing. The thought that they were to
-make a struggle, not for their own lives so much as for their
-master's property, heartened these fine gauchos, and they cast many
-an admiring glance at their young commander. Dudley limped across
-the grass, for he was stiff and sore after such a tumble, and
-clambered into the saddle. He was to ride a spare horse, while his
-own fine beast was led, for it was still too exhausted for active
-work, and could hardly have supported a man's weight. Then he waved
-his arm, and at the signal the remainder of the gauchos fell in
-beside him and walked their horses back towards the spot where the
-herd was being guarded. Four miles beyond, a dozen galloping figures
-were seen dimly in the distance, and a little later these gauchos,
-besides some five or six more, had joined their force, increasing its
-numbers till they were quite respectable.
-
-"There is firing behind, señor," said Pepito, suddenly, for he was
-riding beside Dudley. "Listen again! There and there! The Indians
-are within range, perhaps, or they are driving our friends before
-them. It is too dark to see far. If it were early morning we could
-detect their figures."
-
-Dudley reined in his horse and sat upright, listening.
-
-"We will halt here for a while in case they are in difficulties,"
-said he promptly; "then we can all ride on together."
-
-A quarter of an hour passed before a group of horsemen was seen
-approaching through the dusk. It was Pietro and his party, and there
-was a broad grin of satisfaction on every face. The two parties fell
-in together and trotted on over the swelling pampas till they had
-passed the herd for which the Indians were making and had gone four
-miles beyond.
-
-"We had fun, señor," said Pietro, as he wiped the perspiration from
-his face with his horny fingers and lifted his hat to cool his head.
-"They came towards us in one big mass, with a few scouts out on their
-flanks. There were between three and four hundred, perhaps, and by
-the manner in which they rode it was clear that they imagined that
-there was nothing to fear. They sent a hundred towards us, and long
-before these men were in range they began to fire their weapons. We
-waited till the bullets dropped pretty close, and then we bolted as
-if we were scared for our lives. Is that as the señor wished?"
-
-"You have done splendidly, Pietro, and must have increased their
-assurance. They will perhaps be less careful to-night."
-
-"They will set a good watch on the cattle, of that the señor may be
-sure," was Pietro's answer; "but the main body will camp, and do as I
-said before. Meat is not too plentiful with these savages, and when
-they are encamped so close to a herd which belongs to someone else,
-and when a dozen more or less of the beasts make no difference, they
-will slaughter enough to satisfy the hunger of a thousand men and
-will gorge themselves. They do not fear attack. Why should they,
-when there are such numbers of them?"
-
-"That is just the little point which is going to help us, Pietro,"
-smiled Dudley. "It is the general who despises his adversaries and
-who fails to set a careful watch who is caught napping on occasion.
-It happens that a spiritless enemy take a sudden and unaccountable
-change. Something gives them pluck, though that is never wanting
-with the gauchos, or someone suggests another course of action which
-seems worth trying; then your careless and cocksure general has a
-fall--he and his men get a hiding."
-
-Pietro laughed heartily, and a number of the men near at hand joined
-in. For all could understand English, and speak a little, while
-Pietro, Pepito, and a few others could converse fluently. They
-gathered the meaning of their young leader instantly, and liked the
-plain way in which he put this last matter.
-
-"The señor is right, as he has been before," laughed Pietro. "If he
-had not been here we should have had no warning, some of our number
-would have been killed, and then we should have galloped for the
-house, leaving the cattle to themselves. Now we see that there is
-another course. The señor can rely on us, for we would do much to
-break up these enemies, and check them thoroughly. Does the señor
-know what happens should a gaucho be captured?"
-
-"Something unpleasant, I imagine," smiled Dudley.
-
-"I will not say. But it is bad. They are brutes, and treat
-prisoners with frightful cruelty. But we are four miles from the
-herd. What shall we do next?"
-
-"Eat and smoke, if you can get into some little hollow," was the
-prompt answer. "When are these fellows asleep?"
-
-"By midnight they will be gorged and drowsy. By two in the morning
-they will be almost helpless. Their sense of hearing will be dulled,
-and for the most part they will be fast asleep."
-
-"And the dawn breaks at about four-thirty. Good!" exclaimed Dudley.
-"Well, what about the meal?"
-
-"The señor thinks of the comfort of his men always. There is a dip
-in the pampas beyond the next rise; there we can light fires and eat
-and rest."
-
-The wide sweeping pampas ran on in a long succession of rolls, which
-were hardly distinguishable to those riding over them. But they were
-there for all that, and often enough a party of horsemen situated in
-one depression would be out of sight of a second in a depression
-running parallel. Dudley and his men took advantage of this fact,
-and very soon had hobbled their horses, had slipped the bits behind
-the chins, so that the animals might graze, and had gathered bundles
-of thistles. These were set fire to beneath an awning of blankets,
-for otherwise the glare might have been seen in the sky. Cuts of
-juicy meat were skewered on sticks or on ramrods, and very soon there
-was a fizzle about the flames, and an odor which made a hungry man
-sniff and grow fidgety. Pipes were taken from saddle bags, filled
-with rank weed which would try the stomach even of an army recruit,
-and carefully lit at the embers.
-
-It was a peaceful and very contented body of men who sat about that
-shrouded fire and discussed their evening meal, a party of good
-fellows who were strangely elated, and who cast glances of the utmost
-confidence at their white leader. The hours flew by, and as midnight
-came, many of the gauchos had already fallen asleep.
-
-"We will let them rest till all is ready," said Dudley in a whisper.
-"Now, Pietro, I am going over there to the cattle to see what the
-Indians are doing. If things are fairly quiet we will make a
-movement. Send Pepito with me, and bring along the main party in
-half an hour's time, taking care to halt them a good mile from the
-enemy."
-
-The gaucho's mouth opened wide with astonishment. He stared at the
-set face before him, half-lit by the flare from the fire, and then
-altered his mind. He was about to argue, to remonstrate, and as
-quickly decided that words were not wanted.
-
-"The señor is pleased to order," he said. "We shall obey. In an
-hour from now we shall be a mile from the enemy."
-
-"Good. Then I shall meet you there and give further instructions.
-Recollect, silence must be kept. No pipes are to be smoked, and,
-above all, men must be careful of their weapons. Good-by!"
-
-Pepito was beside them now, and at a word from Dudley he strode by
-his side out of the camp and away in the direction of the Indians.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER IX
-
-FIGHTING THE ENEMY
-
-It was a clear, starlight night when Dudley and Pepito stole out from
-the little camp in which the gauchos lay, and sought for their
-horses. They found them sleeping some few yards from the ring of
-men, and soon had tightened girths and adjusted the bits. Then they
-swung themselves into their saddles and rode away over the pampas,
-making not a sound as they went.
-
-"How far will the señor ride?" asked Pepito, when they had trotted
-forward for a couple of miles. "I do not fear that the Indians will
-hear us at this distance, but we must not forget that if the greater
-number are eating or sleeping, there are still men guarding the
-cattle; for they know as well as we that without men to watch them
-the beasts would stray. They will keep them together, and make away
-early in the morning."
-
-"That is if we do not interfere before, and send them galloping about
-their business," laughed Dudley. "I judge that we should be able to
-see their fires long before we come up with them. In fact, I fancy I
-can distinguish a glare in the sky already."
-
-"It is there, señor. When we top the next roll we shall see the
-glare of their fires. They make no secret of their presence. Why
-should they, indeed, when there are so many of them?"
-
-A little later a low cry burst from Dudley, and he pulled in his
-horse, for his eye had suddenly detected a fire. A few paces farther
-on he was able to sight as many as twenty, some flaring high, and
-some dull and smouldering. A few were showing merely an occasional
-flash of light.
-
-"They are surrounded by natives, and we can tell from that that they
-are not all asleep," said Pepito. "They have camped within thirty
-yards of the cattle, and no doubt have been busy."
-
-"Well, we cannot make sure of that from here," answered Dudley. "We
-will leave our horses hobbled and push on on foot. When we are close
-enough to see them distinctly we will lie down and watch for a time,
-and get some idea of their position, and make up our minds from which
-direction to attack them. There are the cattle to be reckoned with,
-and their horses."
-
-They slipped silently out of their saddles, and very soon had hobbled
-the horses.
-
-"They will stand where they are," said Pepito with conviction. "They
-have had a good day's work, and were sleepy and tired when we took
-them out. I expect they were not very pleased, and will be glad to
-fall asleep again. Pietro and his men will find them here and will
-keep them for us."
-
-They left the horses attached to one another by means of the reins,
-and almost before they themselves had moved away the poor beasts were
-asleep. Their heads hung down, and neither of them made the
-slightest movement. Dudley and his companion took the precaution of
-discarding their spurs, which they slung to their saddles. Then they
-stepped out for the distant fires, and after a little while found
-themselves within easy distance of them, and within sound of the
-Indian camp. It was time, in fact, to use the utmost caution, and at
-once they threw themselves on their faces and crawled forward, Dudley
-in advance, and Pepito close beside him. In this way it was some
-little time before they had arrived within pistol shot of the enemy.
-They found the three or four hundred of which the party consisted
-camped close together in one big circle, in the centre of which were
-their horses. All round the circle were fires, some of them already
-cold, while others were fast dying out. A few still flared brightly,
-and round these sat numbers of dusky figures swathed in coarse
-blankets. Some were smoking and chatting in low tones, while the
-majority were fast asleep, having eaten till they could eat no more.
-Pietro, indeed, knew the Indian customs to a nicety. They had a
-great fondness for meat, a commodity which was often very scarce with
-them; and hence they went to much fatigue to obtain fresh supplies,
-raiding the various ranches, and too often making a fine haul.
-
-"They are pleased with the herd I should say, señor," whispered
-Pepito. "They have not stinted themselves, if one can guess from the
-carcasses. At least thirty beasts have been slain, and the meat is
-all lying about the camp."
-
-"I see," Dudley answered, for he had caught sight of more than one of
-the carcasses. "Have they any guards out round the camp. I have
-been watching carefully, but have not been able to detect them."
-
-"None on this side, señor. I cannot say what they have over yonder
-till I have been to see. But I think that there will be none. What
-have four hundred to fear from a bare forty or fifty?"
-
-"As a general rule, nothing. But we must make quite sure of those
-sentries. If there are none, all the better. I will crawl round
-their camp to the left, while you make in the opposite direction. We
-shall come together over there and can compare notes. Then we shall
-have to see what arrangements they have made to guard the cattle."
-
-They exchanged hand-grips, and moved away from each other promptly,
-crawling through the grass like a couple of snakes. It was a
-dangerous business upon which they were engaged, and Dudley felt more
-than a little excited. He knew very well that if he or Pepito were
-discovered, his end would be swift and cruel. And he was equally
-well aware of the fact that each one of the enemy was a savage, used
-to work out in the open, and possessed of wonderful acuteness and of
-the keenest hearing and vision. Supposing an Indian happened to see
-him as he crawled!
-
-"It would be all up," he thought, with something approaching a
-shiver. "But I'm not going to cry out till I'm hurt, and as Mr.
-Blunt has made me under-manager of the rancho, I am not going to have
-a lot of robbers like these fellows make into the place and sweep it
-clean of cattle. Not if I know it."
-
-He gave a little grim chuckle, and crawled on, keeping his eyes well
-about him. From the line he took he was able to look into the Indian
-camp and see everything plainly, for, while he was shrouded in
-darkness, the enemy's camp was partially illuminated by the fires
-which still flared. He grew a little bolder, and approached nearer
-still, till he could tell for certain that the greater number of the
-men were fast asleep, doubled up beside the embers and swathed in
-their blankets. Some sat up, covered from head to foot in the same
-warm cloaking, and swaying at times somewhat dangerously. Thirty or
-more were awake, and sat huddled close to the fire, smoking quietly,
-and talking in low and drowsy tones.
-
-"Ready for bed!" he thought. "Well, there are no sentries over here,
-so I'll push on. There are a couple of the ruffians round that fire
-yonder."
-
-He crawled along beside the camp till he was opposite the fire which
-had attracted his attention, and there he lay hidden in the grass for
-a little while, watching two of the Indians eating voraciously.
-
-"Come off cattle guard, I expect," said Dudley, "and now making the
-most of the provisions stolen from my master. That's another man."
-
-He heard a step somewhere behind him, and instantly crouched still
-lower in the grass, and pressed his body close to the ground. The
-step came nearer, and he heard some metal instrument jingle. Then,
-not ten paces from him, a figure came dimly into view. It was an
-Indian, who was armed with a gun which swung from his shoulder, and
-carried in his hand the bit and the reins which he had just taken
-from his horse. It was a buckle on these reins which Dudley had
-heard tinkling, and presently he saw the animal from which they had
-been taken following his master like a dog. The Indian whistled and
-stepped on at a faster pace, for he had suddenly obtained a full view
-of his two companions. Then he waited for the horse to come level
-with him, took it by the mane, and led it to the centre of the camp,
-going himself immediately to the fire side.
-
-"Where, no doubt, he will have his share of the food," thought
-Dudley. "It was lucky for me that he did not come a yard or so
-nearer this way, or he would have seen me for certain. Hallo!"
-
-"Señor!"
-
-"Here!" whispered Dudley. They came close together and lay down with
-their heads touching.
-
-"All asleep on the far side, señor," Pepito reported. "Not a sentry
-or guard of any sort. They have been eating their fill."
-
-"On this side all is clear also, Pepito. Now we will see what they
-have done with the cattle. Go to the right again, while I make to
-the left. We will meet on the far side, and then we will return to
-our comrades."
-
-It was not a time for talking, for even a whisper might be heard.
-They crept away together for some few yards, and then rose to their
-hands and knees, and separated at once. Ten minutes later they met
-on the opposite side of the herd, and compared notes.
-
-"I passed fourteen of their guards, all mounted, señor," said Pepito.
-"They had guns slung to their shoulders, and had whips in their
-hands. The cattle were asleep and perfectly quiet."
-
-"I saw ten men, mounted like yours," reported Dudley. "The herd
-seemed to be as quiet as are those fellows in the camp. Let us get
-back to Pietro and the men as soon as possible."
-
-It took some little while for them to make their way back to the
-horses which they had left away on the pampas, for a flat grass plain
-gives little idea of direction, and a dark but fine night does not
-help a man out of the difficulty if he happen to have spent all his
-days in one of our British towns. But Pepito could read the heavens
-as easily as Dudley could absorb a book, and he quickly decided where
-the horses lay. They strode on for a long while in silence, and then
-the gaucho gave an exclamation of satisfaction.
-
-"As I thought," he said. "Pietro and the boys are there, and have
-taken charge of our beasts. We shall soon be with them."
-
-He gave a low whistle when they arrived within a shorter distance of
-the dark group which suddenly appeared, dull and ill-defined, against
-the starlit sky, and at once the signal was answered. Pietro rode
-forward, leading their two horses.
-
-"What news?" he asked. "The men here are full of excitement, and are
-eager to attack. How do the enemy lie?"
-
-Dudley explained the situation in a few short sentences, while the
-gauchos gathered round and drank in his words.
-
-"Everything seems to be in favor of this attack, señor," said Pietro
-at length. "There remains now only the necessary orders. We are
-here to obey, as I have already intimated. We wait for the señor's
-commands. He has seen this Indian camp, he knows how the enemy is
-placed, and no doubt he has already made his plans."
-
-"I have," came the short answer, "and I want all to listen. The
-enemy are to the right of the cattle from where we lie now, and that
-is, of course, the position in which we shall attack them. I think
-you will all agree with me that when this attack is made it must be
-fierce and sudden, and must be carried through."
-
-There was a grunt of approval from the listening gauchos, who edged a
-little closer.
-
-"That is agreed. We have to press this attack home. Now, I think
-there are about fifty of us."
-
-"Forty-eight, señor," came the swift correction from Pietro.
-
-"There are forty-eight, and I am going to divide that number into
-three little parties for reasons you will soon understand. The duty
-assigned to thirty of the men will be hazardous. It will require
-dash and daring, and a heap of what we British call 'go.' I wish to
-ask for volunteers from amongst you for that party. Those who are
-willing to act, please ride forward a pace or so."
-
-There was silence for the space of a few seconds, while the men drank
-in his words, and ninety-four shining and eager eyes stared at the
-white youth in the centre. Then there was a sudden movement and
-bustle, spurs tickled the flanks of the horses, and to a man the
-gauchos pressed forward, disputing the right of way with one another.
-Dudley grinned, an excited sort of grin.
-
-"I see," he laughed, "all are volunteers. Then we must settle the
-matter quickly. The twenty-nine men to the right will ride away five
-feet from their fellows. Now, please. Don't hesitate."
-
-There was a ring of authority in his voice, and at once the men
-trailed away, while the gauchos left behind scowled at their
-fortunate comrades.
-
-"Now, the next ten ride forward a little. That is good. We are left
-with seven, and now I can give you all orders. The big party of
-twenty-nine will follow me into the Indian camp from this end, and
-will gallop through it, using their revolvers. They will not enter,
-however, till the party of ten have taken up their position and fired
-twice into the camp. That party will start from here at once. They
-will ride to the right, and when they are beyond the camp will steal
-up to it till well within range. When I fire a shot, they will open
-with their rifles, and remember, two shots only, please. Once we
-have charged through, they will also dash at them and cut right
-across the path we have taken, doing their best to scatter the
-horses, and when they are clear, they will turn to the right and join
-us. We will then all have another turn at them. Pepito is to
-command. Take your men, my lad."
-
-He sat his horse in silence while the astonished gaucho jogged up to
-his own particular band, placed himself at their head, and went off
-with his following at a swinging trot.
-
-"The remaining seven ride with us till we are nearly in position.
-They wait for us to charge, and then attack the cattle guards, and do
-their best to shoot down any Indian who attempts to break away.
-Remember, boys, we want to make this a lesson, and the sterner it is
-the better for all of you and for your master."
-
-The good fellows would have cheered him had not silence been
-absolutely necessary. They were bold and courageous, as Dudley had
-already learned, but they had little initiative, and were content as
-a rule to act on the defensive. This attack was an entirely new
-idea, and the novelty and daring of it took their breath away. Then
-there was this plan.
-
-"Whoever heard the like?" exclaimed Pietro, his mouth wide open.
-"Who could have thought of splitting us up into three parties? At
-the first it seemed madness, for surely we are stronger when fighting
-shoulder to shoulder. But this youth has thought the thing out, and
-I follow his reasoning. When we attack from different quarters we
-seem to be of bigger proportions than we really are. _Bueno_! I
-hope we shall beat these ruffians. If not, it will have been a fine
-fight, and we shall have enjoyed it. Boys, see that your shooters
-are loaded."
-
-All were armed with revolvers, for these men earned good wages, and
-could afford the best of weapons. They sat their horses in silence
-now, staring after Pepito's party, and then at Dudley, who chatted
-with Pietro. The fine fellows were beginning to fret at the
-inaction. They fidgeted in their saddles, and reined their horses
-back sharply whenever the beasts attempted to move. But Dudley sat
-motionless, his watch in his hand, and the tip of one finger on the
-dial.
-
-"I am giving them five minutes," he said. "When that time has gone,
-we will walk forward."
-
-Snap! He closed his watch with a sharp click, and replaced it in his
-pocket.
-
-"March!" he said shortly, and at once they were off, the men leaning
-forward expectantly, and all longing for the moment for attack to
-arrive. Ah! They mounted to the top of the long roll of the pampas,
-and there were the fires, duller now it seemed, and twinkling in the
-distance. They pressed on again, and very soon were within striking
-distance. Dudley pulled in his horse and rode round to the flank of
-the men.
-
-"Party of seven move away now under Pietro," he said in low tones.
-"Halt till we shout, once you have gained your position. Now, boys,
-we will steal forward."
-
-He placed himself at the head of the attacking party, and together
-they walked their horses still closer to the enemy's camp. Not a
-sound came from it at present, though from the herd of cattle a
-little to the right there came the gentle lowing of beasts and the
-occasional crack of a whip.
-
-"They hear us, señor," whispered one of the gauchos. "The cattle
-hear sounds which we could not detect. They can tell that horses and
-men are about, and it makes them restless. The alarm will be sounded
-very soon if you do not fire your pistol. There!"
-
-It came as he spoke. One of the figures huddled near one of the
-fires rose to his feet, for the lowing among the cattle had made him
-suspicious. He was a light sleeper, and it happened that he was
-suffering from an injury to his hand, which kept him awake. He
-peered about him, looked again at the dull patch of black where the
-gauchos rode, and then startled the air with his shouts.
-
-"Awake! Rise!" he bellowed. "There are enemies close to us. The
-gauchos have returned. Get up and fire at them. We will kill every
-man who waits till we are mounted."
-
-He dashed towards the horses, shouting as he ran. And at once some
-twenty figures followed him, for these Indians, from their long
-training to danger, were ever alert and quick to defend themselves.
-But numbers had eaten not only enough, but a good deal more than
-sufficient, and were correspondingly drowsy. Dudley's pistol shook
-the air before they had quite gripped the fact that there was an
-alarm, and they were just throwing off their blankets and rising to
-their feet when Pepito's party sent a withering volley into their
-midst.
-
-At once there were howls of anguish and shouts of astonishment. The
-sluggards awakened with a vengeance, and dashed madly towards their
-horses, while the herd of cattle close alongside sent out many a
-bellow and began to sway from side to side.
-
-Crash! The second volley ripped through the camp, and hardly had the
-Indians replied to it with yells of rage and fear when Dudley shouted
-to his men. They were spread in a line across the end of the camp,
-the gauchos being close together. They watched their leader as well
-as the light and so many counter attractions would admit, and as he
-set his horse in motion they came close on his heels. They were
-galloping now, and their leader was waving them on. He gave a yell,
-and at once the chorus took it up. The gauchos shrieked as loud as
-any Indian, touched their horses with the spur, and in a moment the
-little band was plunging through the camp. Fleeing Indians went down
-under their heels, guns exploded in their faces, and of a sudden the
-dark mass of swaying horses blocked their path. Dudley's revolver
-snapped sharply, while the men behind poured a hail into the men
-attempting to mount. Then the confusion became indescribable, for
-the horses belonging to the Indians became maddened with fear. They
-dashed this way and that, colliding with one another and overthrowing
-the men who attempted to mount. A second later a number of them
-bolted, while Dudley and his party dashed through after them, shot
-down some of the enemy, rode others into the grass, and then
-disappeared in the darkness. They were through. The men pulled in
-their horses and faced about, each one proud of the achievement, and
-making ready for the next attempt by cramming cartridges into his
-weapon.
-
-[Illustration: ""DUDLEY'S REVOLVER SNAPPED SHARPLY""]
-
-"Charge!" Amidst all the babel, the frightened whinny of horses, the
-hammering of hoofs, and the shrieks of the startled Indians, Pepito's
-voice came clear to his comrades. They heard the report of his
-revolver, and then the confusion in the camp became even worse. For
-the gauchos placed under the young man's command were not going to
-allow themselves to be beaten by their comrades. The light from the
-fires had allowed them to see how the charge of Dudley's men had
-succeeded, and they raced after their leader with the firm
-determination to gallop through the enemy and come clear on the far
-side. Very gallantly, too, did they carry out that determination.
-They burst like a small wave on the savages, dashed them aside, and
-then rode on, emptying their weapons as they rode. A few minutes
-later they joined the larger party, dishevelled after their
-exertions, and grinning with excitement.
-
-"Listen to our other friends!" said Pepito, suddenly jogging up to
-Dudley's side as he was about to give the order for the charge to be
-repeated. "Listen, señor. The seven are firing, and I think they
-are calling to us. There is a great disturbance over there."
-
-They sat for a few seconds wondering what was happening, for the
-noise from the camp, which was now as intense as before, and which
-had spread on either side, was suddenly taken up on the far side of
-the herd of cattle. The gauchos were shouting, calling to their
-comrades, it seemed, while the bellowing from the cattle was almost
-deafening. Then a flying figure came from behind them, and one of
-the gauchos dashed up to Dudley.
-
-"Lead the men this way, señor," he shouted eagerly. "The herd is
-moving. It is out of hand. The leaders are already running through
-the camp. Ride for your lives!"
-
-He swung his beast round and made off, leaving Dudley wondering. But
-he had seen cattle stampede before, and knew well that fifty horsemen
-would not stop their frantic rush. It was news to hear that the herd
-was in motion, but if true he must needs take notice of the warning.
-Turning, he gave an order, and led his men at a gallop well to the
-right.
-
-"It was well that you came at once, señor," said Pietro, riding up to
-him when the party had come to a halt. "We attacked the guards who
-looked to the cattle, and no doubt some of our shots hit the beasts.
-They were already excited and suspicious, and suddenly they were off.
-There was no stopping them, nor any need to do so, for they made
-direct for the Indian camp, and at least half are galloping across it
-now. The only danger was lest you and our comrades should be caught.
-I sent a messenger."
-
-"Who found us, Pietro. But what shall we do now? These cattle have
-upset my arrangements."
-
-"They have changed a great defeat into a huge disaster, señor,"
-answered the gaucho seriously. "I told you that there were four
-hundred of the Indians, and they knew that there were not more than
-fifty of us, and also that we could not fetch reinforcements before
-to-morrow. You took them utterly by surprise, and no doubt cut them
-up badly when you galloped through; but they would have rallied.
-They were forced to do so, for their horses had stampeded as these
-cattle are doing. I say that they would have recovered from the
-fright, and then our work would have been before us. But now----"
-
-"The cattle have removed that danger."
-
-"The herd has stamped the Indian camp out of existence. Many men are
-being killed as we talk. It is a disaster for them; for us it is a
-magnificent victory the news of which will spread three hundred and
-more miles on all sides, and will fill the settlers with delight and
-courage. The Indians will be long before they recover their courage.
-I know that I am speaking the truth, my master. The morning will
-show you that these men are gone. Some will be mounted, and every
-horse will carry two, or even three; but the camp will tell its tale.
-The señor has but to listen to the shouting."
-
-Above the bellows of the stampeding oxen came the shrieks of men in
-distress, while in all directions the Indians could be heard calling
-to one another.
-
-"We could read them an even more severe lesson," said Dudley. "If,
-as you say, they have lost many of their horses, we could catch them
-up with ease and harry every foot of their retirement. Indeed I
-think it would be as well to follow and let them see how completely
-we command the situation. Perhaps it would do good in the future if
-we captured some, and explained that such an attempt again would meet
-with even worse punishment."
-
-"I advise that we rest satisfied," was Pietro's answer, after some
-moments' consideration. "It is true that we might easily cut them up
-again; but then they might be able to offer some resistance and kill
-some of our number. Better let them see us drawn up together and
-watching their flight than interfere further. Besides, we have the
-cattle to think about. They must be collected. You may depend upon
-it that not one of the Indians here to-day will wish to pay us
-another visit unless helped by large numbers of comrades. They may
-raid other ranchos when they have got over their fright, but they
-will hardly come back here, señor, unless they are helped as I have
-said, and are burning for revenge."
-
-Dudley and his men slipped from their horses when there was no longer
-any fear of the cattle turning their way, and they squatted on the
-pampas, and discussed the recent engagement. The gauchos were filled
-to the brim with excitement and pride. They had never been in such a
-fight before, and the memory of their charge made their pulses stir
-still, and brought a flush to their dusky cheeks. Then they
-reflected that this Indian defeat would be the talk of the province,
-and their conduct would be praised by one and all. It was worth the
-risk they had run, and if their young leader had asked them to try
-again, they would have fallen in with his request willingly.
-
-When day dawned, and the rolling pampas was disclosed to view, the
-sweeping nature of the defeat from which the enemy had suffered
-became more apparent. Fortune had backed up the dash of the gauchos,
-and the stampeding cattle had completed the work commenced by Dudley
-and his men. The camp, with its numerous fires, was trodden and
-stamped out of existence. There was a dull trail of bruised and
-crushed grass running right over it and overlapping it far on either
-side, a trail which went on into the distance, where the scattered
-herd could now be seen, grazing peacefully. And along the length of
-that dark line were numbers of huddled figures, the Indians who had
-fallen, some to the bullets of the gauchos, some ridden down by their
-horses, but the greater number overwhelmed by the mad rush of the
-herd. Five miles away a sad gang of fugitives were riding fast from
-the rancho, and as Pietro had said, the Indians had but few horses
-amongst them.
-
-"Mount!" shouted Dudley. "Now we will follow those fellows, and just
-let them see that we are still fresh and ready. But we will not
-touch them unless they attempt to retaliate. I want them to see us
-and learn the numbers of those who attacked them."
-
-They galloped after the fleeing Indians, and very soon were within
-three hundred yards of the unfortunate wretches. There they pulled
-rein and watched as the disconsolate warriors made off. Some were on
-foot, and limped along at the tails of the horses, while numbers sat
-huddled on the beasts which they had managed to capture during the
-conflict. Some of the horses staggered under the weight of three
-men, while there was not one that did not carry at least two.
-
-"They would surrender to a man if we were to follow," said Dudley,
-noticing the frantic efforts made by the Indians to increase their
-distance, and their appearance of fatigue. "Give them a shout, lads.
-Now," he went on, when the gauchos had sent the enemy on their way
-with a shout of defiance, "we will see to the cattle, and then report
-to Mr. Blunt. He went down to the port the day before yesterday,
-promising to be back this evening."
-
-When Dudley reached the house at dusk he found his employer waiting
-for him, and he promptly made him acquainted with the events of the
-past few hours.
-
-"It is a fine tale, and makes my blood warm towards these gallant
-gauchos," said Mr. Blunt when he had finished. "They have done
-magnificently, and you too, Dudley. Yes, I have no doubt who led
-them. Answer me. Was the plan not yours?"
-
-Dudley admitted the fact with heightened color.
-
-"I said as much. Then my neighbors and I have to thank you for a
-very fine victory, which will bring peace and security perhaps for
-many a long day. But we must not be over sanguine. The man who
-believes that he has shaken the courage of a treacherous foe such as
-these Indians, and does not count on their spirit of revenge, lays
-himself open to an unexpected attack and to annihilation. We must
-not forget that we are a buffer rancho as it were. That we lie
-between the Indians and our fellow ranchers, and that we must nearly
-always bear the brunt of the attack."
-
-"Then why not organize, sir?" demanded Dudley. "As far as I can
-gather, each grazier out on the pampas looks to himself for
-protection. Too often they are content to lose beasts, taking such
-losses as a matter of course. Now if you and the others were to
-organize. If you had some signal which would draw the attention of
-all, some system of messengers, then you would be able to laugh at
-the Indians. Why not also build forts close to each corral?"
-
-Mr. Blunt looked up sharply. He was a man not altogether lacking in
-original ideas, but was often content to take things as he found
-them. He had put up with Indian raids in the past as a matter of
-course, as an evil to which all ranchers were liable. He was always
-ready to go to the help of others, and, indeed, would not have
-hesitated to call in the succor of his friends. But then he owned an
-outlying estancia, peculiarly open to attack, and there had never
-been time to call in help. Dudley's late effort was the most
-brilliant performance of which he had heard. And now the lad
-proposed an alliance with others, and the building of forts.
-
-"What else?" demanded Mr. Blunt.
-
-"I should arrange to muster two or three hundred men at the first
-sign of an Indian invasion, and then I should not be content to beat
-them off; I should follow them into their own country."
-
-"And then?"
-
-"I should wipe them out. I should follow them a hundred miles, and
-even more, burn their villages, sweep in their cattle, and, in short,
-teach them such a lesson as they would hardly ever forget."
-
-It was a bold suggestion, but none the less a sensible one. It was
-high time the ranchers on the pampas put a summary end to such
-persecution from the Indians. Their raids sometimes meant a very
-considerable loss of cattle, and very often many men were killed. It
-was high time indeed that a bolder policy was decided on.
-
-"Done!" cried Mr. Blunt, bringing one of his brawny fists down on to
-the table. "We will do it, Dudley, and you shall organize the
-movement. We will go fully into the matter to-morrow, and on the
-following day will ride for Buenos Ayres, there to order the fittings
-for our forts. When they arrive, and the men are set to work, you
-shall ride round and see all the estancia owners within a hundred
-miles."
-
-It was a bargain. The two friends--for that they were, though one
-was master and the other employé--gripped hands, and, having thus
-shown their faith in each other, went off to their couches to sleep
-and to prepare for the morrow.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER X
-
-AN IMPORTANT DISCUSSION
-
-"For the first time for many a long day I suffered from
-sleeplessness," said Mr. Blunt on the following morning, when he and
-Dudley met. "This idea of yours filled my mind so that my eyes would
-not close. I kept asking myself over and over again why I had been
-content to go on, year in and year out, suffering these Indian raids,
-when I might have made arrangements to call my friends after the very
-first raid and follow the ruffians. Then I thought of the poor
-gauchos who had been killed, and finally I came to the conclusion
-that I would not let another day pass without taking steps to carry
-out your plan. Now, lad, we will send for Pietro and give him his
-orders. Then we will mount and ride for the port. Fortunately I
-have business to attend to in Buenos Ayres, and shall be able to see
-to it and to this other matter at the same time."
-
-According to their usual custom they went to the stables, led out
-their horses and watered them, afterwards feeding and grooming them.
-And while the beasts ate in peace, the two sat down to their own
-breakfast. By the time the grooming was done, Pietro was there,
-standing awkwardly before his employer, shuffling from one foot to
-the other, and grinning so that his strong white teeth shone in the
-morning sun.
-
-"A fine day, master," he said in his quaint English. "A grand day.
-The hearts of the men are gay this morning. The master has heard the
-whole tale?"
-
-"Heard the tale, and thanks his faithful and gallant gauchos,"
-exclaimed Mr. Blunt, striding up to the swarthy foreman and gripping
-his hand. "My young manager has told me how well you all behaved,
-and I can assure you that I am highly pleased. Never before have the
-Indians had such a lesson. I am proud of my gauchos."
-
-"And they of their master and his manager," came the answer, as
-Pietro shuffled his feet and flushed under his dusky skin, while he
-struck at the doorposts with the tail of his riding whip. For the
-tall owner of the rancho had a peculiar effect on his gauchos. They
-held him in great respect, always listened to what he had to say and
-straightway obeyed. It was seldom that they exchanged words with him.
-
-"You sent for me, master," said Pietro at length; "what do you
-desire?"
-
-"That you should conduct the work of the rancho while we are absent.
-Listen, Pietro! My young manager, the gringo who so lately joined us
-and showed an old hand how to shoot, has done a great deal for us."
-
-"That is true, master," eagerly assented Pietro. "Did he not lead us
-yesterday? Is not our success due to him?"
-
-"To him and to those who supported him," was the answer. "But he has
-done more. He has asked me why it is that I as well as other owners
-of estancias on the pampas are content to put up with Indian raids,
-to suffer the loss of cattle and men."
-
-The gaucho's dark eyebrows were elevated, while he flicked with his
-whip at the doorpost.
-
-"It is not a question of why, master," he said. "Up till yesterday
-we have followed one plan, and one only. The señor gave us another,
-and well it worked. But I fear we shall have to go on as before.
-Who can say when these Indians will come again? I think it may be a
-year or more, for they have been soundly beaten. But they are fierce
-fighters, and they must hate us very sorely. If they think that
-there is a chance of success they will raid us again, and then it
-will not be cattle alone for which they will come."
-
-"I agree. They will endeavor to wipe us all out, so as to satisfy
-their thirst for revenge."
-
-"That is so, master. They will kill every man here, and torture as
-many as possible."
-
-"Then tell, me, Pietro, do you and your comrades wish to be tortured,
-to be suddenly set upon and killed by the Indians?"
-
-The gaucho started and flushed again, while a puzzled expression came
-over his face.
-
-"Surely not, master," he said quickly. "But there is always the
-danger, and how can we avoid it?"
-
-"Come into the house and I will tell you," answered Mr. Blunt shortly.
-
-Turning, they went into the one big room and sat down at the table,
-on which the tall Englishman spread out a plan of the Entre Rios
-country, which showed the estancia stretched out on the pampas.
-
-"We are here," he said, putting his finger on a wide stretch marked
-"Mr. Blunt's estancia." "You see we are close to the Indian country,
-which extends beyond us into the interior. The Indians have for many
-years now been moving closer to the ranchos, for they are then within
-reach of the beasts they steal, and still so much in the wilds that
-the gauchos and their masters do not care to follow. But we shall do
-that. The señor here has proposed that we build forts close to each
-corral. Into those forts our men can dash when the Indians appear,
-and if they have time to drive the beasts into the corral, all the
-better, for then their rifles will be able to keep the enemy from
-touching them. You know that Indians like to fall upon their victims
-when they are least expected, and do not care to attack houses and
-forts."
-
-"That is true, señor. They are cowards at heart, I think. Cruel and
-fierce when all is in their favor, but wanting in dash at other
-times. They would not easily take a fort. This plan promises well,
-for it will save the lives of men and many valuable beasts."
-
-"It might do even more," suddenly interposed Dudley. "A flare might
-be arranged at the top of each fort, and fire be put to it the
-instant the Indians appeared. The smoke would be seen during the
-day, and the flame at night. That would spread the alarm, so that
-the gauchos all over the estancia would know within a few minutes of
-the Indians' coming."
-
-"And at once ride here," cried Mr. Blunt. "That is a good suggestion
-and shall be adopted. Now, Pietro, what have you to say to all this?"
-
-"What can I say, señor, but that the scheme promises well? I can see
-that a fort close to each corral will allow the gauchos to reach
-safety before the Indians come; for if a tower be built, a watchman
-can be stationed there and give early warning. Then there is a flare
-to warn all the rest, and while they assemble, the fort and the
-beasts in the corral will occupy the attention of the Indians. They
-will find us ready, and their rush will fail. There will be
-fighting, and they will retire at once, unless they are in great
-strength, when the señors will send for help and drive them away."
-
-"We shall do more," said Mr. Blunt briskly. "The young señor
-proposes that we call in our neighbors, and that we follow a hundred
-and more miles if necessary, till we come up with the raiders, and
-destroy them and their villages. What do you think of that plan?"
-
-The sturdy gaucho opened his eyes very wide at the news, for never
-before had such a suggestion been made. Indeed, as the reader will
-have already gathered, the owners of the ranchos and their gauchos
-had hitherto been satisfied if all their beasts were not taken.
-Retaliation was as a rule out of the question, while the Indian
-country was practically unexplored, and was supposed to be wild and
-waterless, and to offer great danger to those who did not know it.
-Pietro had had food for reflection during the last two hours. Like
-Mr. Blunt, he had seen that another course was possible, for Dudley's
-tactics had been eminently successful. But to hear now that still
-more was intended--that a more vigorous and pugnacious policy was to
-be followed, and every effort made not only to defend the rancho
-against Indian attack, but to follow and punish the marauders,
-astounded him. He struck his overalls a sounding thwack with his
-whip, and stared, open-mouthed, at his master. Then his eyes turned
-to Dudley, and he smiled.
-
-"This proposition," he said, "comes from the young señor?"
-
-"It does. I have agreed to the plan and have been thinking out the
-details."
-
-"Then what is good to the señor and his manager is good also to me
-and my comrades. If the Indians come we will enter the forts and
-hold them. Afterwards we will go with our masters and do our utmost
-to slay every one of the ruffians. Then shall we be able to ranch in
-peace and security. We and our wives shall no longer be in dread of
-a sudden night attack, of torture, and of a violent death. The señor
-goes now and wishes me to look after the rancho?"
-
-"That is so. We shall be gone for two weeks, perhaps, and in that
-time there need be no fear of the Indians. It will take us six
-months to build our forts, and by then perhaps the enemy will have
-recovered from their beating, and will be considering another attack.
-Now, Pietro, you will go to the men and tell them what you have
-heard. Let them know that the plan is the young señor's, and that I
-fully agree with it."
-
-The sturdy gaucho went off, flicking his whip, and Dudley and his
-employer watched the active fellow walk up to his horse, which stood
-out by the well with the reins dangling loosely on its neck. He
-seemed to kick the ground with his feet and in a moment was in the
-saddle. No need for Pietro to wait to get his stirrups. The horse
-bounded off, the whip cracked like a pistol, and the foreman of the
-gauchos raced away like the wind, eager to tell his tale and let all
-know what was about to happen.
-
-"Now we will pack our valises and go," said Mr. Blunt. "Pepito will
-accompany us to the port and will return with the horses. I shall
-give him orders to bring them again within two weeks, for our
-business will take us quite a week and the rest of the time will be
-spent on the river. As we sail down stream we will go carefully into
-this matter, and draw up a list of articles which will be required."
-
-Within half an hour the two were mounted and riding from the rancho,
-while Pepito, his dusky face aglow with pride, sat a beautiful horse
-just behind them. Across the pommel of his saddle was slung the coil
-of his bolas, while the barrel of his rifle stuck up clear behind his
-head, for he had slung the weapon. A gallant and handsome fellow he
-looked, too, for this Pepito was barely twenty-three, and as fine a
-specimen of the gaucho cowboy as could be met with. He was tall,
-slim, and extremely active. He sat his horse as if he had been born
-in the saddle, his knees close in, his toes just engaging the
-stirrups, and the whole poise of his body denoting comfort and ease.
-And yet he sat on a horse which barely four weeks before had been
-rounded up from a herd of wild horses grazing out on the pampas, a
-big, handsome gray which danced from side to side as they rode,
-tossing its head, and clanking its bit, while every rolling leaf,
-every shadow or reflection of the sun sent it shying to one side, or
-prancing till its fore feet pawed the air; and its rider sat a saddle
-which gave little or no support.
-
-Dudley and his employer, too, made a handsome picture as they rode
-side by side. They sat their saddles with that easy grace which
-comes to men who ride every day and for a great part of the day. No
-longer did the huge spurs which were strapped to Dudley's heels
-trouble him. He hardly knew that they were there, for practice does
-wonders.
-
-Chatting together as they rode, trotting at times, and at others
-going at a gentle amble, they finally reached their camping ground
-for the night, and slid from their horses. It took but a little
-while to water the beasts and to feed them, when, leaving them to the
-enjoyment of their meal, Dudley and his employer went for a stroll,
-while Pepito, his sleeves rolled to the elbow, lit a fire, placed a
-kettle upon it, and skewered a piece of deer flesh on his ramrod.
-Presently the meal was ready, and when it was finished, and Mr. Blunt
-had smoked his cigar, saddles were placed on end, blankets laid on
-the ground, and in a little while the three were sleeping, their
-ponchos wrapped well round them, and only the stars above to look
-down upon their recumbent figures.
-
-On the following afternoon they reached the port at which Dudley had
-first disembarked, and were lucky in getting a boat at once.
-
-"One never knows how they will be running," said Mr. Blunt, "and I
-have made it a practice, when going down to the coast, to send in a
-messenger a few days before to get tidings of the boats. This is
-luck, and in a matter of three days we shall be at Buenos Ayres. On
-the way down we will go thoroughly into these matters we have been
-speaking of."
-
-Two days later, after a most pleasant sail down the Paraná, they
-arrived at their destination, and Mr. Blunt at once led the way to a
-business house with which he was acquainted.
-
-"I have an agent here who buys my cattle," he said. "The beasts are
-driven to slaughterhouses near the river, and there the flesh is
-dried. Boats lie alongside the little dock, and at once carry the
-dried flesh, the hides, and hoofs, and horns, down to Buenos Ayres.
-It is a good arrangement, for once the beasts are handed over by my
-gauchos I have no further trouble. The time has come to clear some
-of the herds out, and that is partly the reason of my visit here.
-Now, this is the house. You will see that my friends here will be
-able to supply us with all that we want. They are general agents,
-and buy or sell everything from live beasts to nails and tinned
-tacks."
-
-The firm to which he went were indeed exceedingly up-to-date, and
-once they had ascertained Mr. Blunt's wants, and had looked over his
-lists, they declared that they could obtain all the articles within
-three days.
-
-"The guns we shall get here, as well as ammunition," said the
-manager. "Then the tools, nails, and other things are in this store,
-so that they will not delay you. The wood is the only difficulty.
-You say, Mr. Blunt, that there is not sufficient up near your
-estancia?"
-
-"That is so," was the answer. "What there is, is too small.
-Besides, I haven't men enough to spare for cutting. It will be
-cheaper to buy round or squared logs and ship them to the cattle
-station. From there they can be carted to the corrals. That reminds
-me, I shall want a couple of dozen extra hands to help with the
-buildings."
-
-In half an hour the details of the whole order had been arranged.
-Mr. Blunt was advised to charter a boat to carry all the stores to be
-obtained in Buenos Ayres, and to pick up his logs at a port higher up
-the river, where it would be cheaper.
-
-"You will have to send up several loads, without doubt," said the
-manager, "for one of the boats would not carry enough for one fort
-even. The boat will be chartered this evening, and the loading can
-commence to-morrow. I will engage a couple of dozen men, if
-possible, and they can go up with you."
-
-So excellent were the arrangements that within four days Mr. Blunt
-and Dudley found themselves embarked on a river boat, and standing up
-the stream for the port where they were to pick up wood for the
-forts. On board, besides rifles and tools, they had seven men, whom
-they had engaged to undertake the building operations, and these
-individuals were engaged at that moment in sprawling on the deck
-forward and smoking vigorously.
-
-"Not a very taking lot of fellows," said Mr. Blunt in low tones, as
-he and Dudley emerged from the small cabin which had been given up to
-them, and stepped on the deck. "They are, I expect, the men who are
-always open to casual labor, and who lounge about the docks looking
-for odd jobs. However, we shall see little of them, and Pietro and
-his gauchos will keep them in order. Now, all we want is a smart
-breeze to take us swiftly up the river."
-
-Fortune seemed to smile upon them in this expedition, for they held a
-brisk and favoring breeze all that day and the next, and when the
-second night came they were anchored off the port where they were to
-take in the wood. A couple of cables were passed out from the bow
-and stern, and made fast to the wharf, while a plank was thrown
-across to the latter, enabling all to land at their pleasure, a
-privilege of which the hands who had been engaged at once took
-advantage. Mr. Blunt and Dudley ate their evening meal, and having
-strolled ashore for a time returned to their cabin.
-
-"I would far rather we had not put in so close to the shore," said
-the former, "for it has given those men of ours a chance to get into
-the town, which seems to consist mostly of saloons. They are rough
-fellows, and the chances are they will hardly be fit for work early
-in the morning. Those must be our logs piled on the wharf, and I
-reckon four hours work will see them all aboard. That should allow
-us to reach the cattle station where they are to be unloaded in about
-twenty-four hours, so that we shall be back at the rancho within the
-time we mentioned."
-
-They sat chatting for a little while, and presently, finding the
-fumes of his employer's cigar just a little strong in the confined
-space of the cabin, Dudley went out on deck and strolled up and down.
-
-"Pitch dark," he said to himself, looking up at the sky, and then at
-the dim oil lamps on shore. "I think Mr. Blunt must be right about
-the men, for there is a great commotion going on over there. It
-sounds as if they were fighting in one of the saloons. And what's
-that?"
-
-The creak of a block and the thud of a rope on the deck of a boat a
-little distance away attracted his attention, and for some few
-minutes he stood quite still, listening to the commotion from the
-saloons on shore and to the sounds from the river.
-
-"Evidently another boat has put in for the night," he said. "There
-goes her anchor, and I suppose we shall see her in the morning. It
-is so dark that one cannot see a foot in front of one's face."
-
-As he stood on the deck of the river boat he distinctly heard the
-splash of an anchor falling into the water, and the low call of men
-pulling at the cable. It did not strike him then that the noise they
-made was subdued, as if they were afraid of attracting the attention
-of the people on the quay or those aboard the other boat moored close
-to it. He listened for a while, and then went into the cabin, where
-he found Mr. Blunt still smoking.
-
-"How's the night?" asked Mr. Blunt. "Dark? Then I am glad we are at
-rest, for there are rocks and sand-banks up in these reaches of the
-river, and it is not nice to be stranded on them. That is why the
-majority of boats tie up at night. What of the men?"
-
-"There is a good deal of noise from the saloons in the town,"
-answered Dudley. "It sounds as if they were quarrelling."
-
-"I should not wonder," was the reply. "They are a set of
-ne'er-do-wells, who enjoy a rough and tumble in the saloons. It
-would not surprise me if one or more were hurt. The gauchos who come
-in from the estancias are wonderfully polite as a rule, but when they
-get to the saloons, and have indulged somewhat freely in the bad
-spirit to be obtained there, they become quarrelsome. It does not
-take a gaucho a second to produce a revolver, and when shooting
-begins someone is sure to be killed. They are, in fact, every bit as
-wild as the cowboys in North America. Ah! That was a shot. Well,
-we cannot interfere, but I hope that those foolish fellows have not
-got into trouble."
-
-He stifled a yawn, flung the stump of his cigar through the port, and
-lay back in his seat. As for Dudley, the silence of the river had
-some fascination for him, or perhaps the sudden and quiet arrival of
-the other boat had aroused his suspicions. He went out on the deck
-again, and paced restlessly to and fro, listening intently, starting
-when a yard creaked, and straining his ears to catch every sound. He
-could see a light now across the water some fifty yards away, and now
-and again thought he heard the sound of voices.
-
-"Perhaps they are having a late meal before turning in," he thought.
-"But I cannot make out why they are so silent. As a rule one hears a
-mandolin playing, and some fellow singing to the stars. They are so
-suspiciously silent!"
-
-Half an hour later, unable to make anything of the strangers, and
-satisfied that there was really nothing to be alarmed about, he went
-to the cabin again, and reported that the town was quiet, and that as
-yet there was no sign of the men who had left the vessel.
-
-"They will appear in the early hours of the morning," said Mr. Blunt,
-"and no doubt we shall be awakened by their singing. Time to turn
-in, Dudley; we have work before us on the morrow."
-
-Throwing themselves, fully dressed as they were, upon the cushions on
-either side of the cabin, they closed their eyes and were soon fast
-asleep, the feeble rays from a swinging candle light shining upon
-their figures, while the silence of the cabin was broken by their
-heavy breathing and by the drone of the many mosquitoes infesting the
-river. Now and again there was a sound from the neighboring boat,
-but it did not disturb them. They suspected no danger from that
-quarter, and would not have troubled had the boat lain alongside
-their own. If, however, they could have looked into the cabin aboard
-that ship they would have thought otherwise, for gathered there were
-more than half a dozen cut-throats, all smoking, and all drinking out
-of tin mugs, which they replenished liberally from a big stone jar.
-They sat in the narrow place about a long table, at the head of which
-was a bearded individual, tall and lean, and with a malignant cast of
-countenance. To look at him under the flickering rays of the smoky
-lamp he might have been of any nationality. He was swarthy enough
-almost to be an Indian or a gaucho, and yet he lacked the upright
-carriage, the direct manner, of those wild men of the pampas.
-Certainly he was not an Englishman, while his language seemed to
-indicate that he was an Italian. He was speaking in low tones to his
-comrades, sometimes addressing them in Italian, sometimes in
-Portuguese, and at times throwing a word of explanation in English to
-a haggard individual who sat at the far end of the table.
-
-The latter had the cut of a sailor, and any doubt there might have
-been on that subject was set at rest by his nautical language. He
-was an Englishman, a down-at-heels sailor, and most likely had
-deserted from one of the many sailing ships which put in every week
-at Montevideo. He was dressed in ragged clothing, wore a week's
-growth of stubbly beard on his chin, and was altogether as
-disreputable as one could expect to see. The others were much the
-same as those who had been engaged by Mr. Blunt for building
-operations on the rancho, except that they had the cut of gauchos.
-They wore riding overalls too, and had spurs at their heels, a fact
-which went far to prove that they were used to horses and to the
-pampas.
-
-"You have the plan nicely in your heads, comrades," said their
-spokesman, draining his pannikin. "You are poor?"
-
-"Poor! As poor as mice who live in a church," laughed one of the
-men. "We have not a dozen coins to toss among us. We are at the end
-of our tether, and look to you and other kind friends to help us to
-improve our fortunes."
-
-"Then you have an easy way before you," went on the leader, leering
-round at the men. "A friend of mine in Montevideo has pointed out a
-way in which we can all gain wealth easily. You have heard of the
-estancias and their owners? Yes, I see that you have. Well, are
-they not wealthy?"
-
-"As rich as bankers," came the answer. "When they have paid their
-gauchos, and sold their cattle, they have money in hand. I should
-know, considering that I spent a dozen years on the pampas."
-
-"And you also know the time when their cattle are sold. Twice a
-year, is it not, comrade?"
-
-"That's correct. Twice a year, and just now is one of the times.
-The owners have money to chink, and many will not have banked it yet."
-
-"That is just what my friend said. He advised us to form a band to
-raid these estancias, and to gather what money we could. We commence
-with this man called Blunt."
-
-The English sailor pricked up his ears at that, and asked a question
-in very indifferent Portuguese.
-
-"Blunt?" he said. "That's an Englishman. Who is he?"
-
-"A great friend of my friend's," came the leering answer. "So great
-a friend that we are to attack him first. He is in the boat lying
-below us. Now, comrades, can you say why I induced our captain to
-haul in here above that other boat? No? Then I will explain. If we
-slacken the ropes we shall be carried down silently against the boat,
-and then----"
-
-The ruffian touched his knife significantly.
-
-"In an hour or two, perhaps," he said. "Our comrades will have
-returned from the saloons by then, and will be ready to help us.
-Till then we can smoke."
-
-He reached out for the spirits and replenished his pannikin with
-liberal hand. Then he continued to chatter in low tones with his
-comrades. As for the sailor, he was a garrulous ruffian, and had
-imbibed sufficient spirit to make him even more talkative. He found
-it lonely to sit at the table while men conversed in an unknown
-language, and presently, feeling that he too must chatter, he turned
-on his seat, stretched out a grimy paw, and shook someone who lay
-asleep on one of the long benches against the wall of the cabin. A
-tall, slim young man sat up, rubbing his eyes, and stared round at
-the group about the table with every sign of annoyance and disgust.
-Indeed, a glance at him was sufficient to show that he was of a
-different stamp entirely. He was dressed as a gaucho but hardly had
-the appearance of one of those fine fellows. His cheeks were not
-tanned, and his hands looked as if they had done little work. Still,
-for all that, he was sturdy enough, and, if one might venture a
-guess, was decidedly English. In fact he had only recently arrived
-out from England, and had taken a passage up the river in this
-particular boat.
-
-"What is it?" he demanded curtly, for he had kept aloof from his
-fellow passengers. "What do you want? I am sleepy and wish to be
-left alone."
-
-"Oh ho, so you're sleepy!" answered the sailor huskily. "Well, my
-bird, you needn't look so ugly. You don't understand the lingo of
-these here fellers, now, do yer? Well, nor don't I, 'cept when the
-chap with the beard speaks in Portuguese or the English he's got.
-But you can understand me, I reckon, and so we'll have a chat. How'd
-yer like to join to-night, and make a pile from the chap in that boat
-down below us?"
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XI
-
-WHITE BRIGANDS
-
-The River Paraná and its neighborhood were, in the days of which we
-write, not always very secure for travellers. To begin with,
-revolutions and conflicts between the states into which South America
-was divided were of somewhat frequent occurrence, and then it is only
-to be expected that, being so close to the ranchos, and the hundreds
-of gauchos employed there, rowdyism and ruffianism were of occasional
-occurrence. The unfortunate owners of the estancias had not only
-Indians and their raids to fear. They were often enough wealthy men,
-for there was always a demand for cattle, and the very fact of their
-having wealth often proved an attraction to the many ne'er-do-wells
-who had come to the country to try their luck, or to join some
-revolutionary band. There had been raids on estancias by white men
-before then, and piratical attacks on the river were not entirely
-unknown. But to the English youth who had taken a passage in the
-boat which lay a few yards higher up the river than the one which Mr.
-Blunt had chartered, such an attempt was a matter for intense
-surprise. He was a stranger in the country, and knew nothing of the
-inhabitants, or he would never have taken passage with such a set of
-ruffians.
-
-"Make a pile!" he exclaimed while he stared through the smoke of the
-cabin at the ragged and ill-kempt sailor. "What do you mean? You
-can't----"
-
-"That's jest where you make the error, young feller," interrupted the
-man, taking a much-blackened clay from between his lips. "For a chap
-as has got nothing there ain't a country to come up to this. Look at
-me. Do I give the impression of having money?"
-
-"Hardly!" came the cautious answer.
-
-"That's jest it. There ain't a single coin in my pockets, and I was
-starving till these fellows came along."
-
-"'Can yer ride?' asks the chap with the beard.
-
-"'Jest a bit,' I answered, for a sailor can stick on most things.
-Then he got talking, and as a result I signed on for this here
-voyage. We're goin' up to the pampas to wipe out the ranchers.
-They're worth a pile, and we'll skin 'em of every shillin'. We're
-starting with the fellow lyin' in the boat below. He's got heaps of
-money, they say, and I've a notion that blackbeard over there has a
-grudge against him. That's the job, shaver. We start to-night, and
-it seems to me, seeing as you're English, as you'd better sail in
-company with us, and get a share. What say?"
-
-For a moment or two the young fellow listening looked as if he would
-return an indignant reply to such a suggestion. But he happened to
-cast his eye round at the faces about the table, and then at the
-unshaven cheeks of the sailor.
-
-"A set of ruffians to look at them," he said to himself. "And they
-seem as if they would stop at nothing. How on earth I was fool
-enough to take a passage with them I cannot say. But it is done now,
-and cannot be helped. He said this man to be attacked was English."
-
-"Who is the rancher you are going to attack?" he asked cautiously,
-suddenly determining to get all the information possible.
-
-"Who is the feller? Well, can't say as I know or care. He's
-English, else his name wouldn't be Blunt, would it? and he's got the
-coin. What more do you want to know? Eh? How it's to be done?
-Simple as standin', shaver. We've a cable with an anchor down at the
-bottom of the river, and there's slack enough to let us down stream
-quite a lot. See now! We just drop quiet and easy down on the boat
-below, and before them chaps can shout, whew!"
-
-He drew his hand significantly across his neck, and leered at the lad
-who listened.
-
-"Jest like that," he said, grinning so that his blackened teeth
-showed. "They ain't got a dog's chance. Reckon we'll start this
-game by makin' a fine haul, and spendin' a week in the saloons."
-
-Little by little, and speaking in an undertone, the young man wormed
-the plot out of the sailor, and when he had done so he lay down again
-for a while, having deferred his consent till he had considered the
-matter. Later he sat up again, for the sailor pulled at his clothing.
-
-"Guess you've decided to come in," he said. "Ef so, I'll speak to
-blackbeard over there and make it right. I thought at first as you
-was a toff, with brass in your pocket. But there's many sich as you
-comes out to this country to work, and who live down in the towns
-till their money's gone. Then it's hard to get a job, special ef you
-ain't used to the ranches. Then's the time when a feller jumps to
-join a band like this. Why, I can see that there ain't goin' ter be
-too much hard work. There'll be better grub than a sailor gets
-aboard ship, and if we've luck, there'll be coin in plenty. You'll
-join?"
-
-"Yes, I'll come in. You can book me as one of the number," was the
-answer, while the young man glanced round at the gang in the cabin, a
-look of half-suppressed aversion and fear on his face. "You make the
-terms with them while I go on deck. This cabin is stuffy, and I feel
-as if I wanted a mouthful of air."
-
-"Best a mouthful of spirit," growled the sailor, rolling in his seat.
-"Hi, there! jest pass the bottle and a pannikin. The shaver here
-wishes for a draught."
-
-But the crew of ruffians happened at that moment to be deeply engaged
-in conversation, and took no heed of the call. The young man rose,
-hastily declined the drink, and retreated from the cabin.
-
-"Blest ef I understand the shaver!" grumbled the sailor. "Never knew
-a white man refuse before. Eh? What's he gone for? A mouthful of
-air, of course."
-
-The black-bearded individual at the head of the table had suddenly
-broken off his conversation with his fellow conspirators, and asked
-the sailor a question, while he followed the retreating figure of the
-youth with suspicious eyes.
-
-"Who is he?" he asked. "And where is he going?"
-
-"Who? Why, a chum of mine," roared the sailor, toying with his
-pannikin. "I've been talkin' to him, and it seems as he's like us.
-He's in want of coin too, and he's eager to join. He can ride a bit,
-so he'll be useful later. 'Sides, it's a good thing to have a shaver
-to wait on us older men. He's right, capt'n, so don't you get
-follerin'."
-
-"Right or not, he'd best behave himself," answered the leader of the
-gang, casting a menacing glance towards the door, and then turning
-with a scowl to his companions. "This scum of an Englishman will
-suit us for a time," he went on in his own tongue; "but I begin to
-see that he will be a nuisance. He is quarrelsome, and will want too
-much perhaps. Well, if it comes to that, there is a way of removing
-the man."
-
-A sinister look passed between the men at the table as they glanced
-at one another. Indeed they were a band of ruffians who understood
-one another perfectly, and, if the truth were known, had been on more
-than one of these lawless expeditions. The condition of the country
-favored them, for the ranchers had no protection other than what they
-supplied themselves, and the vast extent of their holdings, the great
-distances which separated them, were in favor of the ruffians who
-raided their estancias. At times, indeed, the bands of freebooters
-who roamed the pampas, and threw in their lot with the Indians, were
-a source of great danger to the graziers. For these white men, a
-collection from the riffraff of the towns, made no pretence of
-seizing cattle. They left that to the Indians, and threw it out as a
-bait to obtain their help. They organized the raids, left the
-Indians to round up what cattle they could lay their hands on, and
-promptly made for the estancia, where revolvers were used
-mercilessly, the house swept clean of all its valuables, and too
-often the owner shot in cold blood on his doorstep. Such things had
-occurred many a time, so that the graziers had had to band together
-for self protection. Then, when the net began to close in on the
-raiders, and matters began to look menacing for them, they would
-leave their Indian allies, and, splitting up, would ride for the
-coast towns again, there to spend their ill-gotten wealth in the
-saloons, and wait till an opportunity for further violence occurred.
-
-The young fellow who had been in the cabin emerged on to the deck and
-walked rapidly to the stern. While in the cabin, under the eyes of
-the sailor, he had maintained an appearance of coolness and
-indifference; but now, when he was alone on the deck, beads of
-perspiration burst from his forehead, his hands closed convulsively,
-and he showed every indication of distress.
-
-"To think that I was fool enough to take a passage with such a set!"
-he groaned. "To me, so new to this country, all these fellows look
-alike. They are rough, ill-dressed, and very free and easy in their
-manners. I never imagined for a moment that these fellows were other
-than ranchers returning to their work. What am I to do?"
-
-He stood leaning on the rail of the river boat, his eyes fixed upon
-the lights from the saloons ashore, while he listened to the songs
-and shouts which issued from them. Then his attention was caught by
-a faint glimmer some yards astern, and, having peered into the
-darkness for some few minutes, he was able to detect the outline of
-the boat in which Mr. Blunt and Dudley were sleeping.
-
-"Ah, I see the plan!" he said. "These ruffians slack off their cable
-and float down on that boat, then they board her. The sailor said
-that they had friends ashore who would rush to help them by means of
-the gangway stretching from the boat to the wharf. After that----
-Goodness, it means murder! The fellow said as much. They will kill
-this Englishman and take all that he has got."
-
-The very thought set the young fellow trembling with excitement. He
-walked feverishly up and down the deck, muttering beneath his breath,
-and endeavoring to make up his mind to some course of action. For in
-a flash he realized a fact which had been slowly dawning upon him for
-the last half-hour, a fact which a shrewder youth would have gathered
-in an instant. He, a young Englishman, fresh from home and entirely
-ignorant of the country and its people, had by chance fallen in with
-a gang of desperadoes who were about to attack a fellow countryman of
-his and to murder him. By pure chance he had become acquainted with
-their plans, and now he alone stood between the victim and his
-attackers. Ought he to move in the matter? Why should he? It was
-not his affair. This Englishman was an entire stranger to him, and
-why should he incur danger for a stranger?
-
-The thoughts flashed through his brain as he walked feverishly up and
-down. Conscience, common sense, his own manhood, told him that he
-ought to act, that it was his duty to do something; while fear of the
-consequences to himself and his own natural want of resolution held
-him back, and kept him answering the calls for action with excuses.
-He was in a pitiable condition, and, had he been left to himself,
-might have walked the deck for an hour before coming to some
-conclusion. However, it happened that a minute later the cabin door
-burst open with a bang, and the sailor reeled out on to the deck.
-Despite his condition, this ruffian still had sufficient sense about
-him to realize that noise might warn the people in the neighboring
-boat, and if he had not had that sense, the leader of the band
-quickly reminded him.
-
-"Be silent!" he called out peremptorily. "You will wake everyone
-with your clumsiness. Come back to the cabin."
-
-"Right, shipmate! I jest thought I'd get on deck to look to the
-shaver. So there yer are, taking a mouthful of air. Jest you come
-along below, youngster."
-
-The man was suspicious. There was something about this young fellow
-that he did not understand, and though a few minutes before he had
-been sure that he had gained an eager recruit for the band, for the
-stranger's reception of the details of the plot had been all that he
-could have wished for, his absence now, his disinclination to drink
-with his new comrades, awoke suspicion in the drink-soddened mind of
-the sailor.
-
-"Jest you step below, me hearty," he said huskily; "capt'n's orders
-is that all hands keeps under hatches till the time comes."
-
-"In a minute! I am watching the shore, for I think I see men
-moving," was the hasty answer. "Go below yourself, and say that I am
-keeping a watch. I will come and tell you if anything happens."
-
-The answer seemed to satisfy the man, for he reeled back to the cabin
-and informed the leader that the young stranger was keeping a watch
-on deck.
-
-"There ain't no harm in that," he growled, feeling that he ought to
-support his countryman. "The lad will tell us what's goin'. Leave
-him alone."
-
-The door closed to again as the black-bearded rascal gave a grudging
-assent, and once more the youth was alone in the darkness. But the
-sudden interruption had had its effect. He saw that at any moment he
-might be disturbed again, and that if he did not act swiftly he might
-even find himself involved in this foul conspiracy, and obliged to
-follow the ruffians.
-
-"Besides, it is not of myself I have to think," he muttered; "there
-is this other Englishman. His life is really in my hands, and I am
-going to do something. No more hesitating for me. I am a coward to
-have delayed so long already."
-
-He stood again by the rail for a few seconds, thinking out a plan of
-action, and then walked on tiptoe to the stern of the boat. There
-was the little twinkling light again, some twenty or thirty yards
-astern, a guiding star in the darkness. He stared at it, measuring
-the distance between the two vessels, and then, clutching the rail,
-leaned over as far as possible.
-
-"Pretty low in the water," he said. "With an effort I might reach
-the rail. Then there are the cables to be thought of. If I cannot
-climb aboard her from the riverside I will try to grip one of the
-cables. If that is out of the question, I shall get ashore and cross
-by the gangway."
-
-Feverishly he began to cast off his spurs and boots, for the cabin
-door might open at any moment. Moreover this young fellow knew
-himself and his own nature. Irresolution was his besetting fault,
-and many a time in the past had he suffered on that account. This
-time he determined there should be more courageous action. He would
-not change his mind now, and, so that there should be no opportunity,
-he cast his clothing from him as swiftly as he was able, knowing well
-that once he was in his shirt sleeves the die was cast; for if the
-ruffians in the cabin came upon him then, even their soddened minds
-would take in the situation. They would grasp his intentions in an
-instant, and would realize that this their latest recruit was about
-to swim to the neighboring boat and give warning of their murderous
-intentions. Yes, and they would shoot him without mercy, of that he
-felt sure.
-
-"Better die in trying to do a good turn to this other fellow, and my
-plain duty, than hang behind and become the companion of ruffians and
-murderers," he said. "There go the spurs and boots, and off come the
-overalls and coat. Now I'm ready. I want a rope to throw over the
-side so as to allow me to enter the water quietly."
-
-He tiptoed across the deck again, but without success, and it was not
-till he had been the complete round of the rail that he came upon a
-coil of rope lying in the scuppers. Creeping aft again, he secured
-one end to the rail and lowered the other into the water. Then he
-took one last look at the cabin door, beneath which there was a long
-and narrow streak of light, while from the interior came the murmur
-of voices. The young fellow could see in his mind's eye the figures
-of the men slouching about the table, the bearded face and cunning,
-lowering look of the leader, the unshaven, dirty features of the
-sailor, and the dissipated appearance of the gauchos. He could
-imagine the reek of smoke and strong tobacco in the stuffy little
-place, the tin pannikins and the stone spirit jar. The very memory
-of such loathsome companions threw cold water on any fears which he
-still might possess, and strengthened his resolution. He gave one
-more glance at the streak of light issuing from beneath the door,
-looked away at the twinkling glimmer, and stepped on to the rail. A
-moment later he was outside it, one hand gripping tightly and the
-other feeling for the rope. Then suddenly something else attracted
-his attention, and kept him clinging there. There was a commotion
-ashore, and a blaze of light came unexpectedly from one of the
-saloons, showing that the door had been thrown wide open. Out into
-the broad patch of light which streamed from the saloon emerged the
-men whom Mr. Blunt had engaged to work on his rancho. They were
-shouting and singing, and clinging arm to arm. They rolled from the
-doorway, reeled across the street, and then were suddenly blotted out
-in the darkness of the night, for someone had closed the door of the
-saloon. But still they were there, reeling back towards their boat,
-for their shouts and choruses told of their presence.
-
-"That should wake this Englishman, if anything will," thought the
-young fellow clinging to the rail. "Surely the noise they are making
-will warn him that trouble is brewing and will put him on his guard.
-Shall I go after all?"
-
-A glance at the dull outline of his clothes lying on the deck a few
-inches away told him that there was no turning back, that he must go
-on with his part of the undertaking, while, had that been
-insufficient to warn him, a second later he had ample assurance that
-further stay on the boat would be dangerous alike to him and to the
-man who was threatened; for the door of the cabin burst open again,
-and the men who had been lounging over the table rushed on deck.
-Running to the rails, they stared across the strip of river at the
-spot from which the noise came.
-
-"The fools!" cried their leader. "They will warn the Englishman with
-their clatter. They will wake him and spoil our plans."
-
-"Not if you set to at once," suddenly burst in the sailor, who had
-grasped the man's meaning. "Slip the cable now and float down.
-Chances are that this Mr. Blunt expected as much when he saw them go
-ashore. He'll wake for sure, and he'll wait while they turn in.
-Then he'll sleep again, if these fools don't quarrel with him right
-away and spoil everything. Best slip the cable now and get aboard
-the boat before they arrive."
-
-He spoke in English, and led the way at once to the bow of the boat.
-In a second the others were following, and almost before the young
-fellow hanging to the rail could grasp their intentions they were
-slacking out the cable with feverish energy, doing their utmost to
-reach their victim before the gang of men ashore could upset their
-plans.
-
-It was time to move. If the Englishman aboard the neighboring boat
-was to be warned it must be at once. The young fellow glanced back
-at the twinkling light again, and at once slid down the rope,
-entering the water without so much as a splash. Then he struck out
-boldly, and in a few minutes was well away from the vessel.
-
-"There is still time to give the warning," he thought, as he thrust
-the water behind him. "If only I can get aboard before these men I
-shall have done something."
-
-As he made his way through the water he thought of the ruffians
-behind him laboring at the cable, and of those ashore. He knew very
-well that the first, if they caught sight of his figure, would guess
-his object and would fire on him. The fear of such an occurrence
-made him long to turn round to look back at the men, and make sure
-that he was as yet undiscovered. But that meant delay, and, throwing
-aside the fear at once, he went on manfully, his eye fixed upon the
-glimmering light, now very much nearer. Not a shout disturbed him,
-and even the men ashore seemed to have awakened to the fact that the
-noise they had been making would ruin their plans. They were silent
-now, and if only the darkness had not hidden them, they could have
-been seen creeping down to the landing stage, revolver in hand, ready
-to aid their comrades. Then, too, if the sides of the vessel in
-which Mr. Blunt and Dudley lay had not been impenetrable to the eye,
-this young and gallant fellow would have known that the man upon whom
-the attack was to be made lay in his bunk, wrapped in a blanket,
-looking uneasily at the door. He was wide awake, as was his
-companion, and evidently somewhat upset by the noise which till a
-moment before had been coming from the shore.
-
-"As I thought," he said in low tones. "That is the worst of tying up
-to the bank within reach of saloons, and a lesson to employ, whenever
-possible, a different stamp of men. Those fellows have been
-drinking, and may be quarrelsome. We will not appear if they call to
-us. Let us pretend to be asleep, for then there can be no quarrel,
-and perhaps they will turn in quietly. Ah, they have become silent!
-That's an excellent sign."
-
-"What's that?" It was Dudley who suddenly sat up and asked the
-question, for he had heard a splash close alongside, and the noise
-had been repeated.
-
-"Perhaps a floating log," answered Mr. Blunt. "Nothing to be alarmed
-at. Ah, that's one arrival!"
-
-There was a bang on the deck just above their heads, and a soft
-footfall was heard. A moment later Dudley thought he detected a step
-on the tiny ladder which led down to the cabin in which they lay. He
-listened intently, his finger on the butt of his revolver, and then
-started to his feet as a knock sounded on the door. The sudden and
-unexpected sound startled them both, and brought Mr. Blunt to a
-sitting position.
-
-"Come in," he called softly, slipping his own weapon from its pouch
-and facing the door. "Come in at once!"
-
-A hand fumbled in the darkness for the latch, the handle turned, and
-in a trice the door flew open. For a second the youth who appeared
-stood perfectly still, blinking at the lantern. Then, with a quick
-movement, the young fellow, who had so bravely swum from the other
-vessel, entered the cabin, and swung the door to again. He was
-breathless with his exertions, for it had been no easy matter to
-climb aboard. Then, too, he was in the highest pitch of excitement,
-for he knew that his warning had arrived not an instant too soon. He
-stood there, the water streaming from him and forming a rapidly
-increasing pool on the floor. He opened his mouth to speak, when
-Dudley staggered back a step, looked incredulously at the stranger,
-and then uttered a cry of astonishment.
-
-[Illustration: "DUDLEY LOOKED INCREDULOUSLY AT THE STRANGER, AND THEN
-UTTERED A CRY OF ASTONISHMENT"]
-
-"Joyce! You here! This is strange!"
-
-"Dudley! Dudley Compton!"
-
-The recognition was mutual. In spite of Harold Joyce's half-drowned
-appearance, Dudley knew him the instant he set eyes on the strange
-apparition at the doorway of the cabin, while the lad who had so
-bravely swum across to give his warning needed no second view of the
-sturdy, bronzed figure standing, revolver in hand, just beneath the
-swaying lantern. In a flash he knew that he was face to face with
-the old school friend whom he had wronged, the lad whose future had
-been darkened by a cloud which he, Harold Joyce, could have dispelled
-had he had the courage to confess his crime. It was a moment of
-intense interest in both their young lives, and it is not to be
-wondered at that, in spite of the urgency of the situation, of the
-need for instant action, these two young fellows stared in amazement
-at each other as if they were spellbound. Then Harold suddenly found
-his tongue.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XII
-
-AN UNEXPECTED MEETING
-
-Drenched from head to foot, and standing in a pool of water which
-drained constantly from him, Harold Joyce might have been excused
-under the extraordinary conditions if he had forgotten his special
-mission to the ship on which he had discovered Dudley, for he had
-suddenly come face to face with one to whom he owed an explanation,
-and whose forgiveness he could hardly hope to gain. But he
-remembered the urgency of the position, and, still strong in his
-resolve to give his warning of attack, he swung round to the other
-figure standing, pistol in hand, before him.
-
-"You are Mr. Blunt?" he asked.
-
-"I am, my lad."
-
-"Then you have not a moment to lose. I came up the river as a
-passenger in that other boat which moored up above you. There is a
-gang of ruffians aboard, who are friends of the men you engaged, and
-who are now returning here. I learned the tale from an English
-sailor, who is one of the gang. Quick, sir, they are slacking out
-their hawser, and dropping down upon you. They mean to rob and kill
-you."
-
-The words tumbled from him rapidly, while he stepped forward eagerly
-and laid his hand on Mr. Blunt's arm.
-
-"You haven't a moment to spare," he urged. "They are already only a
-few yards away, and you must act."
-
-"The scoundrels! A gang letting their boat down on us so as to get
-aboard? And you say that the men we engaged are in the plot? What
-is to be done?"
-
-Mr. Blunt stared in astonishment at Harold, and then swung round to
-look at Dudley, as if to ask his help, for the situation was
-critical, and though he was a man who had faced many dangers, and was
-not lacking in resource, yet this warning had come so suddenly, and
-gave such little time for thought, that he was utterly at a loss. As
-for Dudley, he could hardly fix his attention on the danger. His
-eyes were riveted on Harold Joyce, the last person he had expected to
-meet out in these foreign parts, and the only one who could clear his
-character. For some months now he had borne the knowledge that he
-was looked upon as a thief by his old friends and comrades at home.
-The stigma, in spite of Mr. Blunt's kindly belief in him, still
-filled his mind with bitterness, and had caused him to register a
-solemn vow. Deep down in his mind our hero had decided to work for
-his employer, to improve his position in the world, and never to rest
-till he had proved to all that he was innocent of theft, that he had
-been wrongly accused, and was the victim of another's crime. Was it
-wonderful, therefore, that, finding himself suddenly face to face
-with the very one whom he knew must be the guilty person--the only
-person, in fact, who could clear him of the stigma under which he
-suffered, that question filled his mind to the exclusion of all
-others? He was helpless! The ruffians might even board the boat and
-commence their attack, and any defence he might make would be almost
-automatic. However, Joyce was by no means asleep, while Mr. Blunt
-had no intention of being taken without a struggle.
-
-"Dudley," he cried sharply, "we must do something. We shall be
-outnumbered, and if we don't make an effort the rascals will murder
-all three of us. What are we to do? Quick, lad! Suggest something."
-
-"The cables, sir," cried Harold, pulling at the handle of the door.
-"You are moored alongside the staging, they tell me. Cut the cables
-and float out into the stream. Then they will miss you. I've a
-knife. It is the only thing we can do to escape them."
-
-He pulled the door open, while with an exclamation of delight Mr.
-Blunt blew out the candle in the lamp and dragged Dudley out on to
-the deck. Harold had already gained it and, knife in hand, raced
-forward. Going on hands and knees he felt for the cable which moored
-the boat for'ard, and, finding it, severed it with a sweep of the
-blade. Meanwhile Mr. Blunt had sought for the rope right aft, and
-with a slash from his hunting knife cut it in two. By then Dudley
-had recovered from his astonishment at what had occurred. With an
-effort he banished all thought of the crime for which he was
-expelled. Once more he was working in the interests of his employer,
-and set about his defence with all his old enthusiasm. He ran into
-the bow, where he and Harold stood side by side, listening to the men
-aboard the other boat.
-
-"They are within ten yards, I should say," he whispered to Joyce.
-"That should give us just time to get away, unless the mud holds us.
-Are we moving?"
-
-Harold promptly hung over the rail, and stared down at the black
-surface of the river.
-
-"I don't think so," he answered in low tones, coming to Dudley's side
-again. "We are on the mud. They will catch us yet."
-
-"Not if we pole away. There are some poles on deck, I know. Come
-along with me, Harold. And, look here, just pitch that plank
-overboard."
-
-They were standing close beside the place where the plank gangway
-came in from the shore, and at once Harold seized it and gently drew
-it inboard.
-
-"Better not make a row by throwing it over," he whispered. "The
-beggars don't know we've moved yet. Better keep them in ignorance.
-Ah, here's a pole!"
-
-Mr. Blunt joined them at that instant, and, hearing what they were
-doing, at once helped them. It happened that there were several long
-poles lying along the scuppers, for often enough the river boats got
-aground on a mud or sand bank, and then the crew were forced to pole
-them off. Seizing three of them, the trio lowered the ends into the
-water close to the bow, and pushed with might and main. The boat
-moved. She had a good deal of water under her, and the mud just held
-the after part of her shallow keel. The bow swung out rapidly, the
-poles were shifted, and in a minute the boat was almost broadside on
-to the stream. By then the one which was descending upon them was
-within four yards, but so busy were the ruffians at her cable that as
-yet they had not discovered what was occurring.
-
-"They will know in a moment," whispered Mr. Blunt, drawing in his
-pole. "The ruffians ashore are on the wharf already. You can hear
-them now. They are searching for the boat and the gangway, and in a
-few seconds one of them will see us out here. Then the whole pack
-will shout, and those aboard the vessel just above us will fire. Got
-a weapon, sir?"
-
-"I have nothing," answered Harold promptly. "I left my revolver
-behind. I was afraid of the weight."
-
-"Then here is one, and don't be afraid to use it. Those rascals will
-shoot you as if you were a dog. They have no qualms about taking
-human life, and if you want to get out of this trouble you must be
-just as ready to kill them. Dudley, can we do anything else?"
-
-"We might keep them from boarding by pushing out one of the poles,"
-he answered. "If they can get within six feet they will jump aboard,
-and then we shall not have a chance. We are swinging round rapidly
-now, and at the rate they are coming down they will strike our stern,
-I fancy. I'll go over there with this pole, and push them away if
-possible."
-
-"While I and this young gentleman shoot down those who wish to pay us
-a visit. Ah, there they are! The dogs are barking with a vengeance.
-Come along with me, sir, and remember to keep below the rail. Those
-fellows over there on the wharf might get your figure against a white
-patch in the sky, and they are wonderful shots. Don't show more than
-you can help, and when you shoot, shoot quickly, and duck again."
-
-Harold Joyce gripped the revolver which had been handed to him, and
-followed Mr. Blunt along the deck to the spot where Dudley had
-already taken up his station with the pole. It was a new experience
-to him to find himself in actual danger of his life, but up to this
-moment he had had no opportunity of considering the situation. The
-fact of finding himself aboard a vessel containing a gang of
-cut-throats had helped not a little to make up his mind to accept the
-risk of swimming to the other vessel, though to do him justice he was
-eager to play a man's game in the matter, and do what was his obvious
-duty. But even then, once his decision was made, and he had slid
-into the river, the need for exertion and for caution had filled his
-thoughts, so that he was able to give little attention to the subject
-of personal danger, though, to be sure, he felt extremely
-uncomfortable when he remembered the revolvers which the gang had so
-openly displayed, and the fact that a bullet might soon be hissing
-after him. Now, however, as he crouched behind the rail of the ship
-and watched the other boat slowly approaching, he had a moment or two
-to realize his position, and the fact that the gang he had so lately
-left would stop at nothing. He could see that if they could only
-board the ship upon which he crouched, he and his two companions
-would certainly be shot. Even if the gang were unsuccessful in
-reaching the vessel, it was certain that bullets would be flying,
-and, supposing one came his way, supposing he was killed!
-
-The thought made him shudder. He shivered from head to foot, and for
-one brief second felt inclined to dive into the cabin and hide his
-head there in the farthest corner. But he conquered the impulse. He
-looked at the dark figure crouching beside him, and heard Mr. Blunt's
-voice.
-
-"Just remember what I said, lad," he whispered. "Keep down and shoot
-quickly. And, my lad, now that I have a second, let me thank you for
-your warning. You risked much, and have placed yourself in a
-position of great danger. I shall hope to be able, later, to thank
-you for behaving like a gallant gentleman."
-
-The words came in the nick of time. Harold Joyce, the lad who had
-been noted at school for frivolity, for indecision, for shirking
-games in which personal injury might be incurred, heard himself
-described as a gallant gentleman. Remembering what despicable
-courage he had once displayed, when he allowed his old comrade to be
-branded as a thief, he winced at the words. Then he lifted his head,
-for this young fellow had still the makings of an honorable man in
-him. He had been undecided once. He had shown the most lamentable
-want of courage. But that was in the past. He, too, had suffered,
-and had learnt his lesson. Long ago he had made up his mind never to
-rest till he had set the matter of Dudley's expulsion right. He had
-declared his guilt before the whole school, so that our hero's name
-was now as bright there as ever. And now he had come out to South
-America with one solitary and praiseworthy object. He had taken
-advantage of the liberal allowance made by his father to come in
-search of Dudley, to meet him face to face, and tell him what had
-happened. Then, if possible, he would obtain his forgiveness.
-Indeed, Harold Joyce's conscience had done much for his wavering
-resolution already. He had shown to all at home an honest and steady
-intention to reform, and was he going at this moment to show his old
-indecision under the very eyes of the one who had suffered for his
-fault in the past? Never! The lad closed his teeth firmly, gripped
-his revolver, and swore beneath his breath to fight hard for his old
-friend, to do something more than he had already accomplished that
-night, so as to show him that Harold Joyce had something good left in
-him yet.
-
-"What if I am killed?" he thought. "Then Dudley will never know what
-has happened. He will not know that he is cleared, and why I have
-come out here. There is time to tell him now. We are swinging fast,
-and that boat is still ten feet away. I'll do it."
-
-He crept a pace nearer to our hero and touched his leg.
-
-"Dudley!" he called softly. "Dudley, I want to say something now
-before the row begins. I am a sneak and a coward. I stole the
-money, and came out here to tell you so. I confessed to the old
-head, and to the whole school, and could not rest till I had told you
-all that had happened. That's all, only I'm ashamed of myself. I
-acted like a cad and a blackguard."
-
-There was silence for some few seconds, a tense silence, aboard their
-boat, while from the wharf came the patter of feet on the woodwork,
-and the call of one of the men to those aboard the vessel now so
-close to Dudley and his friends. Then came an answering hail, and
-the noise made by a man stumbling over a coil of rope. In a minute,
-in less time than that perhaps, the alarm would be sounded, and the
-gang of ruffians would know that their expected victims were warned
-of their intentions and were already making efforts to escape. It
-was, in fact, hardly the moment for a confession, and yet who can
-wonder that Joyce made it? The subject of the theft filled his mind
-as much as it did Dudley's. Remorse had been eating at his heart for
-many weeks past, and now he felt desperate. He was so near to the
-object for which he had struggled. He had come to South America for
-one purpose, and could not bear to think that now, at the last
-instant, he might lose all. If only he could tell Dudley his tale,
-and have his answer, he felt that nothing else mattered, not even a
-bullet, for he knew now that he could die happily once he had done
-this duty to his old comrade. His hand tightened on our hero's leg
-convulsively, while Mr. Blunt coughed huskily.
-
-As for Dudley, he could hardly believe his ears. He knew well, had
-known all along, that Harold Joyce was guilty, but even in his most
-sanguine moments he had never expected to be so completely cleared.
-And now, when he heard that the head and every boy at the school knew
-that he was innocent, when he heard that Harold had confessed all,
-and not content with that had followed him to South America there to
-tell him what he had done, why it was almost too much! The leg which
-Joyce gripped trembled and shook. Dudley could not speak for an
-instant, but he knew what his old comrade must be suffering, and at
-once, with a magnanimity which did his heart good, he stretched down,
-took the hand clasping his leg, and gripped it eagerly. Then he was
-able to steady himself.
-
-"All right, old fellow!" he said. "I can't thank you now, but will
-do so later. You have lifted a load from my mind."
-
-"Then you forgive me, Dudley? There is nothing to thank me for. I
-have done only bare justice to you."
-
-"With all my heart," came the swift answer. "You have made up for
-all by behaving like a decent fellow."
-
-"Hear, hear! Hear, hear!" came from Mr. Blunt.
-
-A second later a shout came across the water, for the man who had
-hailed his comrades on the boat had suddenly caught sight of the
-other one swinging out into the stream. At first he and his comrades
-had searched vainly for her in the darkness, and had come very near
-to tumbling into the river in their efforts to find the gangway.
-Then, little by little, it had dawned on their sluggish minds that
-they were beaten, that the man whose money they hoped to take was
-wide awake, and was already slipping from their clutches. They had
-promised themselves to commence their work in the Entre Rios country
-by a successful coup on the way up the Paraná River, and the man who
-was responsible for their being brought together had specially urged
-them to make Mr. Blunt their first victim. Perhaps he had some
-special reason, but in any case the grazier who occupied the boat now
-swinging away from the wharf, the man whose employment they had so
-cunningly accepted, was escaping, and once their minds had grasped
-that fact they set up such a din that those aboard the other vessel
-were quickly informed of what was happening. The tall, black-bearded
-Italian ruffian at their head grasped the meaning of those shouts at
-once, and came bounding along the deck, striking heavily against a
-yard in the darkness. With a growl he picked himself up, for the
-collision had thrown him to the deck, and ran to the stern.
-
-"Cut the rope," he shouted to his men. "Cut it, and come here with
-me. We are close to them, and in a moment can get on board. It is
-that English youth who has cheated us, I expect, and, if that is so,
-the sailor shall have small mercy. Ah, I see them!"
-
-He stood to his full height against the stern rail of the river boat,
-and peered into the darkness. He could see the big hull of the other
-boat looming across the river some few feet away, and as he watched
-his eye suddenly lit on Dudley, standing pole in hand ready to push
-the attacking vessel away. The rascal did not hesitate, and in an
-instant his hand went to the revolver which was tucked into a deep
-pocket on his thigh. Barely lifting it from that position he pulled
-the trigger and sent a ball flying through the darkness. Indeed it
-was the darkness alone which saved Dudley, for the ruffian who had
-drawn trigger was an expert shot with the revolver and seldom missed.
-However, it was but a dull outline which he had caught of Dudley, and
-his muzzle was directed just a shade too much to one side. The
-bullet whizzed past his head, missing it by little more than an inch,
-and, flying along the deck, buried itself in the mast, giving a loud
-and ominous thud as it did so. An instant later Mr. Blunt rose to
-his feet, a spout of flame shot from his weapon, lighting up the
-immediate surroundings for one brief instant, and then he was down
-again, listening eagerly, and waiting for another opportunity, while
-he dragged at Dudley's clothing.
-
-"Get down," he said sharply. "I saw what was happening by the flash.
-We are travelling as fast as they are. Probably faster, for we are
-almost broadside on, and the stream has more hold on us. Did I hit?"
-
-A sharp cry had followed his shot, showing that in all probability it
-had hit the mark, but still as Dudley looked over the rail he could
-see the tall figure of the rascal who had fired at him. The man
-stood stock-still, making no effort to retaliate, and if only he had
-been nearer, and the night not so intensely dark, they would have
-seen that he was gripping the rail convulsively. For the bullet
-which Mr. Blunt had fired had struck the ruffian hard, so hard, in
-fact, that it was a wonder that the man did not fall to the deck at
-once. But he was one of those individuals possessed of enormous
-resolution and courage. He knew that he was badly hit at once. He
-felt as if his last moment had come, and yet he would not give in.
-He clung to the rail and swayed backward and forward giddily. He
-endeavored to turn and call to his followers, but the effort nearly
-brought him to the deck. Then he stared at Dudley again, made a
-frantic attempt to pick up the weapon which had dropped at his feet,
-and then, of a sudden, collapsed on to the rail of the ship. There
-was a loud crash as the flimsy rail gave way, and then a dull splash.
-The leader of the gang of ruffians had met his end in the waters of
-the River Paraná.
-
-"One rascal the less," said Mr. Blunt coolly, lifting his head to
-look over the rail. "He at least will not trouble us again."
-
-"Then we may escape altogether," broke in Harold. "That man was the
-ringleader of the gang. He was an Italian, and the sailor told me
-that he had been appointed leader by some friend who had in
-particular selected you for the first attack."
-
-"Ah! Is that so? Tell me more, lad."
-
-"There is little to tell you," said Harold in a whisper, as he
-watched the following boat. "It seems that the men aboard, and those
-whom you hired, had formed themselves into a gang some four weeks
-ago, with the intention of going up on to the pampas and robbing the
-ranchers."
-
-"Robbing! That is a mild term. Shooting them is more correct."
-
-Mr. Blunt spoke very deliberately and coolly. There was not a tremor
-in his voice, and he seemed to be absolutely unaffected by the
-excitement of the moment. Indeed he might have forgotten the very
-existence of the gang of ruffians for all that his listeners could
-tell. Dudley, as he watched the pursuers, secretly admired the
-courage of this employer of his. He had never before seen him
-actually in such a dilemma, but he had long ago come to the
-conclusion that Mr. Blunt was just the man to go through an
-engagement without showing a trace of fear or even of excitement.
-And now his opinion of the man was proved to be correct. Mr. Blunt
-was questioning Harold Joyce in cool, matter-of-fact tones which
-showed his calmness and courage.
-
-"Yes, it would appear that that is their intention," said Harold,
-still in the same low tones. "From what the sailor told me they
-intended to pay a round of visits, commencing with your estancia, for
-you are nearest to the Indians, and, so far as I could gather, there
-seemed to be some special reason why you should be made a victim."
-
-"That is right, lad. There is a reason. Well do I know it. But go
-on. There is time, for if I am not mistaken we are increasing our
-distance from those rascals every second. I cannot understand why
-they do not pack themselves into the stern and blaze at us with their
-weapons. But, go on, lad."
-
-"Well it happened that, just as their arrangements were complete, you
-came down the river to Buenos Ayres. They have friends who tell them
-of any unusual occurrence, and this was reported to them. Everything
-fell out as they wanted. You required men. They had men to spare,
-and by putting a portion of their gang on your boat made more sure of
-getting your money. That is all I know. I thought it was high time
-to put a spoke in their wheel."
-
-"And so you swum across to warn an absolute stranger. Thanks, lad,
-it was gallant conduct. But we will speak of that later. For the
-moment we have yet to deal with these rascals. To think that this is
-another of their organized bands, and that that old feud still lives,
-and that those wretches still desire to murder me. Well, well, we
-shall see. There is still a good deal of life and tenacity left in
-the old dog. How are matters now, Dudley?"
-
-"We are drawing away. The current seems to have got us in its grip,
-and we are moving finely. But I cannot make out what those fellows
-are doing. As soon as the leader had gone overboard I heard a shout,
-and I think it must have been this sailor whom Harold mentions. Then
-the men who were running aft stopped, and since that I have seen
-nothing of them, but can hear them talking."
-
-"They are up to some clever trick, I have no doubt," said Mr. Blunt
-decisively. "The rascals will not let us slip without an effort.
-Listen to those ruffians ashore."
-
-They were bellowing loudly to their comrades on the boat, and, if
-Dudley and his two friends could have seen them, were for the most
-part collected at the very edge of the wharf, where they stood
-unsteadily, peering out into the darkness, and calling loudly that
-they would follow out on to the stream as soon as a boat could be
-found. Nor was it long before one of their number was successful in
-his search. He lit upon a boat at the end of the wharf, and,
-paddling it beneath his friends, called to them to descend--a
-movement which some of them carried out with such carelessness that
-the bark was almost upset. Then they pushed out on to the river,
-and, taking up their paddles, rowed as well as they were able in the
-direction of their friends. Meanwhile the latter had not been idle.
-The ominous quiet aboard their boat was followed by a burst of
-cheering, and then by the appearance of a couple of figures in the
-stern. One was the sailor, and at once he took possession of the
-helm.
-
-"She'll steer within the minute," he called out huskily. "Get those
-poles over her bows and push her round. Skurry, lads, or we'll be
-too late!"
-
-"The rascals! They have hoisted sail, and will be able to make rings
-round us," cried Mr. Blunt. "I fear that they have now an enormous
-advantage."
-
-That this was the case could not be denied, for as the trio looked
-over the rail at the banks of the river, occasionally to be seen
-dimly, they found that they themselves were floating slowly on the
-current, swinging round and round, while within but a few yards of
-them, and quickly coming under sail, was the pursuing boat, on the
-rails of which hung the gang of outlaws, ready to commence the attack
-at the very first moment. In rear of them was a river craft manned
-by more of the gang, who were pulling lustily so as to come up in
-time to take their share in the unequal contest. The situation was
-indeed critical again, and there is little wonder that the trio
-aboard the drifting craft found it hard to decide how to act under
-the circumstances, and looked about them desperately for a way of
-escape.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XIII
-
-IN A TIGHT CORNER
-
-"We are cornered, I fear," said Mr. Blunt as soon as he had fully
-realized what was happening, and that the enemy were now following
-swiftly, their big river boat under sail, and part of their gang in a
-craft which they propelled with oars, "unless we also could hoist a
-little canvas. But I fear that that is out of the question, for the
-sail is a big one."
-
-Then they went to the mast, to find the yard and sail extremely
-heavy, while in the darkness it was almost impossible to find the
-hoisting gear. However, the knowledge that something must be done if
-they wished to escape spurred them on to make an effort, and after a
-little fumbling in the dark they managed to hoist a few feet of the
-sail, and even to get some way on the boat.
-
-"Do as they did," sang out Mr. Blunt. "Push her head round, while I
-go to the tiller. Once we are under way, stand ready with one of the
-poles to push them off if they get too near. One can use the pole
-while the other stands over him with his revolver. And remember to
-shoot swiftly. The man who can draw trigger first on occasions like
-this stands the best chance of coming alive out of the struggle. Ah,
-I see them again! I wish this boat would swing a little more
-quickly."
-
-There was a note of anxiety in his voice, for the minutes were
-passing rapidly, and though their own sail had now been hoisted for
-quite two minutes the boat had not yet swung round with her bow down
-stream. As for the enemy, the vessel on which they were was already
-well under way; but she still had to make up the distance which she
-had previously lost, and which had steadily increased as the stream
-bore Dudley and his friends along. For a time she had been lost to
-view in the darkness, and only the shouts of the rascals on her deck
-showed where she was, while the answering calls of the gang in the
-small boat, and the splash of their paddles, told that they too were
-already dangerously near. Dudley stood in the stern of the boat
-listening intently to the splashes and the calls, and then leaving
-his comrades for a moment went carefully along the deck on hands and
-knees, searching for something with his fingers.
-
-"If that small boat comes alongside she will be more difficult to
-deal with than the other," he thought. "Those rascals will hang on
-till some are on board, and we shall be kept so busy that we shall
-not be able to deal with their friends. I remember a coil of rope
-which lay amongst our stores. I fancy it is heavy enough for my
-purpose."
-
-The numerous articles which Mr. Blunt had purchased in Buenos Ayres
-had been loaded into the hold of the vessel, and some had also been
-placed a little forward of the mast. There were many coils of rope
-and wire in these stores, and at this moment Dudley thought of them.
-He soon reached the spot where he remembered he had seen them placed,
-and fumbled in the darkness with his fingers till he lit upon one of
-the coils of rope. It was closely wound, and consisted of inch
-cable, which was securely lashed into a coil. Standing over it, he
-lifted it to his shoulder with an effort and bore it aft, staggering
-under the weight. A second or more later he had tumbled it on to the
-deck with a bang.
-
-"For the gentlemen in the small boat if they happen to wish to pay us
-a visit," he said significantly. "If I can make a good shot with
-this coil I think there will be little boat left. Now for the other
-vessel. Is she in sight?"
-
-"In sight, and almost within striking distance," answered Harold
-promptly, for he had sprung on to the rail of the ship and had been
-peering eagerly into the darkness. "She is coming up on our left.
-Look there! You can see a big black mass, fifteen feet behind us,
-perhaps."
-
-The report was only too true, and before long Dudley himself could
-see the bow of the vessel, and even thought he detected a couple of
-figures standing there. If he had had any doubt, their sudden calls
-to their comrades proved their presence beyond contradiction.
-Indeed, two of the gaucho ruffians were standing as far forward as
-they could get, and as Dudley watched them they called loudly, their
-shouts bringing their comrades running along the deck to join them.
-
-"Within a little way, comrades," said one of the rascals, as he drew
-his weapon, "and if this darkness does not make a fool of me I can
-see one of the fellows at the tiller. This will soon show if it is a
-man or a shadow. I'll wager that I make a hit."
-
-He coolly presented his revolver at the figure of Mr. Blunt, which
-could be dimly seen at that distance, and he pulled the trigger
-gently. There was a loud report at once, a report which went echoing
-down the river, and brought a cheer from the men rowing the smaller
-boat. A spout of flame shot from the muzzle, and a ball hissed
-across the narrow space, missed Mr. Blunt by the smallest interval,
-and, flying on, struck Harold Joyce on the tip of the shoulder,
-penetrating the muscle and emerging on the other side. A sharp cry
-escaped the lad, which was drowned instantly by the report of
-Dudley's weapon, and by a rattling volley which came from the
-pursuers, for the flash had lit up the scene and shown the three
-figures standing in the stern of the boat which they were following.
-However, their bullets flew wide of the mark, while the flash which
-had enabled them to fire proved of advantage to Dudley and his
-friends also. Dudley had been watching the dim figures aboard the
-pursuing boat, and hardly had the report of the first pistol shot
-died down when his own weapon cracked sharply, and the man who had
-fired dropped like a stone, a bullet having struck him in the very
-centre of the forehead.
-
-"Two to us and one to them, I think," said Mr. Blunt cheerily. "That
-was a quick shot, Dudley, and will teach them caution perhaps. Now,
-my lad, I think you were hit. Not badly I hope."
-
-"It is nothing, sir," came the ready answer, for once he had
-recovered from the first shock of the wound Harold Joyce had
-determined to make little of it. His old fears were forgotten and to
-tell the truth the lad was rather enjoying this brush with his late
-companions. There was now no thought of danger, only a feeling of
-huge relief, for had he not unburdened himself, and obtained the
-forgiveness of his old comrade? And with that feeling of relief was
-a curious and altogether novel sense of elation. He felt wonderfully
-cool and steady, and seeing that Dudley and Mr. Blunt were precisely
-the same, he took heart from that and vowed quietly to himself that
-if he came out of this his first engagement alive he would also
-emerge from it with credit to himself. And then, to think what joy
-it would be to him, to Harold Joyce, to know that he had done well,
-to feel that he had acted a man's part, had behaved like a man, he
-who till a few minutes before had hardly dared look an honest fellow
-in the face. He had not forgotten his old behavior, his despicable
-crime, and the cowardice and treachery to a friend which he had
-shown. He would never forget that as long as he lived perhaps, for
-it would help him to make amends, to live in the future so that no
-one could point the finger of scorn at him. Now was his opportunity,
-and he seized upon it eagerly.
-
-"Just a little blow on the shoulder, sir," he said easily. "It is
-merely a pinprick, and only reminds me that they have revolvers. I
-owe them something, and mean to repay it. I'll try a shot."
-
-Up till then he had not drawn trigger, but now he coolly stepped on
-to the rail again, peered at the black shape surging up astern, and
-then took a snap shot, sending a leaden messenger crashing into the
-middle of the group of rascals, and bringing a shout of pain from one
-of them. A second later Mr. Blunt had dragged him down under the
-rail again.
-
-"Number three!" he said with an exclamation of pleasure. "You are
-doing well, Joyce. But you must not be foolhardy. Remember that the
-flash of your pistol gives them a chance, for it shows up your
-figure. They missed you by the purest chance."
-
-Indeed the flash of his weapon had been the signal for another
-rattling volley from the enemy, the bullets singing over the heads of
-the trio, and sweeping away into the space beyond. As for the man
-who had been struck, he went crawling aft on hands and knees,
-groaning as he went.
-
-"Within ten feet I should say," said Dudley suddenly, "and the fellow
-who is steering the vessel is sweeping her bow over towards us. It
-is nearly time to put out our pole. What are we to do supposing they
-grapple with us and get aboard?"
-
-It was a difficult question to decide, and for some few seconds there
-was silence while the three peered away astern at the pursuers, who
-were steadily coming up, while Mr. Blunt cast an anxious glance
-ahead. The boat which he steered was now heading directly down
-stream, and had increased her pace. But she was showing only a
-little canvas, while the enemy had their sail hoisted to its full
-height. That the gang of ruffians would overhaul them was perfectly
-clear; within five minutes they would be surging alongside, with
-their rail grating against that of the vessel which they were
-pursuing.
-
-"It is hard to say what we ought to do," he answered slowly. "They
-are sure to come up with us, and equally sure to lash their rail to
-ours. They know that we are here, and will come tumbling aboard and
-make a rush into the stern. Let us consider how many we shall have
-to meet."
-
-"That is soon answered," spoke out Harold boldly. "We have hit
-three. Six are left. Just two to one. Why not change our places,
-sir? If we crept forward as they came alongside, they would find the
-stern vacated when they climbed aboard."
-
-"But they would find us in the end," interrupted Dudley. "Why not
-try another trick? We can creep forward, as Harold suggests, and
-then get aboard their boat as they board us. A cut with a knife then
-would alter matters. We should be able to sail away, and----"
-
-"A pretty plan, and one which we will carry out if we have the
-chance," cried Mr. Blunt. "It is quite certain that if we stay here
-they will prove too strong for us. We must make the utmost use of
-the darkness, and it is agreed therefore that we go forward, conceal
-ourselves under the rail, and as soon as they are on board clamber
-across to their deck and cut the ropes, for they are sure to lash the
-two craft together. I will make my way forward, while you will take
-the rope aft, Dudley. That is agreed. Then I think we will take up
-our places at once. They are already very near, and I reckon that
-within a minute they will be alongside. Slip off one by one. Joyce,
-lead the way please, and remember, there must be silence. We slip
-aboard, cut the lashings, and make off. I will take the tiller."
-
-It was high time indeed that they should make some arrangement, for,
-as Mr. Blunt had said, the enemy were even then within striking
-distance. The ruffianly sailor who controlled the vessel on which
-the gang were pursuing was a man who knew his business and had
-steered a course on many an occasion. More than that, the fellow had
-the eyes of a cat, for he seemed to be able to make out the outline
-of the boat ahead in spite of the darkness, and indeed, by sitting on
-the deck, and getting his head as low as possible, had for some while
-been able to discern the mast of the fugitive boat against the stars
-above. He knew now that his bow was in a line with the stern of the
-other vessel, and with the knowledge that he was overhauling her very
-rapidly he moved his tiller just a little and sent his own craft
-swirling closer, so that her rail would touch that of the one in
-front.
-
-"In a minute, comrades!" he sang out in execrable Portuguese. "I am
-running alongside. One of you take a rope forward and lash the rails
-as soon as they meet. I will see to the job being done aft here."
-
-A call told him that his comrades understood, and once more the
-ruffian put his helm over. The ships touched a moment or two later,
-and by then the bow of the pursuer was half-way along the side of the
-boat on which Dudley and his friends crouched. A minute later the
-boats were sailing on a dead level, and the time had come to lash
-them together. The sailor promptly left his tiller, and, snatching a
-length of rope which he had placed at his feet, sprang at the rail,
-while those who were forward carried out their part of the task as
-rapidly as possible. A shout told that they were ready, and within
-an instant the sailor had left the stern and had run forward to meet
-them.
-
-"We have them at last, the dogs," he shouted. "They were in the
-stern. Follow! Cut the lubbers to pieces."
-
-He led the way on to the deck of the other vessel, and close behind
-him came his comrades, all revolver in hand, eager to be the first to
-shoot down the three who had stood in the stern, and who had shot
-their leader and two others of their number. They went rushing along
-the deck, the sailor emptying his weapon as he ran, for he took the
-gaunt outline of the mast for one of the men he sought.
-
-"Our time to move," whispered Mr. Blunt. "Remember, I go forward,
-while Dudley takes the rope aft. I'll be with you in a moment."
-
-As silent as ghosts, and as active as cats, the three slipped over
-the rails on to the other vessel, where Mr. Blunt went on hands and
-knees and with wonderful agility slid and scrambled along the deck.
-As for Dudley, he ran aft, keeping his hand all the while on the
-rail, and did not stop till it had struck upon the rope which the
-sailor had placed in position. With a slash he severed it, and then
-went to the tiller, there to wait for his leader. As for Harold
-Joyce, he stood on the deck opposite the point where he had clambered
-aboard, and, crouching under the shelter of the rail, waited,
-prepared to protect Mr. Blunt with his revolver.
-
-Meanwhile those who had swarmed aboard the boat which they had been
-so feverishly following were at a loss to understand what had
-happened.
-
-The sailor had quickly discovered that he had made an error in firing
-at the mast, and as by then he was within sight of the stern, he came
-to a sudden halt, and sheltered his body behind the big mass of
-timber.
-
-"Shoot when you see them," he shouted. "They must be lying on the
-deck. Give them a volley, comrades."
-
-It was one of the gauchos who made the gang aware of the fact that
-the stern was empty. He peered into the darkness for a moment, and
-then rushed aft till he came to the rail, his revolver held in
-readiness in case his eyes should have deceived him.
-
-"Not here!" he called angrily. "This is where we saw them when the
-last shot was fired. They must have gone forward, or have dived into
-the cabin. After them! We will riddle them with bullets once we
-come upon them. Ah, peste take the man who fired then! Be careful
-with your weapons."
-
-He turned savagely upon one of the gang, who, thinking he saw a
-figure beside the rail a little for'ard of the stern drew trigger on
-it, sending a bullet dangerously near his comrade. Then, joining the
-sailor, this gaucho led the way forward, this time at a slower pace,
-searching every foot of the deck.
-
-"Empty!" exclaimed the sailor with an oath. "Then they have gone
-into the cabin, and we shall have a pretty business to get them out.
-What's best to be done?"
-
-He turned on those who followed him, forgetful of the fact that none
-knew English. But they seemed to guess at his meaning, for the
-gaucho promptly led the way back to the cabin.
-
-"An ugly place to search," he admitted as he made out the outline of
-the roof of the saloon which Dudley and Mr. Blunt had occupied, and
-came to a halt at the short flight of stairs leading down to it. "A
-man does not care to dive into a dark hole like that and be shot down
-like a dog. The fellows are skulking behind the door, and will see
-us before we can catch sight of them. What's to be done? Coop them
-up below and wait till morning seems the best way out of the
-difficulty."
-
-"And have a hundred busybodies asking what the noise is about, and
-why we are so carefully shooting white men on the river," shouted the
-man at his elbow, pushing him aside indignantly. "What has to be
-done must be done now. I'm going into the cabin."
-
-As if to let the occupants of the tiny place know that he was coming,
-the ruffian emptied four of the cartridges in his revolver into the
-door of the cabin, sending the bullets ripping through the wood, and
-thudding heavily against the bulkhead beyond. Then, quickly
-following his messengers, he leaped to the bottom of the stairway and
-burst into the saloon.
-
-"Empty!" he shouted a moment or two later. "Not a soul in here.
-Where are the pretty birds?"
-
-Where indeed? The members of the gang raced up and down the deck,
-searching vainly for the men they wanted, and never even suspecting
-the trick which had been played upon them. It was not till they had
-felt in every corner, and come very near to shooting one another in
-the confusion caused by their haste and the darkness, that it slowly
-dawned upon their minds that the birds had flown. Then they looked
-for the ship on which they had taken passage, and which they had
-slipped from her moorings not ten minutes before, and were struck
-dumb with astonishment to find that she was already some ten feet
-from them, and hardly discernible in the darkness. Indeed it is
-probable that they would not even now have suspected what had really
-happened had it not been for a sudden commotion close at hand. They
-had entirely forgotten the noisy comrades who had gone ashore, and
-who had since embarked on a small boat. Even Mr. Blunt and his two
-stanch young friends had allowed the existence of this other gang to
-slip their memory, for their hands were very full. They had carried
-out their scheme in absolute silence and with wonderful celerity.
-They had severed the ropes, and then with a whispered word to one
-another had placed themselves along the rail of the captured vessel,
-and, keeping as low as possible, had pushed the two boats apart. Not
-till then had Mr. Blunt taken his station at the tiller. He looked
-aloft, felt the river vessel cant as the wind filled her sail, and
-then pushed at his tiller.
-
-"In a moment we shall have said good-by," he whispered. "Listen to
-the rascals! They will be angry when we are gone. Ah! Those other
-fellows! They are just beside us."
-
-Both heard the splash of oars, and then the loud calls of the men in
-the rowing boat. They had come up with their comrades, as they
-thought, and when Dudley looked over the stern rail there they were,
-alongside, and getting to their feet so as to climb aboard. He
-lifted his revolver and was on the point of firing when Mr. Blunt
-arrested the shot.
-
-"Don't shoot," he whispered swiftly. "They do not know what has
-happened, and their fellows aboard our boat are also in ignorance.
-Get along the deck and find something heavy, like the coil you
-prepared before."
-
-A word was enough, and within a second Dudley was running along the
-deck, bent double as he went. And fortunate it was for him and his
-friends that he was one of those lads who take in his surroundings
-somewhat more thoroughly perhaps than do average people. Everything
-that was novel interested him, and a ship had always been a
-fascinating subject to Dudley. He had made himself acquainted with
-every corner and hole of the river boat on which he and his employer
-had sailed from Buenos Ayres, as well as that upon which they had
-descended the river, and in both cases he had noted the fact that the
-vessels carried a spare anchor hooked to the rail in the bow. The
-memory of that spare anchor flashed across his mind, and at once he
-ran up into the bow, making no attempt to search for another object
-on the way. It was there. His fingers gripped the heavy piece of
-metal, and with a jerk he hoisted it from the grips which held it in
-place. Then he returned at a run, arriving breathless at the stern.
-
-"That should do," said Mr. Blunt. "Take the tiller, and look out for
-shots. I'll do my best to teach those employees of mine a little
-lesson in honesty. Perhaps in future they will not take service with
-a man with the express intention of robbing and murdering him."
-
-He leaned over the rail, the anchor poised over his shoulder, and
-glanced down at the men in the boat alongside. They were calling
-angrily to one another, for their evening ashore, and the darkness of
-the night, had led to no little confusion. Each man wished to be the
-first to climb aboard the vessel, while none were directed to cling
-to the rail. And in consequence it happened that no sooner did the
-majority of them rise to their feet than the boat slipped away from
-the side of the one they wished to board, and they were forced to
-paddle again to come up with her.
-
-"Keep quiet there!" shouted one of their number. "Hold on there in
-the bow, while I get a grip here. Then clamber aboard one by one.
-Hi, comrade, throw us a rope!"
-
-He had caught sight of Mr. Blunt's figure, and stood up to catch the
-expected rope. But it was a very different missile which descended
-at his feet. Mr. Blunt was not the man to muddle an affair like this
-by missing his aim. He leaned well over the rail, poised the anchor
-above his head, and then threw it down into the boat with all the
-force of which he was capable. There was a sickening thump as it
-struck one of the rascals, and this was followed instantly by the
-crash of splintering woodwork, and then by a babel of sounds, oaths,
-threats, and cries of fear. A shot was fired, while one of the more
-active of the men, realizing what had happened, made a desperate leap
-at the rail, and hung to it for a moment. But it was for only a
-brief moment, for again a pistol sounded, the sharp report drowning
-the shouts of the men below. The man dropped into the water like a
-stone, leaving Mr. Blunt staring down at the place which his figure
-had occupied. Then it was the turn of the rascals aboard the other
-boat.
-
-"Let them shout," said Mr. Blunt calmly. "They are beaten,
-hopelessly beaten, for we have the legs of them now. Keep down,
-lads, for it would be sad to be hit now that the affair is almost
-over. That is, over for us. For these rascals, I promise you and
-them that it is by no means over. I will probe this matter to the
-bottom. Whatever it costs I will discover who is the ringleader, the
-scoundrel who sits quietly down at Montevideo and incites men to make
-an attack upon me, and I will do my utmost to punish these brigands
-for their work to-night. Ah, there go the pistols! Shoot till you
-are tired, my friends."
-
-A furious volley came from the men aboard the boat which Dudley and
-his friends had so recently left, and for a minute the shooting
-continued till darkness and the increasing interval between the
-vessels had separated the combatants. As for those who had manned
-the smaller boat, into which the anchor had been cast, their shouts
-were soon drowned by the river. For the heavy piece of iron had
-beaten a hole in the bottom of the craft, and in a little while she
-had filled to the gunwale. Indeed, while those aboard the ship now
-being left behind were emptying their revolvers, their luckless
-comrades were struggling for life in the water. More than one of the
-wretches sank almost at once, while but two managed to reach the
-safety of the bank and scramble ashore. The tables had been turned,
-in fact. The rascally attackers, who had been in such great force,
-and who had hoped to take advantage of the Englishman, and secure his
-money, had been badly beaten. They had lost many from their gang,
-and, worse perhaps for those who remained--for such desperadoes think
-little of losses,--they had failed in their enterprise.
-
-The cheer which the trio aboard the escaping vessel gave as they
-sailed away must have been maddening to the ruffians.
-
-"That will tell them that we are alive and well," said Mr. Blunt.
-"Later we will do more to prove the fact. And now that we are under
-way, and have some breath to spare, let me say how grateful I am to
-this young gentleman. Shake hands, Mr. Joyce! Your gallantry has
-saved our lives. Dudley Compton and I are your debtors."
-
-Each in turn took the blushing Harold by the hand and gripped his
-fingers warmly. This was his reward for acting the man, and for the
-resolution and courage which he had shown in the matter.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XIV
-
-BACK TO THE RANCHO
-
-Great indeed was the happiness of the trio who had made such an
-eventful escape from the gang who had attacked them. As they stood
-in the stern of their captured vessel, listening for a time to the
-shouts of rage which followed them, and the occasional pistol shots
-which echoed down the river, each of the three was deeply grateful
-for what had been a most lucky escape, and Dudley and Mr. Blunt in
-particular felt that they were specially fortunate.
-
-"We can never hope for such luck again," said Mr. Blunt, as he stood,
-tiller in hand. "Those rascals would have murdered us as we lay in
-the cabin had it not been for the warning we received. Come, Mr.
-Joyce, tell us the whole tale again, and how it came about that you
-were in this country, and took passage with those men."
-
-Thus encouraged to speak out, Harold sat on the edge of the rail, and
-for some ten minutes described all that had happened. Nor did he
-neglect to commence from the very beginning, for as yet his story had
-come to the ears of his two listeners in scraps only, interrupted by
-the shouts of the enemy. Manfully, therefore, with no attempt to
-gloss over the painful incident which had been the commencement of
-all his troubles, and of Dudley's, he told how he had stood aside and
-seen Dudley suffer, how remorse had promptly attacked him, and how he
-had made a clean breast of his fault at home, and then, with the
-consent and encouragement of his father and mother, had come out to
-Montevideo to find Dudley. His listeners knew in what manner the
-strange meeting had been brought about, but they were not aware of
-the fact that Harold had arrived in Montevideo to hear that Mr.
-Bradshaw, to whom Dudley had been sent out, was dead, and that there
-was no trace of the lad he sought; he had disappeared.
-
-Those were days when mails travelled from South America often enough
-by sailing vessels, for there were very few steamers, and it happened
-that the letter which Dudley had written on his arrival in the
-country, to his guardian, had reached home after Harold had set out.
-Thus it was that the lad found himself seriously embarrassed at the
-first stage of his journey.
-
-"I could hear nothing of Dudley," he said, "and so, after idling for
-a few days, I came, on the advice of a rancher, up into this
-district. It was a piece of pure bad luck taking passage with such a
-gang."
-
-"Your pardon! It was a piece of amazing good fortune," contradicted
-Mr. Blunt. "For us, I mean, of course; for, lad, had you not come up
-with those fellows, had that rascally English sailor not been one of
-them, and, above all, had you not had the courage and resolution to
-do as you did, your old comrade and I would not be here now. No, no
-more, Harold! Dudley and I will listen to no more from you. We know
-the whole story, and it is clear to us what has happened. Lad, there
-are many people who get out of line, who do mean and contemptible
-tricks. I am not attempting to excuse your faults, let me tell you,
-but, as I say, many people sin, and go on sinning. You have learned
-a lesson from this fault. You have turned over a new leaf, and as a
-man who prides himself on his knowledge of human nature, I say
-definitely, without fear of contradiction, that the lad who can make
-up for his fault as you have done, who can face the angry friends of
-the late captain of the school, wrongfully accused, who can declare
-his own guilt to his parents, and then, not content, can follow out
-here, covering so many miles, with the one purpose of meeting that
-old friend and asking his forgiveness, is one who has good in him.
-You have behaved nobly, Harold. From this moment Dudley and I are
-your fast friends. We will prove it if you wish. Come with us to
-the estancia and see the life of the gauchos. You shall have a post
-under my manager, and pay in proportion. There, lad, it's a real
-pleasure to meet you."
-
-The tall, kindly owner of the estancia stretched out one hand and
-gripped Harold's. Mr. Blunt was a sympathetic man who seemed to be
-able to dip under the surface, to read the thoughts and feelings of
-those with whom he came in contact. There was some magnetic
-attraction about him which drew young fellows to him, which made him
-their friend almost from the first moment, and led them to confide in
-him, just as Dudley had done so soon after their chance meeting. Was
-it extraordinary, therefore, if Harold Joyce fell under the same
-spell? These were some of the first really kind words he had heard
-for many a day. The lad was deliriously happy. His troubles had
-been sliding rapidly from his shoulders, and in an hour, it seemed,
-he had regained his old friend, and had won another. He gripped the
-extended hand, shook it eagerly, and then burst into tears, tears
-which he stifled in an instant.
-
-"I came out here to be a man, to act like one if possible, and to
-show that I was not altogether bad," he said, steadying his voice.
-"If you and Dud will have me, why----"
-
-"You'll come, old chap," chimed in Dudley.
-
-"I will. It will be ripping."
-
-"Then that is settled," said Mr. Blunt. "Now I think it is high time
-we discussed some other matter. We seem to have forgotten that we
-are sailing down the Paraná in a strange vessel. The question is,
-shall we drop anchor and wait till morning, or shall we carry on down
-to Buenos Ayres?"
-
-"The question is settled already," burst in Dudley, "for we cannot
-anchor if we wish to do so. You forget that the gang who attacked us
-cut their cable when we were escaping, and that you yourself tossed
-the spare anchor into the boat which came alongside. So far as I can
-see there is nothing to be done but to carry on till morning."
-
-As it happened, however, the voyage downstream which the trio had
-been compelled to make was shortly afterwards brought to a sudden
-conclusion. It was densely dark, and in consequence steering was
-impossible, for it was seldom that Mr. Blunt caught a glimpse of the
-banks. Indeed, some few minutes later the boat grounded upon a bank
-of mud, coming to a standstill so gently that those aboard were
-hardly aware of the circumstances.
-
-"The difficulty vanishes," laughed Mr. Blunt, when all were sure of
-what had occurred. "We may just as well make ourselves comfortable
-for the remainder of the night, for we are fast ashore. I don't
-think we need fear a second attack from our enemies, for they are far
-behind us, and if they venture to follow will probably run past us
-without even seeing our spars. But I fancy they will be too busy
-looking to their own safety. They know very well that I shall take
-steps to have a search made for them, though it is little enough that
-one can expect from such action. Still, there are police down at
-Buenos Ayres, and some also at the settlements lying between us and
-that city. I shall make complaints, and try to stir the authorities
-up to some sort of action. But I fear little will come of it, for
-the cities and settlements are too busy to spare men for police
-duties, as a rule, while the country is so vast, there are such
-numbers of unregistered foreigners in it, that arrest of evildoers
-becomes a rare occurrence. Still, I will make my complaints, and
-will then return to the estancia. For the next few months I will
-devote myself to the building of forts, for I know now that the
-rascal who has on former occasions caused attacks to be made on me is
-still in the country. He will not rest after this. There are a
-hundred cut-throats to be had in the ports of Montevideo and Buenos
-Ayres, broken down gauchos and other ruffians. We must make
-preparation to meet them in case a second band is organized. And now
-for a sleep. As I said, there is practically no fear of
-interruption, for now that those rascals have failed they will be
-eager to make good their escape."
-
-Feeling secure against further attack, and having assured themselves
-that their vessel was hard and fast on the mud, the trio lowered the
-sail and stepped down into the cabin so lately occupied by the
-Italian and his rascals. The door had been left wide open, and as a
-consequence the pokey little place had been thoroughly aired.
-However, when the lamp had been set alight, the feeble illumination
-it gave showed to some extent the character of its late inhabitants.
-Tin pannikins, some half-filled with spirit and water, still lay on
-the table, while the stone jar had rolled on to the floor, where it
-had smashed into a hundred pieces, scattering them and what little
-was left of the contents all over the cabin. Dudley at once took a
-broom, which he found on the deck, and swept the boards clean. Then
-some sacking was procured, and within a little while all were fast
-asleep, Harold hugging himself closely in some sacking; for the night
-had been a little cool, and his soaking garments had not conduced to
-warmth.
-
-A brilliant sun greeted the trio as they came on deck on the
-following morning.
-
-"As I thought," said Mr. Blunt in tones of satisfaction. "We are
-ashore on the mud, and should be able to push the vessel off with
-poles. No damage has been done to our craft, and we shall soon have
-an opportunity of acting as navigators. But what about some
-breakfast? Come, Harold, you shall be our cook to-day, and Dudley
-shall supervise your work. He is a practised hand after his life on
-the pampas."
-
-The two young fellows ran off to see what the ship's larder
-contained, and very soon a column of black smoke was rising from the
-funnel which protruded from the galley. As for Mr. Blunt, while he
-waited the results of his two young friends' efforts, he carefully
-surveyed his surroundings, and was overjoyed to see, a mile or more
-up the river, and almost wholly out of sight round a gentle bend, the
-boat which he and Dudley had chartered.
-
-"Then I feel fairly sure of obtaining my goods again," he said, as he
-watched the craft. "I see no one moving aboard her, and as she, too,
-has run ashore, I fancy the rascals who were aboard her have
-decamped. But they shall hear from me later, and in the meanwhile I
-have a bone to pick with the crew of both vessels. It seems to me
-that they must have known of this proposed attack, and have absented
-themselves purposely."
-
-This was, indeed, the fact, for unknown to him the crew of the boat
-he had chartered had slipped ashore across the gangway soon after the
-hands he had hired had made their way to the saloons; while the men
-who manned the boat on which he found himself now had dropped into
-their small boat and followed the same plan.
-
-It was in the dinghy which they had used to get ashore that his own
-hands had put out into the river in order to join their accomplices.
-
-"Breakfast!" shouted Dudley, appearing at the door of the galley in
-his shirt sleeves, and bearing a smoking pan in his hands. "Now,
-Harold, pass Mr. Blunt the bill of fare and get into the cabin to lay
-the cloth. We shall want forks and knives."
-
-Harold Joyce, his face radiant, a merry smile on his lips, issued on
-to the deck, slate in hand, and ran to Mr. Blunt. A
-disreputable-looking object he appeared, too, for he had merely a
-shirt, socks, and overall trousers to clothe him, and they were by no
-means improved by his immersion during the night.
-
-"Fish first, sir?" he cried, as he pushed his slate before Mr. Blunt
-and pointed to the letters scrawled in chalk. "We found a good
-supply, which was quite fresh. Then we come to eggs, poached or
-boiled, sir?"
-
-"'Pon my word, trust youngsters to look after a meal!" laughed the
-owner of the estancia. "And what a feast it is, to be sure! Fish,
-eggs, toast and coffee! A bill of fare fit for a king! Boiled,
-please, Harold, and if there is a good supply I can manage two. By
-the way, lad, what about that wound? I had forgotten it entirely,
-for you have not even mentioned it."
-
-Harold flushed to his eyes again. "It's nothing at all," he said
-hastily. "It did not even keep me awake. However, you may see it if
-you wish."
-
-His shirt was all stained with blood about one shoulder. Mr. Blunt
-therefore at once helped him to slip the garment off. Then he
-examined the wound critically; living as he did miles away from a
-settlement, he had in course of time become quite accomplished in the
-art of treating hurts, for the gauchos often came to grief.
-
-"I should not make so little of it as you do," he said with one of
-his friendly smiles. "However, the ball has done no great damage.
-It struck the very edge, slipped under the skin, and flew out again.
-The wound is little more than skin deep, it is true, but none the
-less painful. As soon as we get back to our own vessel I will dress
-it, for I have nothing with me here. Now let us have that breakfast;
-I admit that I have a huge appetite."
-
-It was a merry party which sat down in the tiny cabin below, and the
-jollity of the trio was not a little due to the good fare placed
-before them. Dudley had long since had lessons in camp cooking from
-Pietro and the other gauchos, and could poach an egg so well that
-even the most delicate appetite would be tempted by it. He was an
-expert in the manufacture of steaming coffee, and with Harold's help
-had produced an excellent repast.
-
-"It was my first experience of cooking," laughed Harold, as he
-tackled a piece of fish, "and I confess I like the work. It
-interests me, and I shall devote heaps of time to it. Then I mean to
-learn how to ride these American horses, and how to shoot. Dud has
-been telling me something about it all, and I am sure I shall enjoy
-the life of the rancho."
-
-"Take your lessons from him, then," answered Mr. Blunt. "He can
-shoot, as even the gauchos admit, and they are very grudging with
-their praise in that respect. He has a good seat in the saddle, and
-above all he knows how to work with the men. That is a great secret.
-The manager, the officer, even the proprietor of a business, who has
-a way with his men, who studies their comfort, respects them, and
-gains their sympathy, while at the same time insisting on obedience,
-gains as well their respect. You must make that your aim, lad. Show
-the men that you can ride and shoot, that you are not afraid even of
-Indians, and then they will be friends of yours. That reminds me;
-there are Indians near the rancho. You will have to expect sudden
-raids, and there is not the slightest doubt that now we who live on
-the rancho shall carry our lives in our hands. Now, does that deter
-you?"
-
-Harold shook his head vigorously.
-
-"If you and Dudley are there, that is good enough for me," he
-answered briskly. "I shall do my best to share in the fighting if
-the Indians come. But tell me more about them, please. Dudley
-mentioned something about a raid which was made quite recently."
-
-As they discussed the meal Mr. Blunt outlined their doings on the
-rancho since he and Dudley had arrived from England, and did not fail
-to give due praise to his young manager. The tale opened Harold
-Joyce's eyes very wide indeed, and after that he looked at his old
-friend with increasing admiration, and swore once again that his old
-captain should be his model for the future.
-
-"Now for work," said Mr. Blunt, when all the good things had
-disappeared. "We will hoist the sail first of all, and then push the
-vessel off the mud. There is a fine fresh breeze blowing upstream,
-and that should help us along wonderfully."
-
-"What will happen when we get opposite the port again?" asked Dudley.
-"We have no anchor, and if we drop our sail we shall soon drift
-downstream again."
-
-"There is a simple way out of the difficulty," was the prompt answer.
-"I will run her ashore on a soft spot as near the port as possible.
-Then I will go to the port authorities, make my complaints, and hire
-a boat and a couple of men to take us down to our own vessel."
-
-They laid hold of the tackle at once, and by dint of much hauling
-finally got their sail up. Then the wind helped them more than they
-had expected, for, filling the sail at once, it drove them off the
-mud out into the middle of the stream. A little movement of the
-tiller brought the bow into the right direction, and very soon they
-were bowling along towards their destination. Indeed, in an hour
-they were opposite the port, which consisted of an official residence
-and office, a few private houses, and the odious saloons. There was
-a patch of soft mud just above the wharf, and Mr. Blunt calmly ran
-the vessel ashore there, dropping the sail when she was securely
-embedded. An hour later he and his young friends were aboard their
-own boat.
-
-"As I thought," he said. "My complaints of those rascals were
-listened to politely. The official was all sympathy, but when it
-came to a question of action he merely shrugged his shoulders and
-pointed out that he had no one to help him. But he promised to send
-a report down to Buenos Ayres, while I myself will set private agents
-to work to make inquiries for me. However, our friend the official
-has promised to procure men to help in the loading, so that we may be
-off to-night."
-
-Indeed, that same evening saw them sailing up the river, their old
-crew having come aboard.
-
-"Of course they expressed the utmost surprise and indignation," said
-Mr. Blunt to Dudley, as the captain and his men filed aboard. "What
-can one say? I suspect them strongly. In fact I am positive that
-they kept out of the way purposely. However, they are necessary to
-us, and the failure of their friends will make them careful of their
-behavior in the future."
-
-On the following day the vessel put in at the port at which Mr.
-Blunt's cattle were shipped, and they found Pepito waiting for them
-there, while half a dozen of the gauchos had ridden in to help with
-the logs, and to carry to the estancia the goods which had been
-bought in Buenos Ayres.
-
-"Now, Harold, you will be able to pick a horse, and try what it is to
-sit a South American saddle," cried Dudley, as the party prepared to
-ride away. "See here, I will give you a lesson in mounting."
-
-Pepito had brought Dudley's favorite horse to meet him, and striding
-up to the beast he sprang into the saddle with a bound which
-surprised the lad who was watching. The reins were gathered up in an
-instant, the feet seemed to find the stirrups by themselves, and in a
-moment he was off. But Dudley swung his animal round when fifty
-yards away, brought him back at a gallop, and was on his feet beside
-Mr. Blunt at the very moment when his horse came to a standstill.
-
-"Just what I have been longing for ever since we left for Buenos
-Ayres," he laughed. "Life on shipboard may be very nice, but give me
-the open pampas and a horse."
-
-"And me also," sang out Mr. Blunt, as he climbed into his saddle.
-"You will learn it all in a little while, Harold, and, like Dudley,
-will enjoy every minute of the day. For me the life is fascinating,
-and I'll be bound that you will find it the same. But come along.
-Let us be off."
-
-Harold had had some practice with horses in England, and he mounted
-the beast he had chosen without so much as a qualm. But he soon
-found that an American saddle and a fresh, almost wild, horse were
-very different from pigskin and the hacks one usually obtains
-elsewhere. Still, he sat well, and managed his steed after a little
-practice. Indeed, he soon felt so much at home that he was able to
-take some note of his surroundings, and was delighted with the
-pampas. As to the camp they formed that night, the hearty meal, and
-his bed under the shelter of his saddle, the boy simply revelled in
-the experience, and woke as rosy and happy as possible. Within a
-week he had quite settled down to the new life, and ever by the side
-of our hero had ridden from end to end of the rancho. By then a good
-proportion of the logs which Mr. Blunt had ordered had been delivered
-at the wharf on the river, and had been divided.
-
-"I have arranged for the work of fort building to go on at each of
-the corrals at one and the same time," said the owner of the
-estancia, as he and the lads sat in the one room of the house one
-evening after the day's ranching was done. "And I will give you my
-reasons for such a step. A plan that appeared some three weeks ago
-to be one demanding no haste is now one which undoubtedly demands
-instant execution. I shall not feel secure till all the forts are
-erected."
-
-"Then have you had news of the roughs who attacked us?" demanded
-Dudley anxiously, for ever since the attack made upon them on the
-river he had been thinking of the consequences. He had now obtained
-some insight into the conditions of this portion of South America,
-and knew that the Entre Rios district was one which lay at the mercy
-of any well-organized gang of brigands who cared to take to the
-pampas. He had met a few of the neighboring ranchers, all of whom
-had at some time been victims of the Indian raids, or of sudden onset
-by white outlaws, and he knew now how real was the danger of which
-Mr. Blunt had warned him on the way out to the country. "You have
-heard something?" he asked. "What is the news, sir?"
-
-"There is little, but what I have gathered is bad," was the prompt
-answer. "I set agents to work, and already I have had a report. The
-ringleader of the gang who attacked us on the way up the river--I
-mean, of course, the ruffian who organized them, but who took no
-active part, has not yet been discovered. But the authorities in
-Montevideo have had warning that a gang is being formed. They have
-had complaints about these marauders before, and as far as possible
-they endeavor to send warning to the ranchers. They tell me that it
-has come to their knowledge that the graziers in the Entre Rios
-district are to be attacked; but where the gang of rascals is now,
-when they will commence operations, and of how many they consist, the
-agents have no definite information. So we must be prepared, for the
-storm will burst when least expected, and those who have made no
-preparation will go under. For that reason I am setting all the
-hands I can procure to work at the forts, and I shall not rest till
-they are completed."
-
-That he was ill at ease was evident, and from that date, for a month,
-building operations went on feverishly, and wooden forts were erected
-close to each one of the corrals. Not till they were finished did
-Mr. Blunt consider that he could spare Dudley.
-
-"I have waited till now, as an attack might come at any moment," he
-said one day when each one of the forts was declared to be ready.
-"We have now finished the first portion of our plan. It remains now
-to train the men, to teach them the signals, and to accustom them to
-the use of the forts. After that is done we must communicate with
-the neighboring ranchers, and I will send you two youngsters to make
-all arrangements. You shall set out at the end of the week, and I
-will give you an escort, for you might be attacked. Select your own
-men, Dudley, and let me know who they are as soon as possible."
-
-The two young fellows could not repress the smile of pleasure which
-wreathed their lips at the orders just received. It meant that they
-would ride away from the estancia, and that, added to the joy of
-camping in the open, there might even be some adventure, for the
-times were likely to be stirring. They selected their escort, took a
-spare horse apiece, and one fine morning rode from the estancia,
-armed to the teeth, and prepared for any trouble which might happen
-to come their way.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XV
-
-DUDLEY MAKES A DISCOVERY
-
-"There is the list of owners we have to call upon," said Dudley, on
-the evening of the day on which they had ridden from the estancia.
-"You see, there are three Portuguese, whom Mr. Blunt describes as
-good fellows; two Englishmen, with whom he has always been on the
-best of terms; and one other individual of whose nationality he is
-uncertain. He is really our nearest neighbor, but somewhat cut off,
-owing to a belt of forest. We shall visit him last."
-
-"The others are some distance away, I suppose?" was Harold's
-question. "That means that we shall be away some days. Then I act
-as cook. That's agreed?"
-
-"So long as you give us something fit to eat," was the laughing
-rejoinder. "One of the gauchos shall help you, and you two will cook
-for the whole party. I'll tell off two more to gather wood or
-thistle tops, and one to fetch water. We will commence right away,
-and so let everyone know what is expected of him. Call the boys,
-Pepito."
-
-The young gaucho, whom Dudley had selected to lead his escort, came
-with half a dozen men at his heels trotting up to our hero, and
-pulled his horse in with iron hands, which set the beast rearing and
-plunging.
-
-"The señor called," he said, stroking his thin mustache with the
-fingers of one hand, and looking not a little proud of himself, for
-it was a feather in his cap to be selected as the leader of Dudley's
-escort.
-
-"I called to inform you that we shall camp here where we stand, for
-there is open pampas all round, and a stream of water close at hand.
-Tell off a man to help the señor here to do our cooking, and two more
-to gather thistle tops or what wood there may be lying about. I
-shall want another to get water for the cooks, and the remainder will
-be broken up into guards. We will commence right away by being
-careful; then, if anyone does attempt to surprise us, we shall not be
-taken so easily."
-
-"It is good advice, señor," came the answer. "I have nine gauchos
-with me, and will tell them off as you say. How many guards will the
-señor need? I suggest four. There are twelve of us here, including
-yourselves, and if the señors care to take their turn----"
-
-"Care! Of course we shall share the work," sang out Dudley briskly.
-"We are not going to lie under our saddles and sleep all through the
-night when a watch has to be kept. It will do us good to take our
-turn. Divide the men into three lots of three, then, Pepito, placing
-the señor here with one batch, yourself with another, and myself with
-the last. We will watch for two hours, and then the guards will be
-changed."
-
-He waved his hand to show that the interview was over, and then
-watched as Harold made his preparations for the evening meal. The
-young fellow set to work with a will, for camp cooking was an art
-which had attracted his attention since he came to the pampas. Up
-till then he could hardly have prepared a rasher of bacon had he been
-asked, but the days he had spent away on the estancia with Dudley,
-when raw provisions were carried in their haversacks, and had to be
-cooked before they could be eaten, had taught him not a little, and
-the lad was beginning to pride himself upon his ability. Selecting a
-hollow down by the stream which ran close beside the camp, he and the
-man told off to help him erected a fireplace with boulders taken from
-the bed of the stream, and, breaking open a cartridge, damped a
-portion of the powder, setting fire to the train of dry grains which
-led to it by means of a flint and steel, for matches in those days
-were very precious out there on the pampas. Driftwood from the bank
-of the stream had already been piled over the powder, and very soon
-there was a merry blaze. Cooking pots were now produced, and for an
-hour, while Dudley and Pepito were busily superintending the
-watering, feeding, and grooming of the horses, the two cooks went on
-with their work.
-
-"Roast deer, grilled bones, bread and coffee," shouted Harold at
-length, appearing before Dudley in his shirt sleeves. "Dinner is
-ready and waiting."
-
-"And so are we. Bring the boys, Pepito," sang out Dudley. "Let us
-get the meal over before it is dark. Then the men will have time for
-a smoke before turning in."
-
-Out there on the pampas, when the first streak of light found the
-camps astir, and the rising of the sun often enough discovered the
-gauchos, already breakfasted, their horses watered and fed, and
-themselves mounted and away after the cattle, a man did not as a rule
-wish to sit up late after darkness had fallen. Candles, like
-matches, were scarce, and, besides, the strenuous life, and the fresh
-open air, always had their effect. The gauchos worked hard from
-cock-crow till nightfall, and then, having supped and smoked a pipe,
-they were content to fall asleep, as if they were children, and make
-the utmost of the hours of darkness. Scarcely an hour, therefore,
-after their meal was ended, the camp was wrapped in silence, eight
-long figures lying beneath blankets under the shelter of as many
-saddles, while on the four sides, spread out some two hundred yards
-from the camp, rode the comrades who were on guard. Gaunt and weird,
-too, did these latter look as the light of a small crescent of the
-moon fell upon their figures. Each man was wrapped in his poncho,
-which belled out all round him, falling sometimes even lower than his
-knees. Wide-brimmed hats were pulled well over the ears, and in
-every case a thin rod stuck up above the shoulder and head, standing
-out prominently against the light of the moon, and showing plainly
-that the gaucho carried arms. Sometimes the sturdy fellows would sit
-like statues, watching and listening, while their mounts, seeming to
-understand what was expected of them, would stand without so much as
-a move, waiting, like the patient and well-trained beasts they were,
-for the word of their masters. Perhaps a low whistle would sound
-across the camp, and at once the men on guard would lift their heads
-and would amble across to where the call had originated, only to
-retire again within a minute. For the whistle was a signal, and a
-prompt answer to it told the one who had given it that his comrades
-were awake and alert.
-
-"The two hours is ended. The señor takes the guard."
-
-The tall figure of Pepito bent over our hero, and with a start he was
-awake.
-
-"Two hours gone!" he exclaimed, as he rubbed his eyes. "Why, I lay
-down only a minute ago! There is some mistake."
-
-"There is none, señor. Two full hours have passed, and you have
-slept all the while. I know that, for I crossed close to you many
-times. The horses are sleeping peacefully, señor, and there is
-nothing to report. The moon falls in two hours more, so you will
-know when to rouse the other guard."
-
-It was true. Dudley sprang to his feet, threw his poncho over his
-shoulder, and ran off with his saddle to where the horses were
-picketed. Two minutes later he and his three gauchos took up their
-guard, and patrolled round the camp. It was a new experience to our
-hero, and many a time that night did he see an enemy in some bush
-across the stream, which on quiet investigation proved to be a
-shadow. For he was like the young soldier taking sentry duty soon
-after joining the ranks, who finds this unaccustomed work at first
-somewhat trying. However, nothing startling occurred during the
-night, and when the sun flashed across the pampas on the following
-morning it found the camp broken up, and Dudley and his escort well
-on their way.
-
-A week later the little cavalcade was returning to the estancia,
-having paid the last of their visits.
-
-"On the whole we have been very successful," said Dudley, as he and
-Harold rode side by side. "We have interviewed all the ranchers our
-employer sent us to see, and they have agreed to bring their men at
-once should they receive a signal. At the same time we have arranged
-to keep one another informed of the movements of the natives and of
-any strange whites. By the way, I can't say I like that last fellow
-we went to see."
-
-"Nor I," was the prompt answer. "He was a surly beggar, and I caught
-him many a time scowling at you, Dud. I thought, too, that his
-promises were not sincere. He seemed eager to hear all about this
-intended organization of the ranchers, and yet gave me the impression
-that he cared little what became of those owning estancias on either
-side of him."
-
-"Of whom Mr. Blunt is one, Harold. Yes, I too thought the man queer.
-We will ask Pepito about him."
-
-A call brought the gaucho cantering up at once, and in a minute he
-was ambling along beside our hero.
-
-"I can tell you little about the owner of the last estancia we
-visited, señor," he said. "There is no love between his men and
-ours, and were it not for the belt of forest which divides us I think
-there would be trouble. As it is, our gauchos have met those from
-the estancia we speak of, down in the settlements, and knives have
-been drawn, and shots fired. It is even whispered, señor, that those
-who pose as gauchos are merely robbers. One of the men here can tell
-a tale which will open your ears."
-
-"Then call him," was the prompt answer.
-
-A short and very swarthy gaucho galloped up at Pepito's call, and sat
-his horse jauntily beside Dudley while Pepito interpreted what he had
-to say.
-
-"This man says that once he met a gaucho down at the cattle station
-on the river, and heard more than he was intended to hear. The
-fellow had a pocketful of money, and spoke over freely in his cups.
-He said enough in any case to show our friend here that service on
-this estancia from which we are now riding was far more profitable
-than service elsewhere. He scoffed at the very name of ranching, and
-hinted that there was other work."
-
-"Other work! What can that have been?" asked Dudley curiously, for
-to tell the truth the impression he had gained of the last estancia
-owner he had interviewed was not very good. The fellow had been curt
-and almost openly rude. He was a swarthy, truculent man, short of
-stature, broad, and with a decidedly unpleasant cast of countenance.
-As to his nationality, he was in all probability an Italian. He
-could speak English fairly well, and Harold, who watched him closely,
-could have sworn that the fellow had an antipathy to all that was
-English. In fact, after the interview was over, the two left the
-house with a feeling of doubt, vaguely wondering whether the
-individual who lived there would even lift a finger if his neighbors
-were attacked.
-
-"Well, what was this work?" asked Dudley. "If the man scoffed at
-ranching, what else could there have been? Out here on the pampas
-there is little that one can do to earn a living except by looking
-after cattle."
-
-Pepito turned to the dusky gaucho and questioned him closely. Then
-he swung round to his young leader and shrugged his shoulders.
-
-"Our friend cannot say definitely, for even a gaucho in his cups has
-some caution. But this is certain. The forest belt which separates
-us runs far into the Indian country, and the man who owns this
-estancia has friends there. It seems that on occasion the Indians
-are invited to a feast, just to keep them in good temper, and our
-friend here believes that more than one Indian raid has been planned
-by this neighbor of ours."
-
-The news came as a blow to Dudley, and for a while he sat his horse
-in moody silence, while Pepito and the other gaucho drew rein and
-retired at a wave of his hand.
-
-"If the hint that we have just had has any truth in it we have
-trouble to face," he said at last. "If this fellow is a rascal, and
-makes friends with the Indians, he is now possessed of all the
-information he wants. He has heard of our forts, and of the
-agreement between the ranchers, and in that case he will be fully
-prepared. I think----"
-
-He broke off suddenly, and pulled in his horse with a jerk.
-
-"You think? Yes?" demanded Harold eagerly, for he too had gained an
-unfavorable impression of their last host.
-
-"That it is my duty to look further into this matter. You see, these
-Indian raids are very dangerous, particularly for Mr. Blunt, for he
-lives right on the Indian frontier. Now if the fellow we have
-recently left is a rascal----"
-
-"As Pepito's friend seems to believe."
-
-"Exactly. If he is a rascal and harbors Indians it explains why
-these raids are so sudden and so successful as a rule. I noticed
-myself that in our last affair the men who invaded the estancia
-retired in this direction. I can see for what reason. They make for
-the nearest and most secure shelter. They retire on the forest,
-break up into small bands there, and each band drives off a lot of
-cattle, knowing well that they are secure, for they are on another
-estancia, and it is a rule amongst the owners not to bring their men
-on to a neighboring rancho."
-
-"And for the shelter given to the Indians our late friend has some
-reward I suppose?" chimed in Harold, a note of satire in his voice.
-
-"If he is a rascal, and if what I am surmising is correct, then he
-undoubtedly has something in return for what he does. There are
-scores of our beasts unbranded at certain seasons of the year, and it
-must be easy to pick out those animals, and leave the remainder to
-the Indians."
-
-"While the man from whom the beasts are stolen can never claim them,
-seeing that they do not bear his brand. I see your meaning, Dudley,"
-said Harold thoughtfully. "In the same way this fellow may harbor a
-crew of outlaws, and few would suspect that the raids came from his
-estancia."
-
-"That was what I was thinking. I know that the sudden onset of these
-ruffians, and their equally sudden disappearance, have been puzzling
-questions for Mr. Blunt. True, he and his gauchos have never
-followed them more than a mile or two over the estancia borders. But
-still, when they have come to inquire, the neighboring gauchos and
-the owners of the estancia have seen nothing of the raiders, till
-their turn comes, perhaps weeks later. Everyone thinks that the
-rascals disappear into the Indian country, but what if they have
-their headquarters near at hand, and the very fact of their being on
-an estancia owned by a white man shelters them even from suspicion?"
-
-The very thought was sufficient to make Dudley anxious, and for five
-minutes at least he sat his horse like a statue. Harold looked
-expectantly into his face, as if about to ask him a question, while
-just in rear, obedient to every action of their leader, the gauchos
-sat silently, the fringes of their leggings blowing in the wind, and
-their steel bits jingling musically. Something was in the air they
-knew, for why had their leader called two of his following to his
-side? Something told them that the señor was disturbed in his mind,
-and, as if to give him every opportunity to get to the bottom of this
-trouble, they sat as silent as a band of ghosts, looking keenly into
-one another's eyes.
-
-As for Dudley, he felt that he ought to take some action, and he was
-puzzled as to what it ought to be. During the past half-hour the
-many tales which Mr. Blunt had told him had been passing across his
-mind with unusual vividness. He knew that his employer had been
-raided time and again, just as other owners had been. He remembered,
-too, that the roving bands of outlaws and rascals who at times
-infested the pampas had paid more than one visit, and had even burnt
-Mr. Blunt out of house and home. On each occasion they had
-disappeared as if by magic, to turn up again days later many miles
-away. What if those bands came from the neighboring estancia?
-
-"I will do it," he said aloud. "I feel that it is my duty to set a
-watch on this fellow. We have still four days to ourselves, for Mr.
-Blunt told me he did not expect us to return till a fortnight had
-gone. We will make the most of those spare days. We will turn and
-ride back."
-
-With a swing he brought his horse's head round in the opposite
-direction, and was in the act of cantering away past the gauchos,
-when Pepito arrested his attention.
-
-"The master returns?" he asked, with a lift of his chin. "The señor
-suspects this owner whom we have left, and means to watch him?"
-
-"That is my intention," was the short answer. "About turn!"
-
-"One moment, señor! Perhaps the gauchos of this man we have seen
-suspect that you do not like them. Perhaps they have been instructed
-to watch you till you are on our own estancia. Look at the forest.
-A hundred men might be there, and would see us at once if we turned.
-It would be better and wiser perhaps if the señor made his camp close
-to here, and then to-night we could mount and ride back till we were
-in the forest."
-
-The handsome fellow lifted his hat deprecatingly, as if to apologize
-for so boldly venturing his advice. But Dudley was not the one to
-feel injured, particularly when he remembered that Pepito had been
-brought up on the pampas, and knew every trick.
-
-"Excellent, Pepito!" he cried. "Just ride round as if you were
-hunting for a likely spot, and then we will camp. Get the fire
-going, picket the horses, and when darkness comes send out the
-guards. If anyone has crept up close by, then they will see us
-settled for the night. We will wait three hours before setting off."
-
-The gaucho gave a vigorous nod of his head, and in a moment was
-cantering away, his eyes searching diligently for a favorable camping
-site. Not that there was much difference in the surroundings, for
-the pampas spread on every hand, sweeping away in long and slightly
-rolling knolls covered with waving grass right to the horizon, save
-in the direction from which the party had just come. There a dense
-line of dark forest cut across the low skyline, the forest behind
-which lay the estancia of the individual whom they had so recently
-visited. Dudley stood in his stirrups for some minutes, watching the
-long green band, wondering whether there was ground for his
-suspicions, whether the man who lived at the neighboring estancia
-were honest, and merely possessed of an unfortunate and surly manner;
-or whether he were indeed a rogue, who harbored rascals, and
-organized the constant raids from which the ranchers suffered.
-
-"Honest or not, I feel it my duty to look into the matter," he said
-aloud. "If he is a respectable person, then no harm will have been
-done, for I shall take pains to keep out of sight of him and of his
-men. If he is a rascal, why, then, perhaps I shall be able to open
-the eyes of Mr. Blunt. He would be surprised to hear that the
-attacks which he imagines are organized in Montevideo are really the
-work of a neighbor. And if that is actually the case, then I fancy
-that within a little while we shall be able to put a stop to any
-repetition of the trouble, and perhaps even may see the end of this
-vendetta which has dogged his footsteps for so many years, and which
-has so constantly threatened his life."
-
-"Then you return and pay a second visit?"
-
-It was Harold who asked the question, with a strange glint in his
-eyes, and so suddenly that Dudley started. "I believe that you are
-on the right track, and that the gentleman behind those trees is a
-rascal. Dud, it would be fine to do something for our employer. He
-has been good and kind to you, and to me he has been even more. I'd
-do a lot to pay him back in some manner."
-
-"Then you shall have the opportunity," answered Dudley promptly. "If
-we are right, this little business will be dangerous, for if they are
-rascals over there they will shoot us on sight. We must chance that,
-and I swear that we will not return till we have cleared up the
-matter. Ah! Pepito has found a camping ground for us, so we will
-dismount."
-
-They slipped out of their saddles and led their horses to the pool
-which lay within a hundred yards of the spot. Then the usual routine
-of the camp was carried out. The horses were picketed, fed, and
-groomed. Saddles were placed in a row close to the fire, while
-Harold rolled his sleeves to the elbow, produced his pots and pans,
-and commenced to prepare the evening meal. And all the while one of
-the gauchos slowly walked his horse in a wide circle round the camp,
-as was the usual custom, his eyes constantly roving the pampas, for
-the camp lay on the border of the Indian country. On this occasion
-the gaucho cast many a glance towards the forest, as if he, too, were
-suspicious of the men living beyond that dark barrier. Once even, as
-if he had seen something suspicious, the active fellow clambered to
-his feet, and stood to his full height on the saddle, one hand over
-his eyes to shade them from the light. But evidently he was
-satisfied at length, for he slid down again and rode away to the
-opposite side of the camp.
-
-[Illustration: "HE STOOD TO HIS FULL HEIGHT ON THE SADDLE, ONE HAND
-OVER HIS EYES TO SHADE THEM FROM THE LIGHT"]
-
-"It was nothing, señor," he said when Dudley walked out to question
-him. "I thought I saw a horseman come from the trees, and so
-clambered to my feet. But there was no one there. I must have
-caught sight of a shadow. The señor may feel sure that there is none
-on the edge of the forest, for had he been there I should certainly
-have seen him."
-
-Within an hour they sat down to their evening meal, and, soon
-afterwards, darkness having fallen, they lay down. On the outskirts
-of the camp four silent figures rode to and fro for all the world as
-if the camp were settled for the night, and as if the little party
-had no intention of moving till the sun had risen once again above
-the waving pampas. But the stillness of the place lasted for one
-short hour only. Then Pepito rose, called gently to the men, and led
-the way to the horses. In three minutes all were mounted and ready,
-while Dudley and Harold conversed in low tones with the young gaucho
-who led the men.
-
-"We shall divide now into two parties," said Dudley. "Pepito will
-take half the men and ride to the left. We shall take the other half
-and make to the right. An hour before dawn we shall return to this
-spot, and, once we are all here, we shall ride away to our own
-estancia. That is clear, I think?"
-
-"As daylight," whispered Harold.
-
-"The señor's words leave no room for doubt. We divide now?"
-
-"At once," answered Dudley.
-
-They joined the men immediately, divided them in silence into two
-groups, and in a moment they had separated, each party sweeping away
-from the other and riding in a direction which would take them to
-that dark line of forest which separated Mr. Blunt's holding from the
-neighboring estancia.
-
-What if Dudley and his friends had known that while they lay in their
-camp that evening a band of silent men, led by a short and
-repulsive-looking individual, had ridden from the tumble-down house
-located on the estancia beyond the forest, and had slowly and
-cautiously entered the trees? And that is what had actually
-happened. For no sooner had our hero and his little party ridden
-away out of sight, than the owner of this neighboring rancho had sent
-two of his ruffians to follow and watch, and in the evening he came,
-together with several others, to join them in the forest where they
-had halted. It was one of these horsemen whom Dudley's scout had
-seen. It was no fancy on his part, and no mere shadow had deceived
-his keen eyes. For men were there, a band of ruffians armed to the
-teeth, and waiting only for the word of their leader to ride down
-upon the peaceful camp outside on the pampas and murder every one
-sleeping there.
-
-"We will surround them, so that none can escape," growled the surly
-leader. "Then, knowing the plans of this Mr. Blunt, we will post men
-to cut off any gaucho who may be sent with a message to the other
-ranchers, and as the dawn breaks we will attack our neighbors. At
-last, my friend, I shall be even with you. You escaped my men on the
-river, just as you slipped out of my fingers on two former occasions.
-This time fortune is favoring me, and when the dawn comes I shall
-have paid my debt. There will be no longer a reason for the
-vendetta."
-
-The man clenched his fists and swore in Italian, under his breath.
-Then, calling gently to his men, he rode from the trees, and very
-soon was spurring down upon the spot so lately occupied by Dudley and
-his party.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XVI
-
-HEMMED IN ON EVERY SIDE
-
-A small crescent of the moon rode high in a cloudless sky on that
-eventful night when Dudley led his little band back towards the dark
-forest line behind which lay the estancia that they had so recently
-visited; and the faint light it shed helped them not a little as they
-rode.
-
-"We are fortunate," whispered Dudley to Harold, who jogged along
-beside him. "If it had been one of those pitch-dark nights which we
-have on occasion, we should have found it difficult to discover even
-the forest, for it is wonderful how easily one loses one's bearings
-on the pampas."
-
-"Even during broad daylight," came the answer. "Why, time and again
-I have found myself at a loss, and have wondered which direction I
-ought to take. Then I have remembered the advice which Pietro gave,
-and soon I have got my direction from the sun. But we are lucky
-to-night, as you say. There is the forest, and there--yes, there is
-Pepito and his following."
-
-They pulled in their horses for a minute and stared steadily ahead to
-where, stretching ghostly and silently across their track a mile
-away, lay the forest line, the belt of trees which separated them
-from the estancia towards which they were riding. What might not be
-in store for them there? What unthought-of danger might they not be
-about to encounter?
-
-"I am sure, as sure as a fellow can well be, that the man who lives
-over there is a rascal," murmured Dudley, as if speaking his thoughts
-aloud. "If ever there was 'ruffian,' written upon a man's face, he
-had it on his; and the more I think of Mr. Blunt's tales, of the
-attacks with which he has had to put up, and the mystery which
-surrounds the brigands who have made these attacks, the more sure I
-am that there is something in our suspicions. There is good reason
-for them, and to-night we will do our best to settle the matter."
-
-"And supposing you find evidence that this fellow is a ruffian,"
-asked Harold thoughtfully, "will you----?"
-
-"Attack him promptly? No, Harold, that would be doing too much. I
-have no orders to interfere with him, and besides I should hardly be
-able to obtain evidence that he or his men had actually made a raid
-on Mr. Blunt. No, our best plan, if our suspicions are confirmed,
-will be to slink away, and, once we are back home, help our employer
-to make other plans. Then we will set a net for the fellow, and one
-of these days perhaps he will fall into it. In any case we shall be
-warned of the danger, and after that it will be our own fault if this
-man is successful. Ah, there is Pepito! I can see his men
-distinctly. We will move on again."
-
-Away to his right, dimly illuminated by the feeble rays of the moon,
-a ghostly band of riders could be seen jogging slowly on towards the
-forest, and a glance told Dudley that the men he saw must be part of
-the escort which he had brought from the estancia. He shook his
-reins, pressed his knees into the flanks of his horse, and set the
-beast in motion. Then his eyes left the silent band riding under the
-moonlight, and fixed themselves on the forest line ahead. And
-presently, as the distance decreased, he was able to make out the
-tops of the trees, which were moving in the breeze, and later even
-caught the whisper of the leaves, and the distant creak of swaying
-branches. Down below the summits of the trees the same dark line
-continued, save for a small break here and there, where the faint
-light from the sky filtered in between the trees.
-
-Nothing else could be seen, and though he searched every foot of that
-dark line with his eyes, he discovered nothing to cause him alarm, or
-to warn him of the dark figures hovering in the forest. For some few
-feet within the shadow cast by the trees a silent band sat their
-horses, waiting the word of the squat individual who rode at their
-head.
-
-"The fools! To think that they should play so nicely into my hands!"
-this leader whispered to the man at his elbow. "Here were we, sure
-that the knaves suspected us, about to ride out with the hope of
-surprising their camp. Gauchos are the same all over the pampas, and
-who knows, it is more than likely that their guards would have
-discovered us, and to take them all would have meant a long and fast
-gallop across the plains, a thing that neither you nor I like,
-_amico_."
-
-A grunt from his companion told this leader that the man heard and
-assented.
-
-"Even a gaucho may be thrown and killed when galloping at night," he
-answered sourly. "There was Guino, an old comrade, who broke his
-neck when----"
-
-"Yes, yes, I remember," was the hasty interruption. "But to return
-to these fools. They have saved us all that trouble. Instead of our
-riding out and attempting to surprise their camp they come to us.
-You hear me? They ride to the forest, thereby placing their necks in
-the noose we have prepared, and showing me plainly that if I was
-suspicious of them, they also had little faith in me. Good! They
-shall be captured. You have placed the men?"
-
-"They are in position, señor. They await your whistle."
-
-"And you gave them strict orders to do as I said?"
-
-"They understand what is wanted of them thoroughly. These men are to
-be captured. Our fellows would sooner kill them at once and have
-done with them. But you have reasons for saving their lives, and our
-fellows are not fools."
-
-The man answered sourly, as if he considered his leader to be acting
-stupidly, and showed plainly that if the order was that this band of
-inquisitive gauchos and their English leaders was to be captured
-unharmed, he at least was not in favor of such a policy.
-
-"I have given the order strictly," he added; "but were I in your
-shoes I would wring the neck of every one of the dogs."
-
-"But you are a fool," came the short, curt answer, while the squat
-figure turned in the saddle and faced the man who had just spoken,
-the ugly leader of the band of ruffians peering into his lieutenant's
-face with such a malignant expression that had it been light the man
-would have started backward. As it was he had incurred the anger of
-his master more than once before, and even though the darkness hid
-the scowling face which was thrust within a foot of his, this ruffian
-cringed, and sat far back in his saddle, muttering beneath his
-breath. For Antonio Sarvisti had a reputation. He was the leader of
-a band of lawless men, and knew that such a position was no sinecure.
-Words meant weakness. Disobedience on the part of one of his men, if
-left unpunished for an instant, would lead to mutiny, and then a
-swift death would be the reward of the leader. No, Antonio had a
-short way with his following, and a hand which went quickly to his
-revolver. A lesson now and again was of advantage, and this ugly
-leader was not the man to hesitate. He was one of those ruthless
-savages who know how to command desperadoes. He held them at arm's
-length, treated them more as children, allowed them to quarrel and
-fight as much as they liked amongst themselves, and, like the astute
-ruffian he was, whenever they showed signs of discontent he at once
-organized a raid with which to distract their attention, for he well
-knew that the mere thought of the booty which they would gather would
-sweeten their tempers. But whatever happened, strict obedience to
-his mere nod was a point on which he insisted, and the smallest
-breach meant always the crack of a pistol and a bullet in the head of
-the one who had misbehaved. Even the surly individual who acted as
-Antonio's lieutenant was never free from the haunting fear that he
-too might fall a victim to his leader, and it was seldom that he
-presumed upon his position. At this very moment he sat back in his
-saddle, staring fearfully at the squat figure of the Italian, while
-one hand instinctively slid towards the pocket which held his
-revolver.
-
-"You heard," came the sharp question from Antonio. "I said you were
-a fool, and now I think you a bigger one, for your hand is near your
-revolver, while, if you will only look, my weapon is within an inch
-of your face. There, feel it!"
-
-The cold ring of steel touched the gaucho's forehead, sending a
-shiver through his frame and causing him to start back. Beads of
-perspiration burst out on his face, while his hands trembled. For
-this Antonio was marvellous.
-
-"Preserve us!" he murmured with quivering lips. "The man sees like a
-cat. Señor, I am at your mercy."
-
-"As you will always be," was the answer, given this time in softer
-tones. "Antonio Sarvisti is not the man to be played with, and if he
-makes one of his band a lieutenant, with higher wages and a bigger
-share of the booty--a bigger share, mind you, _amico_,--he expects
-greater obedience from that man. But there; we will not quarrel, you
-and I. Thank the fates that you are not in my shoes, and learn to
-understand that I have always a reason for every action. I could
-have shot you like a dog a moment ago, but then I should have alarmed
-the fools who are riding into our net. A reason, you see, amico.
-Then you will gather that I have something in my mind which causes me
-to order that these men shall be unharmed. Listen! If they are shot
-down and killed, and if afterwards I am successful in slaying my
-enemy in the estancia over there, the deaths of so many gauchos will
-arouse a cry throughout the pampas. The owners are already
-attempting to combine. They would gather their forces at once, and
-it is likely that information would reach them that it was on this
-estancia that the trouble had commenced, for one of these men might
-escape. Now, do you see my meaning? You would raise a hornet's nest
-about us. Secure these gauchos, kill this Mr. Blunt, and I warrant
-that within a month our captives will take service with us. There,
-silence now! The fools are getting near."
-
-Dudley and his men were indeed within a short distance of the forest
-line by now, and it looked as if they would ride right into the trap
-which had been set for them without taking any precautions. But,
-suddenly, as the rascals within stared out from the shadows, they saw
-our hero lift his arm above his head and bring the band to a
-standstill. Almost at the same instant a shrill whistle sounded away
-on the right, a signal which all knew came from Pepito.
-
-"Something wrong, I think," said Dudley to Harold, who rode up to his
-elbow. "I called a halt here as I could see no easy way into the
-forest. Everything looks so black ahead that I thought it wise to
-send a man to search for an opening. And now Pepito gives a whistle.
-What can be the reason?"
-
-They sat their horses there, uncertain how to act, and never dreamed
-that within a few yards of them, hidden beneath the dense shadow and
-the foliage, Antonio Sarvisti and his men lurked unseen. Not a
-whisper reached their ears, though a minute later one of the gauchos
-spurred his horse to our hero's side and warned him that he had heard
-movements in the forest.
-
-"There are men there, señor," he said in low and warning tones. "I
-heard them as they moved. This owner whom we have come to watch is
-there with his following, and we are in danger of attack. There!
-That was a horseman. I heard the hoofs of the beast moving over the
-fallen leaves."
-
-"And here is Pepito," said Dudley suddenly, catching sight of a band
-of horsemen riding towards him across the pampas. "You say you heard
-men moving. Perhaps Pepito has heard the same, and in that case
-there will be nothing left for us but to retreat as fast as possible.
-Give a whistle, my man."
-
-An answering signal was sent, and very soon, spurring hard and
-galloping as fast as possible, Pepito and his men arrived on the
-scene.
-
-"Your pardon, señor," he said, as he pulled his panting horse in
-within a foot of Dudley. "We were about to enter the forest through
-a gap, when sounds came to our ears. It may have been the wind,
-though I think myself that it was caused by horsemen. After that I
-did not venture to enter, but signalled so that you would be warned."
-
-"We have found the same here. One of the gauchos declares that he
-heard horsemen moving over the fallen leaves, Pepito. If that is the
-case these men are watching us, and are prepared to attack us. I
-think we had better ride away on to the pampas, and make direct for
-the estancia."
-
-"The señor is right," came the prompt answer. "It would be madness
-to enter now. Better collect in a ring and gallop away at our
-fastest pace. If men are there they will surely fire at us the
-instant we move away, and if we went slowly we should be killed."
-
-"While if we ride in a bunch we shall as certainly make an excellent
-mark for their bullets," exclaimed Dudley, at a loss how to act, for
-he had never anticipated such evil fortune as to be discovered in the
-very first stage of his enterprise. Even now he could hardly believe
-that the actions of his little band had been watched, and that men
-were within the forest, ready to pounce upon his following when they
-entered. Nor did he even dream that Antonio Sarvisti, the evil-faced
-owner of the neighboring estancia, had already laid his plans to
-capture the whole party, and afterwards to fall upon Mr. Blunt and
-the remaining gauchos, and do his best to kill the former and wreck
-his estancia.
-
-"We will gallop away now," Dudley said, after a moment's thought,
-"and as we ride we will separate. Pass those orders. Are all ready?"
-
-He waited for a few seconds, so as to make sure that all understood,
-and was on the point of giving the signal for the retirement of the
-whole party, when suddenly a voice was heard from the forest, a voice
-the tones of which he and Harold instantly recognized.
-
-"Ride if you will, señor, and be shot down by my men. But if you
-will take your orders from me you will at once throw down your arms
-and dismount, for I have sixty men here, and each one has a rifle
-trained on you. Dismount, señor, instantly!"
-
-The words came like blows, so unexpected were they. In a flash
-Dudley saw himself and his men prisoners, and the task which he had
-set himself, and from which he had hoped for so much, turned into a
-terrible disaster. In a second he realized that all his suspicions
-of this Antonio Sarvisti were more than well founded, and that the
-capture of his little band would leave Mr. Blunt and his estancia
-open to instant attack. The forest was before him, black and
-forbidding, and sheltering beneath its deep shadow the ruffian whose
-movements he had returned to watch, while behind lay the moonlit
-pampas, and freedom if he could but escape. Then he thought of the
-rifles, which no doubt covered every member of his band, and realized
-that a movement of the horses would mean death for many of his men.
-Surrender alone seemed to be left, and then----
-
-"Pepito," he whispered, "there is only one course. Will the men
-support me?"
-
-"Try them, señor," came the crisp answer.
-
-"Then let them dismount as if about to surrender. The instant they
-are off their horses they are to lie full length and wriggle forward
-into the forest. We will fight these fine fellows in their own
-cover."
-
-"Well, the señor has thought it out?" came the jeering question from
-the forest. "He is about to surrender. That is well. Dismount and
-no harm shall come to you."
-
-Without troubling to reply, Dudley flung his leg across the pommel of
-his saddle and slipped to the ground, each one of the party following
-his example. Then, in less time than it takes to tell, all were on
-their faces and creeping rapidly towards the cover.
-
-"Treachery! Fire on them!" shouted Antonio, suddenly realizing that
-a trick was being played. "Call the flanks out into the open and let
-them surround these men as was arranged. Fire on them, or they will
-give us trouble."
-
-The squat figure of the rascal showed up for one instant, as a
-gleaming ray from the moon penetrated through a break in the trees
-and fell upon him, then he, too, slid to the ground, and in a flash
-was hidden from view. A second later a volley spurted from the dense
-cover in front, the bullets ripping the leaves and hurtling out over
-the pampas. Then there came a solitary shot. Crash! A rifle, fired
-from a point some six yards away, suddenly lit up the dense darkness
-of the forest, while a ball whizzed over Dudley's head and thudded
-against the flanks of one of the horses. The poor beast rose high in
-the air and stood there poised on his hind legs; then he lost his
-balance and tumbled backwards with a crash. But he was up in an
-instant, and began to lash out in all directions, kicking the other
-horses till all were in a condition of terror.
-
-Crash! Another shot startled the silence, and then came a cry, the
-sharp call of a man who has been wounded. It was Pepito, who lay
-just beside Dudley, and at that moment was creeping into the shadow
-of a bush on the very edge of the forest. But he was not the lad to
-make a fuss because a bullet had ripped a hole through the muscles of
-one of his thighs. One sharp cry of pain he gave, and then, setting
-his lips, and fixing his eyes on the spot from which the shot had
-come, he raced forward, bending low all the while and gripping his
-hunting knife in his hand.
-
-"One to us, I think!" he heard someone exclaim in low tones. "Now
-for number two."
-
-The gaucho's keen eyes could even penetrate the darkness of the
-forest, and as he sat on his heels, waiting for the man who had fired
-to show himself, he saw a barrel pushed through the fork of a trunk
-within three feet of where he sat. A white blotch behind showed
-where the man's face was, and gave Pepito all the information he
-required. With one bound he reached the tree and threw the muzzle of
-the weapon up just as the man pulled the trigger. Then, ere the
-flash had died down, he had reached behind the trunk, had dragged the
-ruffian who had fired closer to him, and with one stroke of his knife
-had sent him to his end.
-
-"So let all robbers die," he murmured, as he stooped over the man.
-"We will speak to the others in the same way."
-
-Assuring himself that the man was dead, he fell on all fours again,
-and crept back towards Dudley, narrowly missing a shot which one of
-his own gauchos fired at him as he came.
-
-"A blow for a blow, señor," he said. "The ruffian hit me through the
-thigh and has been punished. The others have gone, I think, for they
-know well that here in the forest we are equal to them."
-
-"Then get the men together and set a watch all round," was the sharp
-order. "After that we will place two men to cover the horses with
-their rifles, for it would never do to have them captured."
-
-"And then, señor?"
-
-"We will wait. There is nothing more that we can do, for if we
-attempt to move through the forest we shall certainly be attacked.
-Those fellows have a clever leader, who saw at once that in the
-darkness of this place we had as much chance as he and his men. But
-you may be sure that the rascals are all round us, ready to fire a
-volley into us the instant we move or rise to our feet. As to how
-long we shall wait I do not know; but if only the moon would go down
-our course would be open. We should rush to the horses and ride for
-our lives."
-
-The predicament in which Dudley and his following found themselves
-was indeed by no means a pleasant one. It is true that they had
-escaped capture for the moment, but it was very doubtful if they were
-any the better off for that; for retreat across the pampas meant
-disaster, and the volley which had greeted them as they threw
-themselves on to the ground had told them plainly that they had an
-overwhelming number to deal with. The wonder was, in fact, that one
-only of their party had been wounded, and that the bullets had
-whistled over the heads of the others. A minute later the aspect of
-affairs was seen to be even worse, for no sooner had Pepito placed
-his guards on every side than he himself went to look at the horses,
-creeping like a snake through the forest as he made for the edge, for
-to have stood up would have meant to invite a bullet.
-
-"Gone!" he exclaimed, with an exclamation of dismay, as he stared
-into the open. "Those robbers have been too quick for us. We are
-cornered, and can never escape."
-
-He crept back to Dudley's side with his tale, and there for some few
-minutes lay at full length, whispering to him.
-
-"Gone, señor," he said with a groan, "as if they had vanished into
-the night. There is no trace of them, though I looked to right and
-left. The rascals must have driven them into the cover. We are
-cornered. Escape is out of the question."
-
-"Never say die!" answered Dudley stubbornly. "Things look nasty, I
-admit, but we are not taken yet. But there is something else which
-is worrying me. Listen, Pepito! We must send a warning to Mr.
-Blunt, for I can see the game which this fellow and his men are
-playing. We thought to take them unawares, and to find out all about
-them; while they must have seen that we suspected them. More than
-that, once they had heard from us of the intended combination of the
-owners of the estancias, they saw that instant action on their part
-was necessary, or we should soon be too strong for them. Our faces
-must have told them what we thought, and have warned them of the
-report we should give to Mr. Blunt. The rest is clear."
-
-"Clear, señor. I do not understand," answered Pepito.
-
-"Then I will tell you. The rascals decided to attack us at once and
-capture every one of our band. Then that report would never reach
-our estancia; while, instead of our arriving, this Italian--for that
-I think he is--would raid the place with his ruffians, and as likely
-as not kill our employer and those who attempted to defend him."
-
-An exclamation burst from the gaucho spread full length at his side.
-"Then that explains their presence here, señor," he said. "They
-followed us, and were waiting in the forest to ride out and surround
-our camp. And we, thinking to watch their movements, raised the
-camp, and rode back here into their arms. Bah! It makes one's blood
-boil to think that we have had such evil luck. But you were saying,
-señor, that you had some trouble."
-
-"I have," replied Dudley decidedly. "We have others to think of.
-There is Mr. Blunt; he must be warned. Someone must creep away from
-here and make for the estancia. I would go myself, but I am in
-command, and stand or fall with my men."
-
-"Then I will go," came the prompt answer, while Pepito sprang eagerly
-to his feet, only to fall again the next moment; for now that the
-contest had slackened and active movement had not been necessary for
-some few minutes, the fact that he had been wounded was borne in on
-his mind. He had felt the stinging blow given by the bullet, and had
-at once determined on revenge, for this handsome and gallant gaucho
-had the hot blood of Spain in his veins, and to him a blow received
-demanded an instant return. But punishment had been given, the enemy
-had for the moment been forced to retire, and now the pain of his
-wound returned. The injury was not a very serious one, but
-sufficient to make the limb stiff and movement painful. It was clear
-at once that the task of reaching the estancia was, for him at least,
-an impossible one.
-
-"More evil luck!" he groaned. "This wound would tire me before I had
-gone many miles, even on a horse. The task falls to some other man.
-If the señor will permit I will choose one who is crafty and brave."
-
-A minute later, indeed, he had called one of his gauchos to his side,
-where he repeated the orders which his young leader gave.
-
-"You will creep out into the forest and search for a horse, _amigo_,"
-he said. "Take your pistol and knife only, and strike hard if you
-should meet one of the robbers. When you are through, ride for your
-life and warn them at the estancia. Let them gather the other owners
-and the gauchos and bring them, back here at the gallop. There, go.
-You are brave."
-
-The man, a young fellow of Pepito's own age, merely grunted his
-assent, gripped Dudley and his comrade by the hand, and at once crept
-off into the cover like a snake. Behind him he left the remainder of
-the little band, crouched low amid the trees and brambles, listening,
-listening eagerly for a sound. Once they heard a sharp crack, the
-sound made by a man who has trodden on a dried stick, and a second
-later a low thud, a gurgling cry, and then a second's silence. But
-the stillness of the forest did not last for long, for once more the
-voice of the leader of the band of rascals was heard.
-
-"Fire!" he shouted. "They are trying to move through the forest.
-Give them a volley."
-
-Hardly had the words died down when from every point, from right and
-left, and from the pampas even, spurts of flame lit up the darkness,
-while bullets ripped through the leaves, sending a shower to the
-ground, ricochetting from the trunks of the trees, and singing
-through the air in a manner sufficient to awe the boldest. Some two
-minutes later the gallant gaucho who had made the attempt to slip
-through the hands of the surrounding enemy crawled to Dudley's side
-again.
-
-"Alas, señor," he whispered, "the net is drawn too closely even for a
-snake to escape. By an evil chance I happened to tread on a dried
-stick, and in an instant one of the ruffians was upon me. He died,
-señor. My blade found a spot between his shoulders, and he dropped
-without a word. There were others near him, and for that reason,
-seeing it was impossible to advance, I returned to warn you. We are
-surrounded."
-
-The news was only too true. Dudley and his men were now hemmed in on
-every side. Enemies surrounded them so closely that, as the gaucho
-had said, even a snake stood little chance of being able to crawl
-through. Their horses were captured, their retreat cut off, and the
-least that could be said of their position was that it was desperate.
-Surrender, a miserable ending to all their hopes and ambitions,
-stared them in the face, and, worse than all, perhaps--a fact which
-recurred time and again to Dudley,--the capture of his little party
-meant more even than imprisonment. He could see the matter very
-clearly now, and realized that once he and his men were caged there
-was nothing to prevent this rascal Sarvisti from riding down on the
-lands owned by Mr. Blunt and utterly annihilating all who lived
-there. As if in a dream he saw the comfortable house on the estancia
-in flames, and on the threshold the body of Mr. Blunt, done to death
-by this enemy who had so often and in so many ways attempted to kill
-him.
-
-"It shall never be," he said aloud, clenching his fists. "While I
-live I swear that I will stop this ruffian. I will never surrender!"
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XVII
-
-FIGHTING IN THE FOREST
-
-"I will never surrender! However hopeless matters look, I will fight
-these rascals, for to give in now means almost certain death to our
-employer."
-
-Dudley gave expression to his thoughts aloud, and as he spoke brought
-one clenched fist down upon the root of a tree against which he lay,
-with a thud which all could hear. About him, spread full length in
-the grass and brambles, and separated here and there by the trunk of
-a tree, lay his little band of followers, the gallant fellows who
-stood between him and capture. Grim and stern they were too, and, if
-only it had been light, Antonio Sarvisti, could he have seen them,
-would not have been so confident. For Dudley had already proved his
-pluck to the gauchos. He had once before led them through fighting
-and difficulty, and for that very reason, now that matters looked so
-hopeless, they whispered to one another that their good fortune was
-not yet gone, that they still had their young leader, and that he
-would bring them out of this scrape just as he had done out of a
-former. At his words they edged a trifle nearer, strained their
-ears, and then, as the meaning of the words was interpreted to those
-who had but a poor knowledge of English, they set up a cheer which
-astounded the enemy.
-
-"The dogs!" exclaimed Antonio Sarvisti, emerging from the cover of a
-tree some twenty yards away. "That cheer sounds as if they were full
-of confidence. They surely can have no hope of escape, and when the
-light comes they will have no other course but to surrender, for we
-shall be able to shoot them down like rabbits. Eh, _amico_?"
-
-His sour-faced lieutenant, a gaucho who had been in the rascal's
-employ for many a year, and whose predatory life seemed to have
-embittered him, growled a reply, and he stood for a while beside him,
-listening to the faint sound of conversation which came from Dudley's
-party, while he chewed a leaf thoughtfully. It was clear that if his
-employer were sanguine as to the result of this contest, this rascal
-had many doubts, for he shook his head, tossed the leaf to the
-ground, and carefully sheltered himself behind a tree.
-
-"A cheer is a cheer anywhere," he answered surlily. "We have been
-expecting a call to say that they wished to surrender, and now they
-set up a shout which proves that they are still of good heart. What
-if the cheer means that one of their number has escaped?"
-
-The very idea of such a thing caused the Italian leader to grind his
-teeth. But a moment's reflection reassured him.
-
-"Pshaw!" he exclaimed, with a somewhat feeble attempt at a laugh.
-"That, we know, is not the case. They have made the attempt, and
-have failed. True, the dog who tried to slip through killed one of
-our number; at least that is the report brought to me. But I swear
-that not even a mouse could break through. They are cooped in, and
-when the dawn comes, ah!"
-
-"You will not be able to shoot better than they," exclaimed his
-right-hand man. "Think! We are here in the forest, which is as
-dense as can be. Can we see them better than they can see us? Are
-we under finer cover than they? Pooh! They have a smart leader, who
-took the only possible course, and for my part I believe that we have
-hard work before us. That young fellow who leads them will not give
-in too hurriedly. He has seen some fighting, you must remember, and
-he knows the value of his position as well as you do. Besides----"
-
-"Besides what?" demanded Antonio, an oath escaping his lips, for the
-words of his lieutenant roused his smouldering anger. "What, man?
-You are ever the one to croak. What is the trouble now?"
-
-"I was about to say that even if this youngster were inclined to
-surrender, for the sake of his own skin, there is something else
-which will keep him fighting."
-
-"Something else? And that is something even more important than his
-own skin?" exclaimed Antonio with a sneer.
-
-"More important still," went on the rascal beside him, seeming to
-take a delight in putting the dark side to his leader. "Something
-which you have often been troubled with yourself. This man Blunt is
-a Britisher you say. An Italian, a Spaniard, a man of any nation you
-please to pick, would perhaps have given in before now, and have
-slipped away from this country. Has this man Blunt shown a sign of
-doing that?"
-
-"Not yet," came the curt answer, "and it would have been better for
-him had he done so, though I should have followed. The fool does not
-know when there is danger. He has wonderful fortune. Think, man! I
-have raided his estancia more than once, and set the house in flames,
-and yet the fellow has escaped owing to some unforeseen chance. My
-men have attacked him in Montevideo, he has been waylaid in Buenos
-Ayres, and of late on the river. The dog has a charmed life. But
-his fortune is gone now. This time it has come in Antonio Sarvisti's
-direction."
-
-"With this alteration," said the man beside him, as if determined to
-snatch at every chance to belittle the prospects of his own employer.
-"I was saying that this man Blunt is British. This young fellow who
-commands in front of us is of the same nationality, and we have met
-many besides. They are dogs for stubbornness. They will often fight
-when even an imbecile would see that further struggle is out of the
-question and likely to lead to death, and worse than that----"
-
-He waited for a moment, while Antonio Sarvisti ground his teeth and
-muttered beneath his breath.
-
-"Worse than that!" he exclaimed with rising anger. "Why, have you
-nothing but croaks to give? What is this other matter?"
-
-"Simply this. The youth who commands is bosom friend to this Mr.
-Blunt, and he knows well what surrender means to his employer. You
-follow, _amico_? It is not his own skin and his own safety which
-troubles him; it is the security of his employer. There! He is
-British, I repeat; and men of that nation stick fast to one another.
-He would rather be slain himself than let you ride over to the
-estancia unexpectedly and murder his employer."
-
-Having given vent to all that was on his mind, and, incidentally,
-roused his own rascally employer to a condition of furious anger, the
-gaucho who had been speaking calmly plucked another leaf from the
-overhanging branch, and proceeded to chew it thoughtfully. In his
-heart the fellow was tired of this master of his. He himself was not
-so young as he had been, and the constant fear of a sudden death at
-the hands of his employer had already begun to prey on his mind and
-unsettle him. He had had a warning of what he might expect that very
-night, and he had seen many a man shot by the cold-blooded ruffian
-beside him.
-
-There was another reason to promote his dissatisfaction with his
-present employment. This gaucho had been unusually careful. He had
-not spent all his ill-gotten gains, but had hoarded them; at that
-very moment his mind turned to the thought of his wealth and to the
-spot where it was securely hidden.
-
-"Pah!" he exclaimed beneath his breath. "I shall wait till this
-matter is settled, and then this Antonio Sarvisti must look for
-another lieutenant."
-
-There was silence for a while between the two men, while each was
-engaged with his thoughts, which in the case of the leader of this
-robber band were none of the pleasantest. For this lieutenant of his
-had opened his eyes a little, and the Italian was beginning to lose
-some of his confidence. He could see now that even sixty men might
-not be able to help him, and that his own position in the forest was
-not a whit better than Dudley's. For many minutes he pondered on the
-situation, and wondered whether he should order his men to make a
-rush and so capture the band. But all the conquests of this robber
-band had been made by sudden and unexpected attacks. Often enough
-their raids were met by single men alone, totally unprepared to
-defend themselves. In consequence it was seldom that they had cause
-to mourn the loss of one of their number. But on this night two had
-been killed, while the shots which Dudley and his men had sent in
-response to the volleys aimed at them had resulted in half a dozen
-wounds amongst the enemy. The lesson had not been lost, and Antonio
-Sarvisti knew in his own mind that if he gave the order some at least
-of his following would not respond. There would be disobedience to
-his orders, and such a thing would be fatal when matters were so
-critical.
-
-"Pshaw! I will starve the brat and his men," he exclaimed aloud. "I
-will keep a close ring drawn round him, and leave him till he makes
-up his mind to surrender."
-
-"And what of the attack on the estancia?" his lieutenant ventured to
-ask. "You will make that at once?"
-
-"Not till these men are taken," was the short answer. "I have none
-to spare for a raid on the estancia. Wait a little, _amico_. When
-the dawn comes you will see that we shall be successful."
-
-Even the astute Antonio could not think of everything, for had he
-been able to do so he would have seen at once that he still had the
-game in his own hands. He had captured the horses belonging to
-Dudley's party, and had some sixty men. Had he been the energetic
-and clever leader which he, in his vanity, fancied himself to be, he
-would have left only a few of his men in the forest, just sufficient
-to hold Dudley with their fire, and would have spurred straight for
-Mr. Blunt's estancia. Once he had raided the place successfully,
-what did it matter if this small party of stubborn men escaped him?
-Supposing they discovered that he had withdrawn a number of his
-following, they were still without their horses, and long before they
-could secure them Mr. Blunt and the estancia he held would have been
-attacked. True, other owners would soon know that it was from
-Antonio Sarvisti's estancia that the raids came, but then he, Antonio
-Sarvisti, could move to another part of the pampas.
-
-"For years now I have been following this man Blunt," he said to
-himself, as he sheltered behind a tree. "I and my brothers slew his
-wife, and would have killed him had we had fortune. What matters it
-to me if all hereabout know that I hold a gang of raiders on my
-place, provided I carry out the end of this vendetta? The Englishman
-came to Sicily when he was not wanted. He married our cousin against
-our will, and flouted us when we would have prevented him. He made
-little of the quarrel which had even then existed for some years
-between the two families, and for that reason he was marked for
-death. He shall die! I, Antonio Sarvisti, have sworn it. As soon
-as I have dealt with this beggarly youngster I will ride to the
-estancia and burn the house. Yes, I will toss this man into his own
-flaring dwelling."
-
-The darkness of the night and the deep shadows cast by the trees hid
-the ruffian's snarling features; but darkness did not cloak the sound
-of his voice, for he had spoken aloud. Indeed Dudley and his
-comrades could hear someone speaking, faintly, it is true, but
-sufficiently clear to give them the direction from which the sound
-came. It was Harold who calmly raised his rifle, held the muzzle
-low, and sent a shot swishing past the tree behind which the rascally
-leader of this band of robbers sheltered.
-
-"Ah! Not frightened into surrender yet?" cried Antonio, shaking his
-fist with rage. "You shall see. I will teach you when the morning
-comes."
-
-He stared out from behind the trunk of the tree, only to withdraw
-somewhat hastily, for Harold had reloaded, and a moment later sent
-another shot thudding against the tree, a second reminder to Antonio
-Sarvisti that matters were not so desperate for the small party
-hemmed in by the circle which he had drawn about them.
-
-"Sixty was the number of the men he said he had with him," said
-Dudley a moment later. "Do you consider that he has as many as he
-says?"
-
-He swung round to Pepito, who at that moment was engaged in fastening
-a long scarf about his wounded limb. The gaucho dropped the ends at
-once, stared out into the trees, and then nodded.
-
-"He has as many, señor," he said with emphasis. "A ruffian out on
-the pampas can have as many men as he desires. This fellow has
-sixty, if he said so, and if I had been in command those men would
-long ago have rushed forward and made a capture. It is a good sign.
-Ruffians are often cowards. They fear to attack us. They wait for
-the dawn, when they hope to be able to shoot us down. Were I one of
-them, and the plan that you speak of had been formed, I would leave a
-few in the trees to fire, and make it appear that there were many,
-while I sent off the bigger half to raid the estancia."
-
-"The very thing that I fear this Antonio Sarvisti may do," said
-Dudley, a note of anxiety in his voice. "Now, listen. I have said
-that I refuse to surrender."
-
-"Hooray!" shouted Harold, gripping his hand. "That's what the men
-feel about the matter. I have been speaking to a few. They will
-fight to a finish."
-
-"Then we must prepare. We have two matters to attend to. We have to
-decide how to defend ourselves, and we must send news to our
-employer. If he is warned in time, no danger can threaten him, and
-in addition he could, by collecting gauchos from neighboring
-estancias, relieve this party, and perhaps even surround this band of
-robbers. Those two points must be seen to."
-
-There was silence for a while as Dudley and Harold and the gaucho
-leader considered the matter. To Harold and Pepito it seemed
-hopeless even to consider the question of sending a warning to their
-employer, for an attempt had already failed, and it was clear that
-the enemy were in a close ring round them.
-
-"What food and ammunition have we?" asked our hero suddenly.
-
-"Abundance!" came the prompt answer. "The señor gave orders that
-each man should ride to-night with rations for two days. Those
-rations will last, at a pinch, for four days."
-
-"And water?" suddenly demanded Harold.
-
-"We have none, señor, but I had not forgotten its need. Do not
-forget that a forest in this pampas region spells water, for
-otherwise there would not be trees. I have been here before, and
-know that there are wells. If those are out of our reach, as seems
-probable, then a hole dug only a little distance into the soil will
-soon be filled with fluid. As to ammunition, each man has many
-rounds. Given a good position, there is sufficient here to protect
-the party for many hours."
-
-"Then we will make the position," said Dudley, "and now I will tell
-you what I am going to do. I cannot expect any of my men to
-undertake a task which I do not eagerly accept myself. I place
-Harold Joyce in charge of this party once I am gone, while I myself
-am determined to get through these men and ride for the estancia.
-Listen!"
-
-"You! It is madness! You are in command, and the defence depends on
-your being here. You are not serious!"
-
-It was Harold who suddenly spoke, rising to his feet in his
-excitement. But Dudley dragged him to the ground at once, and
-fortunately for him, for Antonio had given recent orders that fire
-should be opened whenever a sound was heard. It happened, therefore,
-that hardly had Harold fallen full length again when a storm of
-bullets swept over the prostrate party, showering leaves on to their
-heads, and then speeding harmlessly out over the pampas.
-
-"I will go," repeated Dudley quietly. "It may seem to some that my
-place is here, and I have already said so, and that the danger to
-this party is greater than that threatening Mr. Blunt. I do not
-think so now. This little following of mine is certain to be
-captured as soon as its ammunition gives out, though I think that it
-can hold its own till then. After that it will be captured. What
-then will happen to our employer?"
-
-An exclamation came from either side of him, showing clearly that
-Harold and Pepito knew well what would be the result.
-
-"Now listen to the plan," said Dudley. "Let each man make use of his
-hunting knife and cut a trench in front of him. Feel here for
-yourselves. The ground is soft, and I have already made quite a
-respectable hollow. The earth removed from the hole has been thrown
-up in front, so that, when my trench is longer I shall be able to lie
-at full length and shall have splendid protection. Now if, during
-the three or four hours which still must pass before the dawn comes,
-we cut our trenches, and connect them up one to another, we shall
-have quite a little fort to protect us, about which we shall be able
-to move, with care, so as to reinforce any point which may be
-attacked. In any case the whole of our trenches will cover very
-little ground, for we had better keep close together. Do you begin
-to follow?"
-
-During the last five minutes, as he lay on the ground, he had been
-diligently using his knife and fingers, and, as he said, had found
-the soil at the base of the trees light and loamy. Gripping Pepito's
-arm, and then Harold's in turn, he placed their hands on the mound
-which he had thrown up in front of him, and in a few moments showed
-them plainly what he meant.
-
-"It is good," said the former with something approaching a chuckle.
-"The señor's busy brain is at work, just as it was on the eve of our
-night attack on the Indians. This fort is as good as made. In an
-hour the men will have completed it. There will be a bank between us
-and the enemy, and encircling us, and in the hollow within we shall
-lie. Our provisions can be placed in one corner under my charge, and
-also the ammunition. Then an allowance can be given to each man, and
-the supply made to last all the longer, for there will be no waste.
-Good, señor, I begin to fear these ruffians less. But the second
-portion of your plan?"
-
-"Will be carried out as soon as the fort is completed," answered
-Dudley, determined to keep his own counsel for the moment. "Instruct
-the men, and let us get to work."
-
-It wanted very little tuition to inform the gauchos what was expected
-from them, for, though almost devoid of education, these honest
-fellows of the pampas were nature's pupils. They had roughed it from
-their earliest days, and often their own safety had depended on their
-sagacity. They received Pepito's whispered instructions with
-enthusiasm, waited only till the limits of the narrow fort had been
-marked out, and then each set to work with frantic energy, chopping
-the ground with his knife, throwing handfuls of soil before him, and
-gradually hollowing out the ground in his immediate rear. It is
-wonderful what active men can do under such circumstances, when life
-may depend on their exertions. Dudley's party had soon cleared quite
-a respectable-sized hollow, and had thrown up a mound all round, on
-the top of which the brambles and grass which they had cut during the
-operations were deposited. Here and there a tree thrust its trunk up
-in their hollow, but that only added to their cover and caused no
-inconvenience, while one of them, one of the forest giants, happening
-to have a large hollow at its root, provided a storehouse for food
-and ammunition, over which Pepito at once took charge. As for water,
-one of the gauchos set to work in the very centre of the hollow, and
-in a little while had dug some three feet into the ground, scooping
-the earth out with his hands. Into this shallow well water began to
-trickle almost immediately, a fact which heartened the garrison and
-caused them to give vent to another cheer.
-
-"The novelty of the idea strikes them, señor," said Pepito with a
-chuckle of delight. "A little time ago matters looked desperate and
-hopeless. Now they are rosy with promise. We are ready, señor.
-Your orders?"
-
-"They are simple, Pepito. Two of the enemy were killed?"
-
-"Two, señor: one who sent his bullet into my thigh, and the other
-whom our comrade settled."
-
-"It is the first we have to deal with. He lies a matter of five
-yards outside our fort, I think?"
-
-Pepito nodded emphatically, forgetting that the darkness hid all
-movement.
-
-"That is so, señor," he said eagerly. "I know the spot well. It is
-perhaps less than five yards away. What then?"
-
-"I am about to borrow his clothes, that is all," came the calm
-answer. "At least, I shall borrow a portion. I noticed that every
-gaucho in the service of this Antonio wore a red scarf about his
-neck, and a hat of different color from ours. I shall borrow those
-two articles from the man who is dead, and shall then join the enemy.
-Now listen to my instructions. One of you will creep away in the
-direction opposite to that in which this body lies, and will cut a
-narrow trench. His task is to strike the nearest tree with a stick,
-and to make such sounds as will cause the enemy to think that an
-attempt at escape is being made in that direction. As he lies there,
-the others will fire above his head--anywhere, so long as they take
-care not to hit him. They will, in particular, pay attention to that
-part of the forest where the dead man lies. You understand?"
-
-An exclamation broke from Pepito and Harold.
-
-"It is all clear," said the latter. "We attract their attention to
-the opposite direction, and, having searched the forest along the
-path which you will be taking, and, let us hope, shot any of the
-ruffians hiding there, we occupy the attention of the rascals till
-you get clear. But, by Jove, Dudley, the risk is terrible."
-
-"Hush! There is a movement. I hear men creeping in the forest!"
-
-It was one of the gauchos who gave the alarm, and at once every
-member of Dudley's party had taken his place behind the low walls of
-the fort.
-
-"Someone is moving, certainly," whispered Pepito. "There, I heard
-the sounds. They are coming closer."
-
-"Are all loaded?" asked our hero quickly. "Then let them hold their
-fire till I call. Yes, it looks as if we were about to be attacked,
-and in that case our defences are likely to prove useful. Tell the
-men to lie at full length and keep absolutely silent. We will give
-these rascals a lesson if we have the chance."
-
-But now the swish of leaves and the noise of many men approaching was
-plainly to be heard, and every second proved to the defenders that a
-forward move was being attempted by the enemy. Dudley's little
-following lay as still as rocks, each man with his rifle at his
-shoulder and his eyes close behind the screen of brambles thrown up
-in front of him.
-
-"Repeat the order," whispered Dudley. "No one is to fire till I
-call, and then only at the flashes made by the weapons of the enemy.
-If they rush us, lie still in the hollow. That will puzzle them
-badly."
-
-A minute later a shrill whistle sounded through the forest, and then
-came a call from Antonio Sarvisti.
-
-"On them!" he shouted. "Pour in a volley and then charge."
-
-From every quarter, from the forest in front and to right and left,
-and from the pampas in the rear, came the splutter of musketry, while
-flashes broke out here and there, lighting up the darkness for an
-instant and then disappearing, only to be succeeded by others. And
-the light which they gave showed the leader of the band of robbers
-and his men charging down upon the small party enclosed within their
-lines. The gaucho following of Antonio Sarvisti were undertaking a
-task which few appreciated. They were attacking men fully prepared
-to receive them, and men, moreover, whose exact whereabouts was
-unknown. They had crept as close as possible, and now, despite the
-danger of wounding comrades, poured in an irregular and harmless
-volley, which ripped the trees and sped away in all directions. Then
-they charged, only to come quickly to a halt and commence to reload
-their pieces. For not a shot answered them; not a voice was heard.
-The sensation was uncanny. They began even to think that the birds
-had flown.
-
-"Charge!" shouted Antonio again, placing himself at the head of some
-of the men and advancing, revolver in hand. "Now, another volley!"
-
-"Fire!" cried Dudley, hearing and understanding his order. "Fire at
-the flashes!"
-
-There was silence for one brief instant, and then once more, from
-every quarter, but on this occasion from a closer range, numbers of
-weapons were discharged, while from the dark hole in which the
-defenders hovered a stinging reply came, each one of the gauchos
-waiting his time, and aiming at the flashes made by the weapons of
-the enemy. A minute later the attack had been abandoned. Antonio
-Sarvisti and his men had slunk back to their old positions, while the
-defenders still lay in their primitive fort, confident and brimful of
-enthusiasm.
-
-"Just the time for me to move," whispered Dudley. "Harold, I leave
-the men to you. Whatever happens, hang on to this place and hold
-these rascals round you. If I get through, and can take a horse, I
-shall be at the estancia by noon, and might even be back soon after
-dark. If all is well, fire an occasional shot through the night. I
-shall then know that you can last till morning, and will make
-arrangements to attack these fellows. Now, good-by! Don't forget.
-Hang out, whatever happens. We have to think not of ourselves but of
-the man whose bread and butter we eat. Good-by!"
-
-The two gripped hands in the darkness of the forest, and lay there a
-moment or two without saying a word. Then Dudley turned to Pepito.
-
-"Carry out the orders," he said softly, "and when I am gone look to
-my comrade here for all commands. Let the men stick to him whatever
-happens."
-
-The tall and handsome gaucho would have liked to shake his leader's
-hand, and even to detain him, but Pepito was at heart a soldier,
-trained to obedience, and always ready to carry out his instructions.
-For one second he waited, and then, turning to the men, whispered
-that the time had come to open fire, and for one of their number to
-creep some few yards into the forest. Presently a hail of bullets
-was sweeping through the trees, now in this direction and now in
-that, searching every part, but hurtling in particular along the path
-which Dudley would take. The shots died down for a while, and the
-rascals, stretched in a wide circle around, heard the sounds made by
-a man creeping through the trees. A stick snapped, a rifle struck a
-tree and repeated the clumsy blow. Leaves were disturbed, and every
-whisper told that the tiny garrison was sending someone to seek for
-help.
-
-"Good! We will teach them," muttered Antonio. "Send a dozen men in
-that direction, _amico_."
-
-"Time to move," whispered Dudley. "I think our comrade has attracted
-their attention. Give them a few more shots as I go."
-
-He wriggled out of the fort, listened for a moment, and then dived
-into the forest, his fingers searching in every direction for the
-body of the man whom Pepito had slain. Not a sound did he make.
-Those he left behind strained their ears in vain. Their leader was
-gone on a quest which was full of danger, but which might yet
-preserve the life of the man who employed them and save those whom
-Dudley had left behind.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XVIII
-
-A DASH FOR THE PAMPAS
-
-Down under the brushwood and the brambles which thickly covered the
-ground between the trunks of the forest trees the darkness was
-intense. So black and forbidding that Dudley imagined that he could
-almost feel it and grip it in his hands. Not an inch could he see in
-front of his face, for it happened that a bank of clouds had blown
-across the face of the tiny crescent of the moon, which had hitherto
-sent a few rays straggling here and there in between the trees, and
-now not a leaf shimmered under the pale rays, not a trunk was
-visible, there was no light but the occasional flare, some yards
-behind him, as one of his own men opened fire.
-
-"Just the time for me to succeed," he thought to himself when he had
-crawled a few yards on hands and knees. "I must be near the body of
-the man Pepito killed, and once I reach it I shall lie still and try
-to get the bearings of the enemy. Harold knows what I want. He is
-to give me ten minutes to reach this man and get some cover, and then
-he will open fire again in this direction."
-
-The whole plan had, in fact, been very carefully discussed, for all
-knew that Antonio Sarvisti and his men would make the utmost effort
-to stop any and every attempt at escape, and if Dudley was to succeed
-it would not be by his own cunning and boldness alone, though the
-attempt was hazardous enough, but by the help and co-operation of his
-comrades.
-
-"Ah, that is fortunate! I have found him."
-
-A low exclamation of relief escaped his lips, for as he stretched out
-one hand, groping amidst the bushes and brambles, the fingers came in
-contact with the frilled edging of a man's overalls. The touch
-almost sent a shiver through our hero; for the sensation of crawling
-through this deep shadow was an uncanny one. True, he was almost
-sure that no living enemy was within some yards of him; but yet, as
-his fingers touched the man for the first time, the horrible
-suspicion that it might be a gaucho lying in wait for him flashed
-across his mind. He felt startled, and, withdrawing his hand, seized
-his hunting knife. Then he stretched out again, ran his fingers up
-the leg, and finally came to the face.
-
-"Cold already," he said to himself, feeling immensely relieved. "And
-here is what I want, his hat and his neckcloth. Good! Now, unless
-the light is strong, none will be able to detect me."
-
-As quickly as possible he relieved the body of hat and neckcloth and
-donned them himself. Then, determined to make the most of every
-second, and feeling sure that it was not yet time for Harold to open
-fire in his direction, he crawled on again as stealthily as any
-snake, clearing the ground before him, progressing a few inches only
-at a time, and taking the utmost pains to remove all sticks from his
-path. Now and again a bramble or a strong shoot from one of the
-bushes opposed his onward progress, and for a time he felt as if they
-were iron bars, so impossible to avoid them was it.
-
-"If I push them aside they will swing back certainly," he thought.
-"Then, if I attempt to creep and wriggle under them they are sure to
-hit against others, and the sound they will make will be heard. Ah,
-my knife! That will make short work of them."
-
-From that moment he held the weapon in his hand, for brambles were
-forever obstructing him; and besides, at that slow and careful pace
-it did not hinder his progress, and was there in case of some sudden
-attack.
-
-Crack! Twenty yards behind him there was a sharp report which
-brought Dudley flat on his face, where he lay listening to the rip,
-rip of the bullet as it ploughed its way through the tree tops. Then
-he heard the gentle patter of falling twigs and leaves, cut in twain
-by the missile.
-
-"Good, Harold!" he said beneath his breath. "You are a careful
-fellow. That is a warning shot, just to let me know you are about to
-open fire. I shall stay here. There is a big tree just behind me
-now, and I am fairly secure. Fire away!"
-
-It seemed as if those he had left behind in the shallow trenches
-scooped in the earth had heard his words, for almost instantly there
-came a spluttering discharge, the flashes coming from a point on a
-level with the ground, while the bullets swept the forest, striking
-the trunks with resounding thuds, and often enough flying off at a
-tangent, accompanied by that high- or low-pitched hum which tells of
-a ricochet, a sound pleasant enough to listen to if one has perfect
-cover, but sufficiently trying under other circumstances. Patter,
-patter, patter. Dudley heard the gentle fall of twigs and leaves
-again, and smiled grimly as he wondered what the enemy thought of it
-all.
-
-"Perhaps they imagine we are scared," he thought. "That will be all
-the better, for then they will hardly expect an attempt at escape.
-Ah, there the boys go again!"
-
-Another spluttering volley burst from the trees behind him, while a
-second later Pepito's voice was heard resounding loudly through the
-forest, and undoubtedly intended for the ears of the enemy.
-
-"Fire, fire!" he shouted. "The rascals are crawling near. Sweep
-them away! Shoot them down as they come!"
-
-There was a note of terror in his voice, a note which Antonio
-Sarvisti distinguished with a snarl of pleasure.
-
-"It is not to be all for one side," he said to his surly lieutenant,
-who forever hovered at his elbow. "They caught us nicely when we
-attacked, and we suffered in consequence; but the attempt has had its
-effect. Those fools over there have an attack of nerves. That
-sudden volley was fired by men who are scared, who see ghosts in the
-forest, who imagine sounds which have no existence, and who blaze
-away for no reason at all. Good for us, _amico_! Their ammunition
-will not last forever. We will do our best to give them many an
-alarm."
-
-He sent a man round his following at once with orders that every now
-and again a few should creep forward a few paces, making as much
-noise as possible.
-
-"That will draw their fire," he said with a chuckle. "That will
-empty their magazine and soon place them helplessly in our hands."
-
-Meanwhile Dudley lay flat on his face, listening intently, and
-waiting patiently till the fusillade from behind him had died down.
-He could hear the click of the locks as the men reloaded, could
-discern Harold's voice as he directed their fire, and even caught the
-far-off murmur of men talking, for Antonio Sarvisti spoke aloud to
-his lieutenant. But, strain his ears as he would, there was no sound
-from in front of him, nothing to denote that an enemy was lurking
-there.
-
-"Which seems to prove that they have cleared away," he said. "We
-have searched this part already with our fire, and the enemy will
-have learned to avoid it. I shall be surprised if I meet a single
-man. There, I think that will be Harold's last shot in this
-direction for a while, so that I can soon begin to move forward."
-
-Ping! Crash! There was another flash behind him, proving that his
-comrades had not yet finished their portion of the plan. Bang!
-There came a second, quick on its heels, and then a shriek, a
-bloodcurdling shriek, which rang through the forest, seeming to be
-tossed backward and forward between the trees till it died down
-mournfully in the distance. It was the last frantic call of a man
-who had been hit, and the sound came from a point not fifteen yards
-in front of our hero.
-
-"Hit!" he murmured, a cold chill running all over his body, for the
-shriek had startled him. "Poor beggar! I imagine he thought, as I
-did, that the firing was done with for a time, and sat up to listen.
-That second bullet must have caught him, and probably killed him
-instantly. Well, it is hard for him but fortunate for me, for he lay
-right in my track."
-
-It was indeed a lucky shot for Dudley, but for his comrades behind it
-was a very different matter. Harold Joyce, the young commander of
-the party, had fired the weapon, intending that it should be the very
-last to be directed along the path which Dudley was taking. He had
-judged the elevation of his shot as carefully as possible considering
-the darkness, and he had sent it swishing through the trees some
-three feet above the ground, high enough to escape our hero's head.
-But the sudden shriek dismayed him. He dropped the weapon, turned
-deathly pale, and snatched desperately at Pepito's sleeve.
-
-"Who was that?" he demanded anxiously. "Oh, I have killed him! Do
-you hear me? I have shot the best friend I have ever had, the
-bravest and most generous fellow under the sun."
-
-He was almost weeping. There were big tears in his eyes, while the
-handsome gaucho beside him heard him gulp down a sob. Harold was
-thoroughly unhinged by that awful shriek. Fear that he had killed
-his friend drove him frantic, and, starting to his feet, he would
-have shouted aloud, had not Pepito restrained him.
-
-"Lie still, señor," he said in firm but friendly tones. "That call
-came from a point far beyond the spot where our leader lies. I am
-sure of that fact, for my ears are good. It was one of the enemy who
-fell, and at this moment the señor who has so bravely gone from our
-fort is lying as still as death, waiting for our fire to cease so
-that he may crawl onward. Silence, señor! If you call, all these
-ruffians will know that we are making an effort."
-
-It was true. Slowly it dawned upon Harold's brain that a call to his
-friend would warn the enemy. He longed to be able to give a shout,
-to send some signal to Dudley and to receive one in return. He would
-even have crawled out of the fort and followed him, with the one
-purpose of convincing himself that his old friend was unharmed. But
-the tall, sturdy gaucho stretched beside him held him with a firm
-hand, and whispered reassuringly to him, though he himself in his own
-heart had also some misgiving.
-
-"Lie still and wait, señor," he said. "The matter is as I have said.
-Our leader is alive and well; but if you call or move, the enemy will
-suspect, and then----"
-
-There was no need to say more, for Harold understood. Discovery
-would lead to almost certain execution, either promptly or at the
-convenience of the enemy. For Antonio Sarvisti and his men had
-suffered, and the sudden shriek from the depths of the forest had not
-helped to improve their feeling for the little band about whom they
-lay. The rascals, one and all, ground their teeth, and swore that
-when the time came they would kill every one of these stubborn
-fellows.
-
-"They shall receive what they deserve," growled Antonio, beside
-himself with rage. "I will hang two men for each one that I have
-lost, and so teach all that resistance is fatal. These dogs would
-have done better to have surrendered at once, and given in to my
-will. They shall learn that Antonio Sarvisti is a hard man to deal
-with."
-
-As for Dudley, the shriek had unnerved him for a moment, and had
-caused him to flatten himself even closer to the ground, and to
-burrow his head beneath the brambles, for there is nothing which
-makes a man wish more to sink into the earth than the ugly rip, rip
-of bullets flying close overhead. Then, too, he had other missiles
-to be cautious of, for that terrible call had brought answering calls
-from the forest. Antonio's men shouted in their anger, and opened a
-heavy fire, their bullets swishing over the fort, and cutting their
-way through the forest. The flashes of their weapons blazed out here
-and there, from right and left, and from the pampas; but from that
-point immediately to the front, where Harold's men had swept the
-underwood with their fire, there was not a flash. Not a report
-sounded in that direction.
-
-"Then the plan succeeds so far," said Dudley. "Once I am sure that
-Harold and his men have finished, I will move on again. Ah, that is
-his signal!"
-
-The fusillade had died down now, and for the space of two minutes the
-forest was sunk in silence. Then a single shot rang out, echoing
-sharply amidst the trees, and once more our hero heard the bullet
-burst its way through the tangled leaves far overhead, severing the
-usual shower of twigs and green.
-
-"Time to get along," he thought. "Harold's signal is clear enough.
-Now for the most difficult part of the undertaking."
-
-He was on his hands and knees in less than a second, and then
-commenced the same cautious crawling progress through the underwood.
-Twigs and dried or rotting sticks were carefully put aside, while the
-knife which he still carried in his hand severed the brambles with a
-slash. Not a rustle disturbed the stillness in his direction, though
-here and there, as he paused again and again to listen, rose the
-murmur of voices, the gentle call of men to one another. Then out
-came the moon, floating from behind the clouds which had ridden
-across her face. The pale rays shone down upon pampas and forest,
-and, penetrating here and there, lit up a tiny patch, making brambles
-and tree trunks stand out prominently. There were dozens of such
-bright areas, and Dudley carefully steered his course away from them,
-fearful lest the light should show him to the enemy. Then, of a
-sudden, he came to a halt again. A man was standing behind a tree
-some twenty yards away, his head and one shoulder illuminated by the
-rays falling from above. The black, shadowy line of the tree trunk
-cut across his body, hiding it from view, and leaving only the head
-and shoulder visible, as well as the rifle which he gripped in one
-hand. The face could be seen clearly, stern and expectant, while one
-ear was turned as if the gaucho was listening intently.
-
-"He must have heard a suspicious sound," thought Dudley, his breath
-coming fast, while his heart pattered loudly against his ribs. "Yes,
-he is looking this way, and if it were not so dark I might almost
-think that he saw me. Ah, he does!"
-
-It would have been a trying moment even for an old hand, experienced
-in this forest warfare, and the reader need think none the less of
-Dudley if he again shrank close to the ground and almost shivered
-with apprehension. It was not only that he feared this one man. A
-combination of circumstances had served to strain his nerves to
-breaking pitch; the clatter of musketry, the sharp rip of the
-bullets, that terrible scream, and now the uncanny silence, the
-darkness of the forest with these illuminated patches, in one of
-which stood one of the enemy.
-
-"Was he discovered? The man's eyes were surely fixed on him. He
-must fire at him if he wished to escape."
-
-The thoughts ran through Dudley's head, and for a while he felt
-bewildered. Then his old coolness returned to him, or at least a
-portion of it. He realized that it was impossible for the man to
-have seen him, for he lay in a wide patch of inky shadow. Perhaps he
-had heard some sound, and was merely suspicious. "Ah! He was
-calling."
-
-The face behind the tree turned suddenly, till the back of the head
-was alone to be seen. Then a low call broke the silence, a call
-which was answered from some distance away. Presently a crash amidst
-the brushwood told that someone was moving, and as Dudley stared at
-the brilliant patch, one of the gauchos appeared, a hulking,
-slouching rascal, with surly features, between whose strong teeth was
-held a leaf which he was busily chewing. Immediately a second came
-upon the scene, a squat, ugly fellow whom he recognized at once as
-the leader of this band of desperadoes.
-
-"If they rush at me I will get behind this tree and shoot them down,"
-he thought, keeping his eyes on the trio, while he slipped one hand
-down to the pouch in which his revolver rested. "But they are not
-certain. The man only thinks he heard a sound. Perhaps they will go
-away."
-
-"What is it?" demanded Antonio as he joined the two gauchos. "You
-called, _amico_? Did you see or hear anything?"
-
-Dudley saw the eyes of the ruffian flash as he turned towards his
-man, for the moon fell directly upon his upturned face. He longed to
-know what was passing between them.
-
-"Hear anything?" was the answer. "How can a man say? Perhaps it was
-the wind, perhaps a twig dropping from the tree tops, shot away by
-the dogs. I thought I heard a fellow moving, but that was two
-minutes ago. Listen, and you may be wiser than I am."
-
-The three stood in the illuminated patch for perhaps five minutes,
-making not so much as a sound, while from the poise of their heads it
-was clear that they were listening. Then Antonio gave a gesture of
-disgust, and swung round on his heel.
-
-"Ghosts, ghosts! always the same!" he exclaimed angrily. "You men
-are always seeing and hearing what does not exist. There is Bico,
-down on the opposite side. An hour ago he swore that he saw someone
-moving on his right and fired. It was a tree, and his bullet is
-buried deep in the trunk. But you are a careful man. You are wise
-to take note of even the smallest sound. However, it is not on this
-side that we need expect an attempt at escape. It is yonder, close
-to the pampas. Move to your right and you may be the lucky one to
-discover one of the dogs."
-
-He turned again, stared into the forest, and was moving away, when
-once more a shot startled the silence, a shot which came from the
-fort burrowed at the roots of the trees behind Dudley. Crisp and
-clear it came, and, as fortune would have it, not a tree trunk stood
-in the way of the muzzle. It flew direct to the object at which it
-had been aimed, and in an instant Antonio's surly lieutenant was
-down, dropping without a sound in the very centre of the little
-clearing. A moment later Antonio and the other gaucho were gone,
-slinking away to another part of the forest.
-
-"A good shot, and one which will help me immensely," thought Dudley.
-"It has cleared the way nicely, and now, with a little luck, I should
-be able to get through."
-
-On hands and knees again, feverish with the desire to get through the
-encircling line, and yet curbing his impatience--for haste here might
-mean failure and death,--he slid in under the brambles, burrowed his
-path amidst the trees, and, inch by inch, foot by foot, gradually
-increased his distance from the fort he had left behind.
-
-The minutes were like hours, the crackle of a feeble, mouldering leaf
-under his knee sounded to him in his overstrung condition like a
-rifle report, while the thud of one of the enemy's rifles against a
-distant tree was crushing in its intensity. It brought him to a
-halt, palpitating, with perspiration streaming from his forehead.
-
-"No, not discovered! He was a funk, a coward, to be startled so
-easily. Was he a baby, a little child, to be frightened because a
-leaf crackled, or a twig fell from a neighboring tree? A fine fellow
-the gauchos had allowed to make this attempt!"
-
-Dudley ground his teeth with rage. He was furious with himself for
-being so nervous, for showing so much fear. Time and again he called
-himself a coward, a craven, fit only to cook for the men and not to
-lead them; and then gradually he became calmer. He was a plucky lad
-at heart, and, if he could only have realized it, there was ample
-reason for all his fears.
-
-Even a grown man would have had his nerves braced to the highest on
-this dark night, and why therefore should he be ashamed? His old,
-gallant spirit returned. He groped his way forward with more energy
-now, till the inches and feet had grown to yards, till the murmur of
-the rascals surrounding the little band of comrades near the pampas
-was lost in the distance. He was clear. The enemy was behind him,
-and now all that remained was to steal a horse and gallop away.
-
-"I can smell them," he suddenly exclaimed, under his breath. "In a
-place like this, where there is little wind, and many horses are
-placed together, it is not by any means impossible. They are over
-there. I am sure of it."
-
-Lifting his head he stood for a moment or two sniffing the air, and
-was at length convinced that he was not in error. For, as he had
-said, in an enclosed place like that, with little wind, and that
-blowing in his face, a keen-scented man can easily detect the
-neighborhood of the horse lines. Dudley delayed no longer. He was
-standing to his full height now, for the forest was not so thick
-here, and he at once set off for the spot where he imagined the
-horses to be. And presently a glimmer came to his eyes. Something
-red was shining between the trunks a hundred yards away, something
-which, as the distance decreased, proved to be a camp fire, with a
-kettle suspended over it. The flare from the crackling wood lit up
-the surroundings, showing the blankets of Antonio's men, tumbled
-haphazard upon the ground, spare boxes of ammunition, bags of food,
-and some dozen saddles. Steam, and a savory odor, were issuing from
-the kettle which sang over the flames, while away to the right the
-firelight showed a horse, the first of a long line picketed beyond
-him.
-
-"At last," thought Dudley, his heart beating fast with joy. "There
-are the horses, and if I creep round to the far side, so as to be
-well away from the fire, I ought to have no difficulty in cutting one
-of the picket ropes and slipping away. By Jove! How good that stuff
-smells boiling in the kettle. I'm hungry and could eat a meal. But
-there's no time; I have the others to think about."
-
-Skirting the edge of the forest, and just outside the range of the
-firelight, he came within five minutes to the line of horses. Many
-were asleep as if they had had a hard day, while some were cropping
-the grass at their feet. Dudley inspected them carefully, and,
-having made his choice, boldly severed the picket rope of the finest
-of the animals.
-
-"A splendid beast," he said to himself, "and one which will require
-some catching. Now I want a second, and then, once I have led them
-far enough away, we'll show our heels to these rascals. To-morrow at
-noon I ought to be at the estancia."
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XIX
-
-ANTONIO SARVISTI IS SURPRISED
-
-Dudley was safely through the close ring which the band of robbers
-had thrown around that small corner of the forest where his gauchos
-lay. He could hear the reports of their rifles well behind him now,
-for an occasional shot was fired so as to intimidate the besieged and
-keep them from moving till the dawn came, when Antonio Sarvisti
-promised himself and his men that a quick end would be made of the
-party. Yes, Dudley was through them, right in their rear, and on the
-outskirts of the clearing occupied by their horses.
-
-"This fellow should carry me across to the estancia at a fast
-gallop," he said, as he inspected the horse he had chosen, looking
-critically at his legs, and helped in his examination by the few
-flickering rays which came from the dancing flames of the fire. "A
-good, strong horse, with not too much bone. The fellow to carry my
-weight fast and far. Now for a second, and then away. They all seem
-to have bridles on, so that I shall have nothing to wait for, for I
-don't want a saddle. Ah, this is a likely-looking animal!"
-
-Even now, when escape seemed so certain, he would not allow his
-eagerness to be away, out of the clutches of the rascals, to cause
-him to make a hasty choice. Life and liberty, after all, might
-depend more on the animals he chose than on his own courage and
-discretion. He might be followed. The pursuit might be kept up
-right to the borders of Mr. Blunt's estancia; and even if that were
-not the case, the lives of his comrades depended entirely on the
-swiftness with which he could reach friends.
-
-"This is the fellow for my second," he said with decision, passing
-slowly down the line till he came to a fine roan, a shapely animal,
-which turned its handsome head to look at the stranger, and, as if it
-recognized a friend in him, whinnied gently.
-
-"Whoa! Silence, boy! Sleep, for you will not be wanted till
-morning."
-
-A voice rang out in the stillness, causing Dudley to drop instantly
-on hands and knees and shelter behind the heels of the long line of
-picketed horses. A man was crossing the firelit clearing, a fellow
-dressed like a gaucho, but of darker color. He wore a handkerchief
-of brilliant color about his head, and a belt of the same material
-round his waist, a belt which protruded at one point, where a
-revolver was thrust under it.
-
-"An Indian," thought Dudley, watching the man as he sauntered across
-to the horses. "Probably a slave, or a general servant, or perhaps
-the cook. Yes, that is what he is."
-
-There seemed to be no doubt about that matter, for the man who had
-called out, and who had so unexpectedly made his appearance,
-sauntered to the fire and stirred the contents of the kettle with a
-big wooden spoon. Dudley saw him lift the spoon to his lips and
-taste the contents, evidently with appreciation. Then he threw a
-stick or two on to the fire, prodded the ashes with another, and
-having assured himself that all was well there, strolled across to
-the horses.
-
-"Sleep, my beauties," he said, patting the one which had whinnied,
-and talking to him in soothing tones. "Sleep and be happy. You will
-be undisturbed."
-
-He suspected nothing. The good-natured fellow, for that he seemed to
-be, had not the faintest idea that within a couple of yards of him,
-stretched at the heels of the very horse he was caressing, lay one of
-the party his masters were attacking. The cook had wonderfully sharp
-eyes, for he had been brought up on the Indian pampas, and had,
-indeed, lived a wild life till this Antonio persuaded him to act as
-cook to the band under his command. But even sharp eyes cannot
-penetrate inky darkness, for, where Dudley lay, the long line of
-picketed horses cast a dense shadow. The man patted another horse,
-which had turned an inquisitive head and had looked at the intruder
-with sleepy eyes. Then he sauntered away again and stood by the
-fire, till a shot in the forest caught his attention.
-
-"At it again," he said aloud. "Perhaps that means that the end is
-coming, and our fellows are about to wipe the rascals out. Not that
-I don't think that they are plucky. They are quick, to be sure, and
-that trick they played would even have beaten our Indians. It was
-smart to dismount suddenly and take the very cover which our men had.
-I'll go and look on. I would not miss the end for anything."
-
-He cast a glance at the fire, stirred the contents of his steaming
-kettle again, and then sauntered off into the forest in the direction
-from which the report of the rifle had come.
-
-"Evidently he is the only man out of the firing line," thought
-Dudley, "so that I can now expect to be alone till he comes back. By
-then I shall be gone. Quiet, boy! It's I. Don't you remember?"
-
-He rose to his feet noiselessly and passed between the horses. The
-one on his left was asleep, his head dangling till his nose was not
-far from the ground. But the one he had selected was wide awake, and
-again turned and whinnied. Dudley slipped his hand along the neck
-and down the chin till he came to the picketing rope. A slash from
-his knife severed it, and then, having already made sure that there
-were no heel ropes, he backed the fine animal out of the horse lines
-by gently pulling on his bridle.
-
-Hush! There was someone entering the clearing again, and for the
-moment operations must be suspended. If it was the black cook, no
-doubt his curiosity would take him away again, and then would be
-Dudley's opportunity. But movement now was certain to be detected,
-and though he would have a start he still remembered that he had to
-pass through the forest to reach the pampas, and that once there he
-might find his escape cut off by gauchos posted on the plains and
-provided with horses. He stood still, peering between the horses,
-while with a gentle pull at the bridle he urged the one he held into
-its place again.
-
-"Not the cook this time," he said, feeling as if all his plans would
-be ruined. "There are three of them, and--yes--the cook is there
-too. That is a piece of very bad luck; the fellows are going to sup."
-
-Three gauchos had indeed come into the clearing, and stood in the
-firelight, silhouetted sharply, and with their backs turned to
-Dudley. The fourth figure was that of the native cook, and he at
-once produced some tin platters and pannikins, and provided each of
-the gauchos with a meal. Then he brought a stone bottle of big
-proportions and filled the pannikins from its contents.
-
-The delay was exasperating, and for a time Dudley fidgeted and
-fretted, fearful that discovery might come at any instant, and well
-knowing that every minute of the remaining darkness was of the utmost
-importance to him. The minutes dragged painfully along, while the
-four robbers chatted at their ease. It seemed that they would never
-go. However, a fifth individual now entered, and at his coming the
-three gauchos promptly drank up the contents of their pannikins and
-disappeared. The newcomer was Antonio Sarvisti, the leader, who
-never took his eyes off his following if he could help it, for he was
-suspicious of everyone. He scowled at his gauchos now, pointed to
-the forest, and bade them return.
-
-"Time you were back," he said curtly. "You have been away too long
-already, and seem to forget that there are comrades to be fed. Now,
-boy, something to eat and drink. Then a cigar, and I will see
-whether I cannot rouse the fellows to attack again. Food and drink
-do wonders. Matters brighten when a man is comfortable, and maybe we
-shall capture those rascals before the dawn comes. Up to the top,
-boy, and stand ready to refill it."
-
-He gripped the tin pannikin, swung his head back, and gulped the
-contents down at a draught, holding the pannikin out to be refilled,
-while he gasped for breath.
-
-"That is good," he said. "The stew smells excellent, and reminds a
-man that he has not had a bite for many hours. Now, get along to the
-men and order the next batch to come and feed."
-
-The squat figure seated on the top of an upturned saddle seemed
-bigger than usual. The flickering light cast by the flames magnified
-the leader of the brigands, till in Dudley's eyes he seemed to be of
-vast dimensions. But it was not that which frightened him; it was
-the words which he had heard, the order which had been given, and
-which he had been able to understand. More men were to come to the
-clearing. For an hour or more the place would be tenanted, and by
-then the dawn would be dangerously near. He must move now. He must
-risk it.
-
-"Yes, I must risk it," he repeated to himself. "And as I am sure to
-be followed at once I will take only one of the horses. The other
-would perhaps delay me, for I have to pass through the forest."
-
-But still he watched the ruffian seated by the fire, while he slid
-one hand along to the bridle of the fine animal he had selected. The
-horse moved, turned its shapely head, and whinnied again, as if
-impatient to get away. As for Antonio, he was in the act of draining
-his pannikin, but stopped abruptly and swung round on his seat.
-Then, as if he were suspicious, he came running across to the horses
-and passed swiftly along the front of the line, examining each picket
-rope as he passed.
-
-"Ah! Loose!" he exclaimed, as he found one dangling from the
-headstall. "And this has been cut with some sharp instrument."
-
-There was a note of alarm in his voice now, for he stood opposite the
-very animal which Dudley was about to remove, and held the severed
-end of the picket rope towards the light. Someone was meddling with
-the horses, he was sure, and at once, without hesitation, he slipped
-between the animals as if he were already certain that the marauder,
-whoever he might be, lay at their heels. Nor was he disappointed.
-In the shadow cast by the fine beast Dudley had selected, Antonio's
-eyes detected a dark figure, erect and motionless. He stared at the
-man, called to him as if to make sure that he was not one of his: own
-gauchos, and then slid one hand down to his revolver. But he never
-drew the weapon, for our hero was too quick for him. Discovery was
-certain now, he knew, and in the few seconds which passed while the
-leader of the brigands was coming towards him he had formed his
-plans. He had drawn his revolver, and held it by the muzzle at arm's
-length. Then he saw Antonio, slip between the horses, and heard him
-call. It was time to act, and as it happened this rascally Italian
-helped the plans which Dudley had made, for he stood so that a
-flickering ray from the fire fell on his face. The mark was a good
-one, and within easy distance. In an instant the revolver swung back
-a foot, and then, launched with all the force of which Dudley was
-capable, it flew forward, struck the forehead of the rascal who had
-called, and knocked him senseless to the ground.
-
-"My turn this time," said Dudley, as he ran forward to regain his
-weapon. "Now I fancy there is nothing to prevent my getting away.
-Whoa, lad! Stand there a moment while I fetch your comrade. Ah!
-here's a bolas rope which will make you fast to a tree."
-
-He had hit upon a coil of rope attached to the blanket strap which
-the horse wore, and in a twinkling had secured the animal to a tree
-close by. Then he ran off for the second, which he found standing
-drowsily where he had left it, and unmindful of the fact that its
-picket rope was gone. It was a fine, big beast, and Dudley decided
-to ride it at first in preference to the other.
-
-"He is strong and will carry me fast. The other fellow is a stayer,"
-he thought, "and if he has no weight to carry till I want him will
-take me away from anything the enemy possess. Now to mount and slip
-out of the forest."
-
-He placed the animals side by side, and made ready to mount, no easy
-matter when a horse is big and has no saddle. He stepped back a pace
-so as to obtain a run, and in doing so kicked an object lying on the
-ground. It was Antonio Sarvisti, alive and breathing without a
-doubt, but stunned and unconscious. Dudley had almost forgotten his
-existence, once his lucky shot had disposed of his interference. But
-now, as he accidentally came upon him again, a sudden thought caused
-him to delay his departure.
-
-"Supposing he comes to and gives the alarm," he said. "That would be
-bad in every way, for even if they did not catch me, they would know
-that someone had ridden for help, and might decamp before the gauchos
-could surround them. Now, if I can get rid of this ugly fellow, his
-own men will hardly miss him for an hour or two, for who is to say
-that he is not in the forest? Then there is just a chance, a small
-one it is true, that the men from our estancia might be able to reach
-this place in time. His following will be uncertain how to act.
-That means delay, and with a little luck on our side--yes, I'll take
-him."
-
-Once his mind was made up he did not hesitate. In a twinkling he had
-disarmed the unconscious man, and then, working as swiftly as
-possible, he bound his hands tightly together. Now came the most
-difficult portion of the task. He bent over Antonio, gripped him
-beneath the arms, and lifted him.
-
-"Hurrah! Not nearly so heavy as I thought he would be," he said.
-"Up you go, and there you stay till we reach the estancia!"
-
-With a heave he pushed the form of the Italian on to one of the
-horses, placing his legs astride the beast. Then the rope came into
-service again. The feet were secured together, and a length of the
-rope passed round horse and man, so as to keep Antonio from slipping.
-
-"If I go slowly and carefully I think he will stay in the position in
-which I have placed him," said Dudley, looking critically at his
-work, for where he and the horses stood an occasional flicker of
-firelight reached, just sufficient to help him. "Now to get out of
-the forest, and by then I hope this ugly fellow will have recovered
-from the blow my revolver gave him. It was a nasty one, and has cut
-his forehead badly. However, he is merely stunned, and when he comes
-to I shall have to frighten him. Up we go!"
-
-He was in the very best of spirits, for during the last quarter of an
-hour fortune had favored him in such a remarkable manner that it
-seemed to him that even the future was brightened and looked more
-promising. But still he did not forget that the enemy were close at
-hand, and that every minute might see the Indian cook and another
-batch of men come to the fireside for a meal. He scrambled on to the
-back of the spare horse, taking a little run before he sprang, for he
-had selected a big animal. Then, having gathered up the reins, and
-taken those of the other horse in his hands, he sat quietly
-listening. Now and again he heard a call from the forest, and on two
-occasions a sharp report rang out, to which, almost instantly, there
-came an answering shot from the farthest edge of the forest,
-evidently sent from the little fort which he had so lately left.
-
-"Good! The boys are well and safe. Now for the last part of the
-adventure."
-
-He shortened the reins, dug his heels into the horse he bestrode, and
-guided the animals into a narrow track which passed in between the
-trees. In a moment he had passed out of the firelight, beyond the
-circle of the clearing in which the enemy's camp lay, and was
-surrounded by the forest. The darkness became intense again, though
-here and there he caught sight of a flickering patch of light where
-the rays of the moon penetrated through some gap in the leaves
-overhead. As he looked at them his mind returned to that other patch
-in which he had so suddenly discovered one of the gaucho enemy, and
-to which Antonio and his lieutenant had been called. He remembered
-how breathlessly he had watched them, with what feelings of relief he
-had realized that they had no suspicion of his presence. How they
-had discussed the matter, and how, with tragical suddenness, a shot
-had rung out from the trenches behind, bringing the sulky lieutenant
-to the ground.
-
-"Ah, a bigger patch!" he suddenly exclaimed, his eyes falling upon a
-long streak. "That looks as if there were a track of some sort, and
-if so it will suit me well. After all, if this ruffian has used the
-forest as cover for his white and Indian raiders, there must be
-tracks here and there, as well as clearings in which the stolen
-cattle are herded. I'll try this one, and see where it leads me."
-
-He guided the horses into the patch he had observed, and was
-delighted to find that he had gained a narrow patch, almost overgrown
-here and there by the brambles and underwood, which were swift to
-invade every open space. It led away to the right, parallel with the
-edge of the forest, and would therefore take him at every step
-farther from the enemy. But swift progress was impossible. It was
-necessary to be careful, for any unusual noise would certainly bring
-the gang of robbers about him. Restraining his impatience,
-therefore, he walked his horses on for a mile, when the track became
-even narrower. Then suddenly it emerged into a tiny clearing, into
-which the rays of the moon streamed brightly, showing two other
-tracks, one leading to the right and the other turning off abruptly
-to the left.
-
-"The first returns to Antonio's house, no doubt," said Dudley,
-halting to look at them. "The other is the one for me. It leads to
-the pampas. In half an hour I shall be there. Ah, you are coming
-round, I think! Well, I must hurry, for just here a shout from you
-would be dangerous, while out on the pampas you can call till you are
-tired."
-
-A deep sigh, a long, indrawn breath, had come from the prostrate
-figure secured to the second horse, and Antonio's ugly head turned
-just a trifle. But the man did not regain consciousness. His
-breathing was still shallow and hardly perceptible, while beneath the
-ghostly rays of the moon his face looked deathly pale against the
-black beard which clothed it. Dudley stared at the man with the
-utmost aversion. He had disliked him before, when for the space of a
-few hours he was his guest. There was even then something
-indefinable about the ruffian which had repelled him. And now that
-something was even more pronounced. If ever there were a villain, it
-was this Antonio; and again and again did our hero thank his good
-fortune that he had the man secure and disarmed. However, it was
-neither the time nor the place for soliloquizing, and promptly he
-kicked his mount with his heels, and set off down the track he had
-selected at a gentle amble, which soon brought him to the confines of
-the forest, where he could look out at the pampas, the smooth,
-grass-grown plain shimmering in the white moonlight and seeming
-almost to welcome him. He could hear the whisper of the long grass
-as the wind swept across it, while the rustle and shake of the leaves
-overhead seemed to mingle harmoniously with the sound. But though he
-strained his ears, there was nothing else to be heard, not a call,
-not even one of those sharp reports which had echoed through the
-forest at frequent intervals.
-
-"And no one in sight," he said, his spirits rising higher as the
-seconds flew. "I must be a couple of miles to the right of our men,
-and, I think, well clear of the enemy. Here goes for a smart canter."
-
-He halted a few moments longer to make sure that his prisoner was
-secure in the position he had placed him in, and then, so that there
-should be no doubt as to his remaining there, he pulled the led horse
-in still closer, till its flank was jammed against his knee, and his
-free hand gripped Antonio's shoulder.
-
-"I'll warrant he will not slip now," he said, "and when he comes to
-he'll be so close that I shall be able to deal with him. Come along,
-boys! We've a fine gallop before us."
-
-He shook his reins and touched his mount with his heels. The two
-fine horses set off at a trot on to the pampas, and then at a call
-from Dudley broke into a canter, which soon became a gallop, not one
-of those headlong rushes which fire the blood of men and horses too,
-but a strong, fast gallop, which a pampas horse can keep up for many
-a mile, and which demands little if any exertion from the rider. In
-this way five miles were rapidly covered, Dudley keeping his horses
-well in hand, while he gripped Antonio firmly and held him in the
-position in which he had placed him. But a groan came from the
-unconscious man now, and within a minute there was a movement of the
-shoulder which Dudley was gripping. Pulling firmly on his reins, he
-slowly brought the animals to a standstill and turned to look at his
-prisoner. Antonio was conscious once more. As Dudley stared at him
-the ruffian's wicked little eyes scintillated under the moon's rays.
-The brows were puckered and drawn down, while the whole expression of
-his face denoted wonder, dawning consciousness, and increasing
-knowledge of his position. His teeth grated together, his breath
-came a little faster, and then, as Dudley released his hold, the
-prisoner sat up suddenly, opened his mouth, and shouted with all the
-vigor of his lungs:
-
-"Help, help! To the rescue!"
-
-He struggled to free himself from the rope which secured him to the
-horse, and tugged at the lashings which secured his hands. He was
-desperate. Consciousness had returned fully to Antonio, and with it
-had come all his old ferocity. If it were not for his bonds he would
-tear this rascal to pieces; he would shoot him again and again, he
-would----
-
-Suddenly he realized the futility of struggling. In a flash he
-guessed that nothing but a knife could sever the lashings which held
-him. But he still had his voice, and once more he bellowed aloud.
-Then he looked again at his captor, and, noting the smile on his
-lips, ground his teeth with rage.
-
-"If you are ready, we will ride on," said Dudley slowly. "And as we
-are to be companions, it will be as well to understand each other.
-Now, if I were you, and our positions were reversed, I have little
-doubt that you would shoot me. In fact, if I had shot you just now
-when you shouted, I should have been perfectly justified. But, you
-see, there is no one to hear on the pampas. We are alone, _amigo_,
-and you are now miles from your friends. When you are ready we will
-gallop on again, but I warn you any attempt on your part to break
-away will be met by a bullet. You understand? I know the class of
-man I have captured. I mean to keep you safely till I can hand you
-over to our men, and then----"
-
-Even to a ruffian like this he did not like to be harsh, and stopped
-in the middle of his sentence. For Dudley knew, as well as the
-ruffian beside him, that capture meant one thing alone. On the
-pampas a horse thief met with scanty mercy, while a robber had but
-short shrift. Antonio Sarvisti was certain to be hanged at the first
-opportunity, and it was more than likely that he would then be
-riddled with bullets, that being the summary justice of the pampas.
-
-No need, indeed, to tell this ruffian what would happen. At that
-moment the thought of what was in store for him was uppermost in his
-brain. His teeth grated again in a manner which made Dudley's blood
-run cold. He strove frantically to free his hands, and then, as if
-determined to make one more effort, he gave vent to a third shout,
-his voice rolling across the pampas. Almost instantly there came an
-answering call, one of those long hallos so common with the gauchos.
-It was repeated again and again, and then, as Dudley turned pale and
-swung round to face the direction from which the calls came, some
-twenty horsemen came into view, galloping madly towards them across
-the pampas.
-
-It was Antonio's turn to grin and smile. His lips curled back from
-his fine white teeth, and he glared away at the oncoming horsemen and
-then at his captor with such a malevolent expression that Dudley
-shivered. He was caught. The tables had been suddenly turned, it
-seemed, and already flight was almost out of the question. Still,
-while there was life there was hope, and at once, gathering up the
-reins again, he set the horses in motion, and, swinging them round,
-set off at a rapid gallop, determined to escape himself if it were
-possible, and to carry his prisoner with him.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XX
-
-BROUGHT TO BOOK
-
-"Hallo! Hallo! Stop there! Dudley! Harold!"
-
-It was no ordinary man who sent those words rolling over the moonlit
-pampas, but a giant, possessed of lungs as powerful as a blacksmith's
-bellows. There could be no mistaking the voice, and in a second
-Dudley was pulling frantically at his reins, shouting back with his
-head turned as much as possible, while hope, the certainty of succor
-and of safety, sent the blood rushing through his veins. His spirits
-went up with a jump. In an instant what had seemed a desperate
-position was entirely changed. Mr. Blunt was there, riding swiftly
-after him, for no one else on the pampas possessed such a voice.
-
-"Halt! If you are a friend, halt at once; if an enemy, halt all the
-sooner."
-
-As if to impress the fugitive, a sharp crack resounded some way
-behind, and a pistol bullet whizzed high overhead.
-
-"Whoa! Pull up, boys! Steady! There, stand like that, or you will
-shake the life out of our friend here. Ahoy! Mr. Blunt! It's
-Dudley!"
-
-Sitting as high as was possible in the absence of a saddle and
-stirrups, Dudley waved one free hand deliriously in the air and
-shouted at the pitch of his voice. He was frantic with excitement.
-A huge weight of trouble seemed to have fallen from his young
-shoulders in the space of a few seconds, for he knew that he himself
-was secure now, and, more than that, that his comrades lying in their
-trenches in the forest were also secure. But how was it that these
-horsemen had so suddenly appeared, for Mr. Blunt's estancia was many
-miles away? What had brought them out across the pampas, and in the
-dead of night? Dudley shouted again, and then, turning his horses,
-rode back towards the newcomers, his free hand now gripping his
-prisoner's shoulder. For Antonio had collapsed. His brain, still
-somewhat muddled by the crushing blow which Dudley's pistol had given
-him, had nevertheless rapidly discovered the real condition of
-affairs. Hardly a minute before, a sardonic grin, the grin of a man
-who has triumphed, had made a naturally repulsive face perfectly
-hideous. He had even gone to the length of taunting his captor. But
-now, when he realized that his hopes were gone, that he was more than
-ever a prisoner, and that there could be but one end, this
-cold-blooded rascal, who had infested the pampas, who had caused ruin
-to many estancia owners, and who had never forgotten some stupid
-grudge which he owed Mr. Blunt, collapsed and became unconscious
-again. He fell forward on to the horse's neck and lay there, with
-his head dangling towards the ground. However, before Mr. Blunt and
-the gauchos had ridden up, the prisoner was conscious again and
-sitting up. But his was not the pose of a man in the best of
-spirits. The rascal's courage was gone at last. He sat his mount as
-if some huge weight were crushing his shoulders, and his cruel and
-twinkling eyes looked furtively at his captor and then at the figure
-of the foremost of the newcomers.
-
-"Thank God, it's Dudley! What has happened, lad? Who is this
-fellow?"
-
-In his own impulsive manner the owner of the neighboring estancia
-galloped up to our hero, reined in his horse with iron fingers, and
-then stretched out a big hand to grip that of his young manager. And
-there the two sat, unable to speak for a few seconds, while the
-gauchos, with Pietro at their head, surrounded the little party,
-uttering cries of astonishment, and looking wonderingly at the
-Englishman who was in their midst and at the bearded repulsive
-stranger lashed to the horse beside him.
-
-"Who is this fellow?" demanded Mr. Blunt sternly, releasing Dudley's
-hand and riding closer so as to inspect the prisoner. "We heard
-shots. The men at our outpost corral reported that firing was to be
-heard somewhere in this direction, and, happening to be spending the
-night with them, I brought a strong party out on to the pampas. The
-firing got louder as we rode, and we were sure it came from the
-forest, from the direction of the estancia which you and your men
-were to visit. We were suspicious, and were wondering whether we
-should advance at once or send back for more men, when we heard a
-shout. Then--why, great powers, I know this fellow!"
-
-Antonio had kept his head averted all this while, but a sudden
-movement, a half-turn of the horse to which he was lashed, had swung
-him round, and in a moment Mr. Blunt was staring into a dark,
-forbidding face, clothed with a matted beard, and displaying at that
-second a variety of expressions, fear and hate mingled strangely
-together. Antonio Sarvisti had known from the very first who the
-newcomer was. The voice was sufficient, and how he hated that! Then
-there was the huge figure, the commanding presence of the burly
-Englishman, with his direct way of speaking, his open-hearted manner,
-all of which reminded this rascal of past days, of a man whom he had
-disliked from the first, and against whom, for some foolish, fancied
-cause, he had sworn to be revenged. Men of his stamp and country
-were not the ones to reason such matters out. Blind unreasoning hate
-had kept him to his purpose, and he had persevered, always to be met
-by failure.
-
-"So this ruffian is your prisoner?" said Mr. Blunt, recovering from
-his astonishment. "Tell me all about his capture. What has
-happened?"
-
-He sat stockstill on his horse while Dudley recounted how he and his
-party had visited the estancia of Antonio last of all, how their
-suspicions had been aroused, and how, while returning to look further
-into the matter, they had been caught in an ambush. Then he related
-his own escape, his meeting with the leader of the band of robbers,
-and his final ride for freedom.
-
-"Then I understand that at the present moment there are some
-fifty-five brigands lying in the forest ready to attack our men,"
-said Mr. Blunt quietly, as if he were reviewing the whole position.
-"They probably know nothing of the capture you have made, and are
-simply waiting for the dawn. It will be here in an hour, perhaps,
-though it will still be dark in the forest. I have thirty men here."
-
-"Thirty-four, señor," corrected Pietro.
-
-"Thirty-four, then, of whom two will be required to take charge of
-this rascal. The others are at your service, Dudley. How do you
-propose to make use of them?"
-
-He was going to place the whole affair in his manager's hands. Mr.
-Blunt was not the man to interfere where interference was
-unnecessary, and now he determined that Dudley should see the matter
-through, and, having done so much, should extricate the little party
-which he had commanded.
-
-"Time is short," he said curtly. "We had better be moving. What
-plan do you suggest?"
-
-"There is one, and one only," was the answer. "Divide the men. Send
-twenty along the face of the forest till opposite our party, with
-instructions to move the flanks forward and so enclose the robbers.
-I will lead the others by the path I followed, and we will seize the
-horses. Then we shall have them completely, for with men outside
-them, and our fellows in the middle of their circle, they will be
-unable to move. They will be between two fires. Warn the men here
-to be careful when they shoot, for they might hit their comrades.
-Will that do?"
-
-"Take charge of this ruffian," commanded Mr. Blunt, swinging round to
-the men. "You all wish to come with us, I know, but this duty must
-be seen to. Select two of your number, and let us be going. Now, my
-friends, I want ten men who will follow our young manager."
-
-Like lightning the tale which Dudley had narrated had flown round the
-circle of gauchos, and had been interpreted to those who could not
-understand English. Their grinning faces showed their pleasure, and
-now, at Mr. Blunt's words, they hung back sheepishly at first,
-fearful in the case of every man that he would be selected to guard
-the prisoner; while, as the call came for ten to follow Dudley, some
-thirty-four pair of heels drove as many spurs into the horses,
-causing them to bound forward in a mass.
-
-Mr. Blunt laughed. "That is the result of popularity," he said,
-smiling at Dudley. "Some obtain fame in one way, some in another.
-It would appear that my manager has a reputation as a leader and a
-fighter. Come, lads? ten only are required. I did not ask for
-thirty-four."
-
-He took Dudley by the sleeve, and together they rode away from the
-men, who quickly settled the question. Five minutes later the two
-parties were crossing the pampas at a gallop, while in rear of them
-stood three solitary horsemen, one bound to his mount, crest-fallen
-and desperate, while the other two, tall, well-set-up gauchos, gazed
-after their comrades with envious eyes, and then turned to scowl at
-their prisoner.
-
-"To think," growled one of them, "that you and I are left behind
-because of this hound. Tales have been spreading, and, if they are
-true, it is this fellow who has sent the Indians to us so often, and
-who has had our master attacked down in the settlements. And now he
-keeps us here, swinging our heels, when we should have been with our
-comrades paying off the scores we owe to these robbers."
-
-His comrade nodded with energy. He quite agreed that this last
-offence was an enormity, and scowled at Antonio in no very friendly
-manner.
-
-"Pampas law for him," he said, rolling a cigarette. "There's a tree
-down by the corral which will bear his weight. To-morrow, perhaps,
-he will be dangling."
-
-The sky was getting brighter away to the east as Dudley led his
-little following into the forest. They had ridden with their
-comrades till the dark line of the trees came into sight, and then,
-having halted to point out to his employer the precise position of
-the robbers and the gallant band they surrounded, a position which he
-remembered because of a patch of trees higher than the others, they
-had galloped on rapidly so as to reach the horses before the others
-were discovered. They threaded the narrow track which Dudley had
-followed, found the clearing into which three of these paths opened,
-and finally rode slowly along that which led to the clearing in which
-the fire burned, and where doubtless some of the robbers were even
-then having a meal.
-
-"Halt!" A whispered word from Dudley brought his small force to a
-standstill, for the flickering rays of a fire had penetrated to the
-path along which they were riding. "Wait," said the young leader.
-"I will go forward and reconnoitre."
-
-Slipping from his mount he ran along, bent almost double, and very
-soon was on the very edge of the clearing. The fire still burned
-there as brightly as ever, and seated near it, on upturned saddles or
-on the ground, were four of the enemy, while the jovial features of
-the Indian cook were clearly seen, for he stood over the fire
-stirring his kettle, from which he had just filled the pannikins of
-the men. Evidently the loss of two horses and of their leader had
-not been discovered, and everything promised well for Dudley and his
-party. He slipped back to them, and in a twinkling they were moving
-forward.
-
-"Four take charge of the horse lines, while the rest cover the enemy
-with their rifles," he said. "Trot! We must get along."
-
-Following one another in Indian file, for the path was too narrow for
-two to ride abreast, the little cavalcade were not long in reaching
-the clearing. They burst into the open space, spread out so as to
-surround the enemy there, and before the latter had recovered from
-their astonishment had them covered with their rifles. It was
-comical to see the look of dismay which overspread the once jovial
-face of the Indian cook. He seemed paralyzed with terror, and stood
-precisely in the same spot where Dudley had seen him, his mouth
-agape, his eyes bulging from their sockets, while he mechanically
-continued to stir the contents of his steaming kettle.
-
-"Hands up!" cried Dudley. "You are surrounded, and if one of you
-attempts to lift his rifle, that man will be shot."
-
-Whether or not the men understood what he said, they at least
-gathered his meaning from his gestures, and more even from the sight
-of the rifles which covered them. They had already dropped their
-pannikins, and now they huddled themselves together near the cook,
-their hands held up above their heads.
-
-"Let two men dismount and take their pistols and knives from them,"
-commanded Dudley. Then, when that task had been accomplished, he
-placed a couple of his men on guard over the prisoners, all of whom
-were secured with the long leather thong of a bolas.
-
-"Now for the others," he said. "We will spread out here on the edge
-of the clearing facing their comrades, and will wait for the dawn.
-If any come our way, let them pass in and then cover them with your
-weapons. If possible let us take them without a shot, and without so
-much as a sound."
-
-Fortune was favoring Mr. Blunt and his honest gauchos on this
-occasion, for it happened that during Dudley's absence all the men of
-Antonio's following had had a meal, save those who now lay captives,
-and who had been taken in the midst of their repast. None came from
-the forest to the clearing. In addition, beyond a loud call every
-now and again, not a sound was heard from the depths of the forest,
-even Harold and his men were husbanding their ammunition till the
-dawn came, for the brave lad had no idea that Dudley had returned
-already. At the earliest he could not expect help before the
-following night, and for that reason he saved every cartridge, while,
-on the advice of Pepito, he allowed one-half of his force to sleep,
-waking them when an hour had gone so as to rest the remainder. But
-the dawn was coming. Even to the men hidden in the forest an
-occasional glimpse was possible of the reddening sky, while the
-light, growing imperceptibly greater, seemed to steal down past the
-leaves and along the tree trunks till it reached the roots. It was
-dawn. Men could see the faces of their comrades, and Harold was able
-to tell the exact position of each one of his following, and for the
-first time could distinguish the outline of the quaint fort which
-Dudley had suggested before his departure. A little extra banking
-here and there at the edges, a little more taken out of portions of
-the trenches, and the place would be perfect. The men were all awake
-now, lying with their weapons ready and cartridges at hand. He was
-about to give an order to improve the fort when a single rifle shot
-rang out far back in the forest, to be answered within a minute by a
-report from the pampas. Then came a loud hail from the latter
-position.
-
-"Harold! Harold!" came in Mr. Blunt's stentorian tones. "Harold,
-ahoy!"
-
-"Friends, señor," exclaimed Pepito, dragging himself slowly to his
-leader's side, for the poor fellow's wound was painful. "There is
-help close at hand. Warn the men to be careful of their shooting.
-But listen!"
-
-Once more the strong voice was heard.
-
-"Harold, ahoy! We have a strong force of gauchos with us, and have
-surrounded the ruffians lying in the forest. Shoot any who happen to
-pass your way. We are closing up all round them."
-
-From the depths of the forest there came now a commotion. Men called
-to one another, for as yet the position was not understood. But many
-of the ruffians understood English, and some had overheard Mr.
-Blunt's hail. They were surrounded. While they had no notion of
-such a thing, and indeed thought it impossible, the enemy had ridden
-all round them. Each must fight for himself.
-
-They gave up all attempt to capture the small party who had withstood
-them so long, gave up all thought of combination, and promptly bolted
-like hares in all directions, the majority, however, rushing for the
-clearing where their horses were picketed.
-
-"Wait till you see them clearly, and then bring them down," said
-Dudley sternly. "Mind, not a shot till they are close. We must take
-them by surprise."
-
-The ambush into which the rascally gauchos fell was in fact such a
-surprise that many of them promptly threw up their hands and were
-secured. Half a dozen were killed at the first volley, and three
-others, who attempted to run, shared the same fate. For the honest
-fellows who were in Mr. Blunt's employ had no sympathy for such
-ruffians. On the pampas, where there was an entire absence of police
-or of any protective force, men had to fend for themselves, and
-robbers had to be dealt with severely.
-
-"Place the prisoners all together, and set a guard over them,"
-commanded Dudley, when it was seen that no more were coming their
-way. "Pietro, just count them, and let me know how many we have
-taken."
-
-"Thirty-two, señor," came the answer, as the gaucho rapidly totalled
-the robbers who had been captured, and returned to the young
-manager's side. "A good haul, señor, and one which will put a stop
-to other bands attempting the same robberies. Thirty-two, and
-seventy-three horses."
-
-"Amongst which will be the mounts they captured from my little
-escort. Now, we'll give our friends a hail."
-
-Sharp reports had meanwhile been heard from different parts of the
-forest, sometimes three or four coming close together, while the
-majority were solitary shots, fired at some fleeing figure. There
-were shouts, too, and an occasional cry of pain.
-
-"Ahoy there! Harold! Mr. Blunt!"
-
-Dudley shouted at the pitch of his lungs, and very soon his employer
-and Harold appeared on the scene, their men straggling in behind
-them, two of the fine fellows carrying Pepito in their arms.
-
-"Thirty-two prisoners, you say?" cried Mr. Blunt, casting a withering
-glance at the robbers, and then one of pride at his men. "Now, let
-us count them, for we want to be sure that none have escaped. Harold
-reports that five were killed in the neighborhood of the fort, so
-that thirty-seven are accounted for. How many were shot here?"
-
-"Nine in all," came the answer.
-
-"Then we have dealt with forty-six, and with the ruffian you so
-gallantly brought us, Dudley, we have accounted for forty-seven.
-Thirteen have escaped, and I have no doubt are now running for their
-lives through this forest. Well, let them go. Their tale will help
-to frighten others bent on a lawless life. And now to return to the
-estancia. Dudley, you will take Pietro and ten men, and will make
-for the house occupied by that rascally Antonio. Take possession of
-it, seize all people there, and keep a guard over any papers you may
-come upon. The remainder will escort the prisoners back to the
-estancia, where they will be kept till I can obtain a judge from the
-settlements. One of the rascals I could have dealt with, but I
-cannot hang so many on my own authority."
-
-Resting in the clearing till the men had had a meal, the party
-divided again, Dudley and his escort riding to Antonio's house, which
-they seized without opposition. The prisoners taken in the action
-were mounted on the captured horses, their legs secured beneath the
-bodies of the animals, and their hands lashed firmly. Then the
-horses were roped in a long line, and once more took the track
-leading into the forest. A pile of arms and saddlery was left
-behind, to be fetched on a future occasion.
-
-Two weeks later the robbers who had been captured were placed on
-trial at Mr. Blunt's estancia, and some ten of their number, against
-whom previous acts of violence could be proved, were hanged by order
-of the authorities. The remainder were sent down to Buenos Ayres,
-there to work in the prisons. As for Antonio, he was hanged before
-all his following, as a warning to those who were to be retained as
-prisoners.
-
-"And now we shall be able to live peacefully," said Mr. Blunt a week
-later, when all the prisoners had been removed, and matters had
-settled down at the estancia. "There will be no more raids from the
-direction of the forest, for, thanks to Dudley, and to you too,
-Harold, both Indians and robbers have had a severe lesson. I have
-news for you both. Guess what it is.
-
-"Then I will tell you," he went on, seeing that they only shook their
-heads. "I have need of a second manager, for I have purchased the
-whole of the estancia owned by Antonio Sarvisti. It is as large as
-this ranch, and needs an experienced man. Dudley Compton is the man
-I have selected."
-
-The news was almost too good to be believed. Dudley had had visions
-of managing a ranch some day far in the future, and perhaps even of
-possessing one when he had accumulated sufficient money. And now----
-
-"It is as large as this," said Mr. Blunt, "and you will start with an
-ample stock of cattle. You will be in complete control of the place,
-and will merely report to me on occasion. So that you may not be too
-much alone, I will build a house close to the borders of the forest,
-through which paths shall be cut. There Harold and I will take up
-our residence. That is, if our young friend cares to remain and
-accept the post of manager on this estancia."
-
-"Would he accept it?" Harold's eyes were shining brightly. There
-was a suspicious twitch about the corners of his mouth as he blurted
-out an acceptance.
-
-"Rather!" he said. "That would be jolly! We shall still continue
-the same happy family."
-
-Little remains to be told of the doings of Dudley Compton and his
-friends. In three years the estancia which he managed had become a
-model establishment, which commanded the admiration of the
-neighboring owners. But there was one great defect. Dudley was
-lonely. He was a long ride from Mr. Blunt and Harold, and at nights
-the hours hung heavy on his hands. Need the reader be surprised to
-hear that our hero was more than interested in the arrival of Mr.
-Blunt's daughter, that his visits to his old employer became
-noticeably frequent, and that when some months had gone by he was
-able to persuade the young lady who had arrived that his own little
-house on the neighboring ranch was comfortable? The two young people
-were married within a year, the gauchos from far and near collecting
-together to cheer them and drink their health. And in due time, as
-the years rolled by, and age began to tell on Mr. Blunt, his two
-young managers became partners on the ranches. To this day they are
-there, white-haired and somewhat stiff and aged. But that firm
-friendship, commenced when at school and renewed after a painful
-break, still exists between them. The wide, rolling plains have been
-their home ever since those early days when first they made the
-acquaintance of the Roughriders of the Pampas.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-*** END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK ROUGHRIDERS OF THE PAMPAS ***
-
-Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions will
-be renamed.
-
-Creating the works from print editions not protected by U.S. copyright
-law means that no one owns a United States copyright in these works,
-so the Foundation (and you!) can copy and distribute it in the
-United States without permission and without paying copyright
-royalties. Special rules, set forth in the General Terms of Use part
-of this license, apply to copying and distributing Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic works to protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm
-concept and trademark. Project Gutenberg is a registered trademark,
-and may not be used if you charge for an eBook, except by following
-the terms of the trademark license, including paying royalties for use
-of the Project Gutenberg trademark. If you do not charge anything for
-copies of this eBook, complying with the trademark license is very
-easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose such as creation
-of derivative works, reports, performances and research. Project
-Gutenberg eBooks may be modified and printed and given away--you may
-do practically ANYTHING in the United States with eBooks not protected
-by U.S. copyright law. Redistribution is subject to the trademark
-license, especially commercial redistribution.
-
-START: FULL LICENSE
-
-THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
-PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
-
-To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
-distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
-(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
-Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full
-Project Gutenberg-tm License available with this file or online at
-www.gutenberg.org/license.
-
-Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic works
-
-1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
-and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
-(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all
-the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or
-destroy all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your
-possession. If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a
-Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound
-by the terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the
-person or entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph
-1.E.8.
-
-1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be
-used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
-agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few
-things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
-even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See
-paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this
-agreement and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic works. See paragraph 1.E below.
-
-1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the
-Foundation" or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection
-of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual
-works in the collection are in the public domain in the United
-States. If an individual work is unprotected by copyright law in the
-United States and you are located in the United States, we do not
-claim a right to prevent you from copying, distributing, performing,
-displaying or creating derivative works based on the work as long as
-all references to Project Gutenberg are removed. Of course, we hope
-that you will support the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting
-free access to electronic works by freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm
-works in compliance with the terms of this agreement for keeping the
-Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with the work. You can easily
-comply with the terms of this agreement by keeping this work in the
-same format with its attached full Project Gutenberg-tm License when
-you share it without charge with others.
-
-1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
-what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are
-in a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States,
-check the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this
-agreement before downloading, copying, displaying, performing,
-distributing or creating derivative works based on this work or any
-other Project Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no
-representations concerning the copyright status of any work in any
-country other than the United States.
-
-1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
-
-1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other
-immediate access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear
-prominently whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work
-on which the phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the
-phrase "Project Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed,
-performed, viewed, copied or distributed:
-
- This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and
- most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no
- restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it
- under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included with this
- eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the
- United States, you will have to check the laws of the country where
- you are located before using this eBook.
-
-1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is
-derived from texts not protected by U.S. copyright law (does not
-contain a notice indicating that it is posted with permission of the
-copyright holder), the work can be copied and distributed to anyone in
-the United States without paying any fees or charges. If you are
-redistributing or providing access to a work with the phrase "Project
-Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the work, you must comply
-either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 or
-obtain permission for the use of the work and the Project Gutenberg-tm
-trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
-
-1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
-with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
-must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any
-additional terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms
-will be linked to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works
-posted with the permission of the copyright holder found at the
-beginning of this work.
-
-1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
-License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
-work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
-
-1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
-electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
-prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
-active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
-Gutenberg-tm License.
-
-1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
-compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including
-any word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access
-to or distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format
-other than "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official
-version posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm website
-(www.gutenberg.org), you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense
-to the user, provide a copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means
-of obtaining a copy upon request, of the work in its original "Plain
-Vanilla ASCII" or other form. Any alternate format must include the
-full Project Gutenberg-tm License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
-
-1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
-performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
-unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
-
-1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
-access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
-provided that:
-
-* You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
- the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
- you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is owed
- to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he has
- agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the Project
- Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments must be paid
- within 60 days following each date on which you prepare (or are
- legally required to prepare) your periodic tax returns. Royalty
- payments should be clearly marked as such and sent to the Project
- Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the address specified in
- Section 4, "Information about donations to the Project Gutenberg
- Literary Archive Foundation."
-
-* You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
- you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
- does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
- License. You must require such a user to return or destroy all
- copies of the works possessed in a physical medium and discontinue
- all use of and all access to other copies of Project Gutenberg-tm
- works.
-
-* You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of
- any money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
- electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days of
- receipt of the work.
-
-* You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
- distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
-
-1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic work or group of works on different terms than
-are set forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing
-from the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the manager of
-the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the Foundation as set
-forth in Section 3 below.
-
-1.F.
-
-1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
-effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
-works not protected by U.S. copyright law in creating the Project
-Gutenberg-tm collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may
-contain "Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate
-or corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other
-intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or
-other medium, a computer virus, or computer codes that damage or
-cannot be read by your equipment.
-
-1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
-of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
-Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
-Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
-liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
-fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
-LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
-PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
-TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
-LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
-INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
-DAMAGE.
-
-1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
-defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
-receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
-written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you
-received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium
-with your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you
-with the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in
-lieu of a refund. If you received the work electronically, the person
-or entity providing it to you may choose to give you a second
-opportunity to receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If
-the second copy is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing
-without further opportunities to fix the problem.
-
-1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
-in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO
-OTHER WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT
-LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
-
-1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
-warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of
-damages. If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement
-violates the law of the state applicable to this agreement, the
-agreement shall be interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or
-limitation permitted by the applicable state law. The invalidity or
-unenforceability of any provision of this agreement shall not void the
-remaining provisions.
-
-1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
-trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
-providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in
-accordance with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the
-production, promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic works, harmless from all liability, costs and expenses,
-including legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of
-the following which you do or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this
-or any Project Gutenberg-tm work, (b) alteration, modification, or
-additions or deletions to any Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any
-Defect you cause.
-
-Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
-
-Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
-electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of
-computers including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It
-exists because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations
-from people in all walks of life.
-
-Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
-assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
-goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
-remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project
-Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
-and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future
-generations. To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation and how your efforts and donations can help, see
-Sections 3 and 4 and the Foundation information page at
-www.gutenberg.org
-
-Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation
-
-The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non-profit
-501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
-state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
-Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
-number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent permitted by
-U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
-
-The Foundation's business office is located at 809 North 1500 West,
-Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887. Email contact links and up
-to date contact information can be found at the Foundation's website
-and official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact
-
-Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
-Literary Archive Foundation
-
-Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without
-widespread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
-increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
-freely distributed in machine-readable form accessible by the widest
-array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations
-($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
-status with the IRS.
-
-The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
-charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
-States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
-considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
-with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations
-where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To SEND
-DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any particular
-state visit www.gutenberg.org/donate
-
-While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
-have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
-against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
-approach us with offers to donate.
-
-International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
-any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
-outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
-
-Please check the Project Gutenberg web pages for current donation
-methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other
-ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. To
-donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate
-
-Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
-
-Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project
-Gutenberg-tm concept of a library of electronic works that could be
-freely shared with anyone. For forty years, he produced and
-distributed Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of
-volunteer support.
-
-Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
-editions, all of which are confirmed as not protected by copyright in
-the U.S. unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not
-necessarily keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper
-edition.
-
-Most people start at our website which has the main PG search
-facility: www.gutenberg.org
-
-This website includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
-including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
-subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.